Home

- Frank`s Hospital Workshop

1. Alarm Volume Off Enable TC Units mmHg Min Alarm Volume 105 TC Severinghaus Off Alarm Volume 70 RM WF Speed 6 25 Silence Alarm Normal Vent WF Speed 6 25 QRS Volume Off Display MAC Value Off Rate Volume Off Disable SAM Hal Off ECG Leads Fail Sys Warning Disable SAM Enf Off 5 02 Probe Off Sys Warning ICG Primary Par SPO2 Pulse Search Sys Advisory ICG Secondary Parl CO Persistent S P 02 Off ICG Secondary Par2 SVR Monitor ISO DES Isoflurane ICG Secondary Par3 TFC Display Limits On Touch Volume 10 Display Units Off Pause Breakthru Crisis Units For Height CM Tech ID Field Off Units For Weight KG Masimo Averaging 8 secs Temperature Units C DEG Sat Seconds Off CO2 Units MMHG BIS Smooth Rate 30 sec 02 Units Spectral Update 2 sec Gas Units gt EEG WF Scale 25 uV div NBP Limits Type Systolic EEG WF Speed 25 Arterial Limits Type Systolic Spectra Display CSA PA Limits Type Diastolic EEG Montage 2 Ch Ref Menu Timeout 5 minutes EEG Param Display SEF ECG Filter Monitoring EEG Trend 1 SEF BP Filter 12 Hz EEG Trend 2 MedF NO ECG Comm Alarm Off EEG Trend 3 SR QRS Width Normal EEG Trend 4 Amp CO2 Display Mode Auto AVOA Alarm Level Warning RM Display Par 1 TVm Remote Silence Crisis RM Display Par2 M Vm AVOA Silence Silenced RM Display Par 3 PIP NBP Clock Sync Off RM Display Par 4 PEEP NBP M Only Alarm Sys Advisory Disc
2. 2 18 Optional Connectivity Devices 2 19 Optional Panel Computer 2 19 eni ctc TES 2 20 Keypad ar nen t HR boe UC ROCA EROR a 2 20 Putting the Monitor Into Operation 2 24 Monitor Installation and 2 24 TUMING POWER ON a e a e P PRESA 2 25 Performance Check 2 26 Safe ER ER NUR 3 1 For Your Safety cere 3 2 Intended Use 32 Terminologie prete i P retta n 3 2 Monitor Safety beeke aten hannes ah 3 2 zc t err e n 3 12 Underwriters Laboratories Inc 3 13 Equipment Symbols 3 25 ew ertt aee B e pen toe s 3 13 Maintenance 4 1 Biocompatibility eee eneen 4 2 Ee en 4 3 General Cleaning 4 4 Cleaning the Touchscreen 4 5 Cleaning Applied Parts 4 6 Cables arid Lead Wile Senir s e eb x eb code 4 6 Other ties ooh ene d 4 6 Internal Lithium Battery
3. 6 13 ECG Sources oi ees iie rece eere eha 6 14 Graph unranked 6 14 SetUnit Name Soe Seated id deno oer da i ENE 6 14 Set Bed Number vicente Rte etae deed a 6 15 Units of Measure eost e e rro en te eee X e cta 6 15 Options for Admitting a Patient 6 15 About Discharging coercet RR egre 6 17 Discharge Patient Standard and Rover Applications a a 6 17 Discharge Patient Combo and Rover Combo Applications 6 18 NOW Case isis sse Ya repa t recen Ponce Pa c ek Ponta erdt 6 18 Viewing Other Patients 6 19 Automatic View On Alarm 6 20 Viewed Patient Display 6 23 Monitor Setup for Viewing Other 6 25 Default SEeUINGS i nnt ooo pne oer tore d n Peto dr ce 6 25 View On Alarm Options Menu Settings 6 28 View Other Patients 6 29 View AAM uarie visi nie ot cte Mere RN ea A 6 30 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor iii 2026265 001 View Alarm Options recorre s e eere 6 31 Selecta Bed to View an aans daar retentions ance pated Aa REIR RD 6 36 TRUM the View Off ara tt
4. antenne 14 12 Rate anni akan tco avi ania 14 12 m EET 14 13 Persis tene mos Mam mU tu RM LE NN e EE A MC i EM EU 14 13 SPO Od ic constet oi eoe paie ehe hh ase ras 14 13 o tot dace aed bce Chadha enc tne RR 14 14 Average AEE 14 14 SatSeconds o ute re indiceren Pala bids dre Pedalen 14 14 SPO2 System Alarms 14 15 Probe Off Patient Condition 14 15 Pulse Search Condition 14 15 Troubleshooting 2m e vee vereer teet me em ec eee nene 14 16 SPOX MESSIES cse dac e ota dere eun Acre A 14 16 1 5 Cardiac Output 15 1 IntrodUctlon etna ereen 15 2 Inf encing Factors ec 15 3 Suggested Cardiac Output Procedure 15 5 pe EL E bele 15 7 Cardiac Output Monitoring Features 15 8 Cardiac Output Information 2 25 55 15 8 Cardiac Output Trials sn srt done Rond eios 15 9 Getting to the Cardiac Output Menu 15 11 Cardiac Output Menu Options 15 12 t ne ERR ER RD
5. CELL COUNT 333 33 3333 DAYTON RAY 17 NOV 12 10 WBC 213 01 0 999 9 MCHC 50 31 0 37 0 MCH 40 25 4 34 6 OOG PLATELET 150 150 400 CMM RDW 14 11 0 14 0 96 HCT 49 042 7 049 1 MAIN LAB VIEW VIEW VIEW RANGES AND MENU DATA OLDER NEWER UNITS OF MEASURE ON PAGE PAGE DOWN UP 843A Lab Report Example 3 Ranges and Units On 10 30 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 11 ECG Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 ECG Introduction Introduction This chapter gives guidelines for proper ECG monitoring NOTE Refer to GE Medical Systems I nformation Technologies Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information Skin preparation Electrode placement Pacemaker detection Arrhythmia detection and analysis Clinical level troubleshooting ECG can be monitored with any of the Tram modules or Solar ECG modules ECG Cable Connector ECG RESP SL DEFIB SYNC Jo STATUS 504A Tram 451N Module Solar ECG Resp SL Module with Defib Sync NOTE The signal input is a high insulation port and it is defibrillator proof 1 The insulated input ensures patient safety and protects the device during defibrillation and electrosurgery 11 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG Introduction NO ECG Comm Alarm A programmable system alar
6. Analog Output Connector Two Tram net Connectors TRAM RAC Ports A 508A Back Panel of Tram rac 4A Housing NOTE The Solar ECG module does not support analog output from the T ram rac analog output connector When using the Solar ECG module analog output is only available from the optional Defib Sync connector on the front of the module 2 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components The Tram rac 2 housing does not have an analog output connector The Tram net connector is on the back TRAM RAC2 Em 9 marquette we Tram net Connector Front and Back Panels of Tram rac 2 Housing Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2 15 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components Features of the Housing The housing has slots which are used to hold modules Modules occupy either one or two slots All Tram modules occupy two slots and must be placed in the top two slots of the housing There are numbers on each side of each slot on the housing These numbers have significance when duplicate parameters are being monitored The number displayed with the parameter label on the monitor i e ART1 PA2 indicates that the module is in the same numbered slot example if you have an ART5 parameter label on the monitor this means that a pressure module is in slot 3 and an
7. Vital Signs Information Window Sometimes an information window contains a list as in the Vital Signs information window shown above A limited amount of information can be displayed at one time If there is more information to view an arrow is displayed at the bottom of the information window Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 1 15 2026265 001 The Basics Windows If a popup menu is displayed with the information window use the Trim Knob control or touchscreen arrows to scroll to more information If a menu is displayed as in the example above you must select the PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN option to display more information 40 Thereis more information Scroll down or use the PAGE DOWN option to display more information N You are in the middle of the list Scroll up or down or use the PAGE UP or PAGE DOWN option to display additional information You are at the end of the list Scroll up or use the PAGE UP option to display the previous information Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 The Basics Common Operations Common Operations Some monitor operations are used repetitively Rather than listing the steps to perform each operation every time it appears in this manual these steps are presented below F amiliarize yourself with the proper procedure for each operation Using the Trim Knob Control The Trim Knob control is found on the keypad and remote control Refer to
8. Unity Device Type Manufacturer and Model Octanet Network Waveforms Alarms ID BIS monitor Aspect A 2000 BIS Yes No None No Continuous cardiac Abbott Q Vue Yes Yes na Status messages output only Continuous cardiac Abbott 0 2 Yes Yes na Status messages output with SVO2 only Continuous cardiac Baxter Edwards Vigilance Yes Yes na Yes output with SVO2 Gas analyzer Datex Capnomac Ultima Yes Yes CO2 TIA only Yes Gas analyzer Ohmeda 5250 RGM Yes Yes CO2 TIA only Yes Gas analyzer Ohmeda Rascal Il Yes Yes CO2 TIA only No IV pump Abbott LifeCare 5000 Yes Yes na Status messages IV pump Alaris Medical Systems 560M 570 Yes Yes na Status messages IV pump Alaris Medical Systems Gemini PC 1 PC 2 Yes Yes na Status messages PC 2TX PC 4 IV pump Alaris Medical Systems IVAC Signature Yes Yes IV Status messages 7130 7230 IV pump Baxter Edwards Flowgard 6201 6301 Yes Yes na Status messages Multi parameter Hellige SMU EVO No Yes C02 5 02 No monitor Multi parameter Siemens SC9000 No Yes C02 5 02 No monitor NICO monitor Novametrix NICO Yes No Pressure Flow Yes Volume 02 5 02 POC Testing Diametrics IRMA Yes No na Yes Pulse oximeter Nellcor Puritan Bennett N 200 Yes Yes na Yes Pulse oximeter Nellcor Puritan Bennett N 395 No Yes na Yes Pulse oximeter Nellcor Puritan Bennett N1000 No Yes na Yes Pulse oximeter Nellcor Puritan Bennett N2500 No Yes na Yes Transcutaneous Novametrix 840 PtcO2 PtcCO2 TCO2M Yes Yes na Status messages mo
9. 11 8 ECG SI26 nbn oe ae eS 11 10 Det ct Pace ontnam nenten nternet 11 11 o t a alken 11 16 View AEC G tah p MOT Dee eh RI Vo o ege 11 17 OF alls enen seed neen tines 11 17 so 11 18 he trt Rea aad red tiec e 11 22 ST Analys Sienai iat ttd Act d Aa uaa e 11 23 ST Analysis Menu 2 222222 4 11 26 Ae att nnn Leone ads denderen tod Aveta 11 32 12 ead EC G Arialysls str en tee oes vto a eke cele a 11 33 tead Analysis tt erat ee te Macon tu deat tte en ett 11 37 More EGG snars i ecco e ROC T E RC TR GR 11 38 Troubleshooting 222 ese nem emet em nnm men em m ene cnn 11 41 Pacemaker Troubleshooting 11 43 1 2 PrOSSUICS iios bp M RE 12 1 Introd ctlon nent renten eee de ena 12 2 Zero Reference manier dta de emee 12 4 endi E EM 12 5 Pressure Monitoring 12 6 Pressure Information 12 6 Getting to the Pressure Menu 12 7 Pressure Menu Options 12 8 Scales ETT 12 8 rat testet act 12 8 CUISON soeur p CER ROO TERR ROO HER DTE CR oda 12 9
10. 4 7 Technical Maintenance 4 8 Technical Specifications 4 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 5 Monitor Setup 5 1 Monitor Setup Menu 5 2 Waveforms ONOM waarneemt vocan te Nei E eda ione NO deden 5 3 DIS Play tese ded dot er ocn dde Tu e 5 5 Parameter ONOM 5 8 Graph Separe esa redeem AeA dr d 5 9 Monitor Defaults Password 5 21 Print CR GAP IIS ests hss eren acce er oq dorada 5 22 Touchscreen Volume ote ace ie herten vcre 5 22 Learn the 5 23 Software Compatibility 5 24 6 Admit View A Patient 6 1 About Adnittirig me remo e men nce nie ae 6 2 Monitor Applications esc cnet ec idein tee mi 6 2 Admit dine eaten sn 6 5 Standard Admit MENU 2o tee hey sendin ne nt 6 6 Combo AdmitMenu eneen 6 8 Rover Combo Admit 6 9 Admit Menu Options 6 10 Change AdnmibInfos or en M RR RON eo 6 10 Request Admit Information
11. PREVIOUS MENU TIMED GRAPH CONTINUOUS CRG PLUS GRAPH BP OPTIONS INVASIVE SPEED 25 541A Graph Setup Menu ECG 1 Designates the ECG lead graphed in position 1 WAVEFORM 2 3 4 Designates the other waveforms to be graphed m GRAPH LOCATION Displays a new menu to select print locations for manual and alarm graphs ALARM GRAPH Turns automatic alarm graphing on and off SPEED Controls the speed at which a graph is run TIMED GRAPH Controls the duration of a manual graph CRG PLUS OPTIONS Used to select CRG Plus waveforms to graph and toturn automatic graphing on and off m GRAPH BP INVASIVE Used to select and graph invasive BP waveforms ECG 1 Waveform 2 Waveform 3 Waveform 4 Each of these menu options designates a waveform to be printed on the graph strip The system prioritizes the waveforms based on the set system priority defaults NOTE Although pressures may be displayed on a full scale they are graphed on individual scales Y ou can verify the individual scales by switching tothe individual display mode Selecting any of these options from the Graph Setup menu opens a popup menu For ECG 1 the popup menu lists all leads currently being monitored The Waveform popup menus list all leads and parameters currentl y being monitored Select the parameter you wish to appear on the graph then close the popup menu Revision A Solar 8000i Pat
12. Kon prego tape Roa dece 1 8 Subordinate Menus tn Avant dee e trece asin Send 1 1 Lil eec 1 13 Parameter Windows Hmm 1 13 Information Windows 1 15 Common Operations 1 17 Using the Trim Knob Control ccc ccc cece e 1 17 Using the Touchscreen 1 18 Entering Alphanumeric Characters 1 21 Setting Alarm i e Ae v A ta hits 123 Selecting Options from Scroll 56 _ 1 25 Language Specific Information 1 27 Chinese and apanese Language Information 1 27 French Language Information 1 27 Hungarian Polish and Russian Language Information 1 27 Equipment 2 1 Components ime ck et NER IE E IE ER MEA 2 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitoring System 2 2 rari Modules eternet a egt eap v d ann 2 6 Single Parameter Modules 2 11 Tram rac HOUSING 2 13 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor i 2026265 001 Optional Writers and 2 18 Optional Remote 5
13. 8 8 Remote silencing eter ee Gone 8 8 Turning Alarm Volume Off Permanently 8 9 Alarm WIndOW esis etterende an eten erde an ea e ree 8 10 larmes 22 52 does aat 8 10 AlarmiBistorles x acepto tb prehendit en tied deo d 8 11 Alarm Control Menu 8 12 8 13 Arrhythmia Alarm Level 8 14 Parameter Alarm Level 8 15 iv Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Alarm cec Fere cun kene 8 15 Alarm oh stunk ee Hs ende ada 8 17 Display OfffAlarm Pause 8 18 Clear Alanis oec ctt race e ta hen tende 8 18 Alarm HS tO rset tenen 8 18 e CHI D MR 8 19 Alar PAUSE esas eet hacia a Re en P esc 8 19 9 CRG Plus Display 9 1 Parameters Displayed 9 2 ERGER lus FUILDIS pla y siete kept HR EORR 9 3 CRG Plus Individual Display 9 4 Turning on CRG Plus Display 9 5 Selecting Parameters for the CRG Plus Display 9 5 Printing CRG Plus Parameters 9 6 P tit CRG PIS circio ee cone en
14. 12 26 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Pressures Troubleshooting Troubleshooting For clinical level troubleshooting refer toGE Medical Systems Information Technologies Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide Problem Solution The message Pressure is m Remove excessive tubing appearing when zeroing m Rezero at the transducer stopcock Refer to Zero Reference on invasive pressure lines page 12 4 If you are unable to zero at the transducer stopcock or remove excessive tubing you should secure the excess tubing between the transducer and stopcock prior to zeroing Temporarily securing the tubing while zeroing avoids noise being sensed Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 12 27 2026265 001 Pressures Troubleshooting For your notes 12 28 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 13 NBP Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 NBP Introduction Introduction This chapter gives guidelines for noninvasive blood pressure monitoring NOTE Refer to GE Medical Systems I nformation Technologies Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information Oscillometric versus ascultative measurement methods Patient preparation guidelines NBP autotiming and clock sync timing Clinical level troubleshooting NBP Connectors NOTE Some
15. 20 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Interfaces Displayed Data Gas Analyzers Gas analyzers provide two parameter windows one with CO2 information and the other with gas information Each parameter window may havea parameter menu The data in the parameter windows may be organized differently depending on the peripheral device connected NOTE Only one CO2 parameter can be displayed at one time on the monitor The monitor recognizes the first CO2 source and ignores any subsequent ones O2 02 RR co2 N20 HAL GAS 45 0 1 8 40 22 E 41 39 E 38 1 8 865A 866A CO2 Parameter Window Gas Parameter Window MAIN SCALE cozunits o2uNITS SPEED MENU 50 MMHG 6 25 LE CO2 Parameter Menu 867A m SCALE Opens a popup menu to change the scale of the CO2 waveform on the monitor m UNITS Opens a popup menu to change the units of measure for the applicable parameter m SPEED Opens a popup menu to change the sweep speed of the CO2 waveform on the display MAIN UNITS i TE RI DNA LL JL d J Gas Parameter Menu REVIEW GAS DATA 868A m UNITS Opens a popup menu to change the units of measure for all the gas parameters m REVIEW GAS DATA Enter thetabular trends vital signs program to view stored gas data Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 20 15 2026265
16. trysingle lead analysis try switching to the other pace detection mode Pacemaker mode In most cases PACE 2 mode will effectively monitor a pacemaker patient However if you are experiencing problems select the PACE 1 mode as an option and observe all cautions as described for the Pace 1 mode of operation 11 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Pace Help Herearesome additional guidelines for successful monitoring pacemaker patients from a Solar or Tram module m SOLAR ECG RESP SL module When using the 10 leadwire patient cable with all electrodes attached pace detection occurs on any V lead selected for the top trace position TRAM SL modules Tram SL modules must have specific hardware to do pace detection on leads V2 V6 when using the 10 leadwire patient cable with all electrodes attached If the Tram module does not havethis hardware then pace detection uses the V1 lead no matter which V lead is selected for the top trace position How do you know if your Tram module has the necessary hardware Select MORE MENUS gt MONITOR SETUP gt SOFTWARE REVISION Look at the Tram module software version If thereis a number 3 preceding the date then the module has the necessary hardware m For moreinformation refer to Pacemaker Troubleshooting in this chapter Selecting the HELP option opens a window that shows common problems and solutions in regard to pacema
17. 15 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Checklist Checklist PF WN PF The module is securely inserted in the Tram rac housing Catheter is in place in the patient Cardiac output cable is connected to the module Depending on your setup choice be sure that In line sensor is securely connected to tubing or Bath probeis correctly sensing injectate temperature Cardiac output default settings are adjusted if necessary Follow the detailed procedures within this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 15 7 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Monitoring Features Cardiac Output Monitoring Features Cardiac Output Information When the cardiac output cable is attached to the module a CO parameter window is displayed A CO waveform is displayed only during the injection procedure Blood Temperature Value 736 Limits and Units CO Parameter Label and Windows 697A The parameter window displays the patient s blood temperature Blood temperature limits and units of measure may also be displayed After you have completed a set of cardiac output trials entered cardiac calculations and performed a save calc procedure the last average CO value along with a time stamp is displayed in the parameter window 36 112 LAST AVG 30 0 CO63L 15 25 530A CO Parameter Label and Windows The CO monitoring features are found
18. 60601 1 and or 60601 1 1 harmonized national standard BATTERY POWER If a device equipped with an optional battery pack will not be used or not be connected to the power line for a period of over six months remove the battery Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 3 7 2026265 001 Safety For Your Safety CAUTIONS BEFORE INSTALLATION Compatibility is critical to safe and effective use of this device Please contact your local sales or service representative prior to installation to verify equipment compatibility DEFIBRILLATOR PRECAUTIONS Patient signal inputs labeled with the CF and BF symbols with paddles are protected against damage resulting from defibrillation voltages To ensure proper defibrillator protection use only the recommended cables and leadwires Proper placement of defibrillator paddles in relation to the electrodes is required to ensure successful defibrillation DISPOSABLES Disposable devices are intended for single use only They should not be reused as performance could degrade or contamination could occur DISPOSAL At the end of its service life the product described in this manual as well as its accessories must be disposed of in compliance with the guidelines regulating the disposal of such products If you have questions concerning disposal of the product please contact GE Medical Systems Information Technologies or its representatives ELEC
19. ENF Insp ENF Exp HAL Insp HAL E xp HE Insp HE Exp ISO Insp ISO Exp AR Insp AR Exp RM No Resp TC 02 02 BIS Parameter Priority Defaults Indicate which parameters you want to have priority in the first 6 positions on the display ECG always appears first and cannot be changed Parameter 1 ECG Parameter 2 Parameter 3 Parameter 4 Parameter 5 Parameter 6 Cirde the other parameters you want to have priority after position 6 Size of the parameter window determines how many selections you can make 3 full size 5 reduced size or combination thereof The software prevents you from selecting more parameters than allowable GAS RM SPO2 BIS X NBP CVP CO ALARMS ART RA CCO NICO FEM UVC RESP ICG UAC LA TEMP EEG PA ICP POC BIS C02 SP TC VENT SV0O2 00 MAY BE DISPLAYED AS REDUCED SIZE determined by software Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 25 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet For your notes 21 26 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix E Analog Output Appendix E Analog Output ECG Acquisition Modules The configuration for the analog output from the ECG acquisition modules is detailed below Analog output is obtained through the Defib Sync connector on the
20. Tram rac Housing The Tram rac housing holds the Tram module and other GE M edical Systems I nformation Technologies parameter modules The housing is connected by cable to the monitor using a Tram net connector The Tram rac 2 housing holds one Tram module The Tram rac 4A housing holds one Tram module plus two parameter modules Multiple Housings Tram rac 4A Housing You can connect an additional housing toa Tram rac 4A housing to allow for monitoring additional parameters Refer to the Tram rac 4A service manual for details on setup When using two housings follow these guidelines One housing must have a power supply Only one ECG source module can be used f the second housing is NOT a Tram rac 4A housing the Tram module must go in the second housing Single parameter BP and temp modules can only be placed in the bottom two positions of a housing Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2 13 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components Housing Connectors All housings have a Tram net connector Except for the Tram rac 2 housing all housings also have an analog output connector The analog output connector provides data from the monitor to other user supplied equipment Refer to Chapter 21 Appendices for details Depending on the type of Tram rac housing the connectors may be located on the front the back or both The Tram net connectors are on the back panel
21. ad 19 23 2 INIGHACES UR PEE 20 1 20 2 Connectivity 20 6 Salty sericea D 20 7 Interconnection 20 9 Serial Port Indicator 10 45 2 2222222222 20 10 Displayed Data 20 11 Parameters casn Ax perte 20 12 Parameter Windows and Menus 20 12 Software Compatibility 20 20 Device Specific Information 20 21 Notification of Equipment Upgrade 20 23 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor xi 2026265 001 2 Appendices sar ware cian daw antal waande 21 1 Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults 21 3 Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults 21 9 Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults 21 15 Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet 21 21 Appendix E Analog Output 21 27 ECG Acquisition Modules 21 27 Tiramzrac HOUSING ioa ve bevers naer bete XR EOD EN 21 28 Appendix Supplies Information 21 31 Appendix G Sof
22. 11 20 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Full Arrhythmia NOTE This option is part of the Cardiac software package Full arrhythmia expands the number of arrhythmias that the program detects Use the ARRHYTHMIA option in the ECG menu to turn full arrhythmia on and off Refer to the Turning Arrhythmia On and Off section in this chapter Full arrhythmia analysis includes PVC per minute limit alarm The number of PVCs detected over the last minute is displayed in the ECG values window Arrhythmia Conditions Refer to GE Medical Systems Information Technologies Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for a list of the arrhythmia messages which are displayed when arrhythmia is on and the condition occurs Definitions of each condition are included The monitor s response to each condition is determined by the alarm level to which the arrhythmia has been assigned Refer to the Arrhythmia Alarm Level section in Chapter 8 Alarm Control for more information Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 21 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Relearn During ECG monitoring you may need to use the RELEARN option when a dramatic change in the patient s ECG pattern has occurred A change in the ECG pattern could result in m Incorrect arrhythmia calls m Loss of ST measurements and or Inaccurate heart rate The Relearn option allows the monitor to l
23. the CO menu Refer to the Cardiac Output Menu Options section in this chapter for more information NOTE A cardiac output measurement injection is also referred to as a cardiac output trial 15 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Monitoring Features Cardiac Output Trials Enter the Cardiac Output program by selecting the CO label on the display or with the Cardiac Output button found on the Adult and Operating Room keypads and remote controls A display similar to the one below appears CARDIAC OUTPUT INJECT WHEN READY DELETE CARDIAC CARDIAC BT PRINT AUTO MODE CO TRIALS CALCS OUTPUT NOW LIMITS CO CURVE ON USE CATHETER INJECT TEMP SIZE INJECT VOL COMPUTATION CARDIAC PAW EDWARDS IN LINE 7 5 10 CONSTANT OUTPUT HELP 698B Cardiac Output Auto Mode The patient display automatically shifts to the individual display mode The fifth and sixth waveform displays are cleared and this space is dedicated to the cardiac output waveform An information window is displayed where the cardiac output trial information can be viewed Upon exiting the program the display returns to the previous configuration For each cardiac output trial the information window displays a review CO curve the derived CO value the patient s heart rate and other vital signs at t
24. 12 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Pressures Special Features Using the IABP Feature Starting the IABP Program Smart BP The monitor measures arterial femoral pressure and displays both the pressure waveform and numerical pressure values The IABP feature compensates for the irregularities in the pressure waveform caused by the use of an intra aortic balloon pump Toturn the ABP program on and off select the ABP option from the pressure menu When on the parameter label begins with an 41 as shown in the figure below 136 2 99 Parameter Label rate 70 94 5 669A ART Parameter Label with IABP On Smart BP is a feature found in ART and FEM pressure menus NOTE The Smart BP feature is not available when the monitor is set for Neonatal I CU mode Smart BP is an arterial femoral artifact rejection program that substantially reduces the occurrences of needless alarms by eliminating most of the alarms associated with zeroing the transducer fast flushing the system and drawing blood Toturn Smart BP on or off select the SMART BP option from the pressure menu This feature can be set in monitor defaults Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 12 15 2026265 001 Pressures Special Features Pulse Rate The Pulse Rate feature is found in the ART FEM and UAC neonatal mode only pressure sites When turned on a rate value is displayed in the appropriate param
25. 18 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026259 001 SvO2 SVO2 Menu Options SVO2 Menu Options SVO Limits Select SVO2 LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the high and low alarm limits for SVO2 Refer tothe Setting Alarm Limits section in Chapter 1 The Basics for information about how to adjust alarm limits SVO2 Help To view troubleshooting ti ps when SvO2 alarm messages are displayed select the SVO2 HELP option from the SVO2 menu A popup menu opens displaying the messages for which there are troubleshooting tips NOTE These arethe alarm messages associated with the one asterisk and three dashes signal indicators gt RETURN SVO2 DAMPED INTENSITY LOW INTENSITY HIGH INTENSITY LOW LIGHT NO LIGHT 738A SVO2 Help Popup Menu Select a message An information window is displayed providing information for corrective action When you arefinished select RETURN to dose the information window and popup menu Preinsertion Calibration Refer tothe Calibration section in this chapter for information about this option Light Intensity Calibration Refer tothe Calibration section in this chapter for information about this option Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 18 7 2026259 001 SvO2 SVO2 Menu Options Calibrate to Venous Blood Gas Refer tothe Calibration section in this chapter for information about this option SVO Cal History Re
26. A manual graph isin progress GRAPHING ALARM A crisis or warning alarm has occurred and an automatic alarm graph is running m PRINTING WINDOW A manual graph of a printable information window is in progress m NO PAPER The writer or printer needs paper or the writer door is open Graph Header The graph header which is printed with all patient waveforms includes Type of graph alarm manual or BP only Alarm violation if any Unit name bed number and patient name Patient ID Date and time Patient monitor type and monitor default name Alarm volume level 96 Graph speed Lead failed if any Heart rate Arrhythmia call if any and arrhythmia is on Pace mode if on Arrhythmia mode off lethal or full PVC count if full arrhythmia is on ST valuefor top displayed lead if on ST measurement point if on ECG filter Hz range Values for all other monitored parameters 7 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 0 Alarm Control Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 8 1 Alarm Control Smart Alarms Smart Alarms Alarm processing is not activated until the monitor has detected valid physiologic data from the patient This allows you to admit a patient and proceed with necessary patient connections without bothersome alarm tones If a new parameter is added during monitoring for example pulse oximetry the alarm processing for that parameter is no
27. ARRHYTHMIA Turns arrhythmia processing on and off Full and Lethal choices are available in the Cardiac software package RELEARN Relearns the patient s QRS pattern ST ANALYSIS Turns on the ST analysis program ECG FILTER Selects one of four filters for the ECG signal 12 LEAD ECG ANALYSIS Displays 12 leads of ECG with special menu options for analyzing and printing LD ANALYSIS Selects single lead or multi lead ECG and arrhythmia processing MORE ECG Displays a new menu with options to turn the QRS tone on and off adjust the volume when on specify the QRS width type and adjust the speed Detailed information on each option is found in this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 7 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Display Lead This option allows you to change the lead displayed as the primary lead the one in the top trace position This is useful when you selecting a lead for pacemaker detection or analog output Select the DISPLAY LEAD option from the ECG menu A popup menu opens showing all leads available The lead currently being displayed is highlighted NOTE There is only one V lead choice even if you are using a 10 leadwire cable The V lead available is determined by the V lead identified in the ST menu If you are using a standard selectable lead three leadwire cable the available choices in the popup menu are leads II 111 Highlight the desi
28. IV Pumps Urometers Anesthesia Machines The monitor displays no parameter window or menu for IV pumps It does broadcast alarms A parameter window labeled UO is displayed for urometer devices There is no parameter menu UO 36 C 320ml TOTAL VOL 872A Urometer Parameter Window NOTE Temperature is displayed and trended as an indicator of core temperature Up to three parameter windows and menus may appear on the monitor when interfacing with an anesthesia machine CO2 GAS and VNT Refer to the Ventilators section and the Gas Analyzers section in this chapter for examples of these parameter windows and associated parameter menus BIS Monitor A parameter window labeled BIS is displayed for the BIS monitor There is no parameter menu BIS BIS SR 54 2 3 NO Edd SENSOR EMG BIS 591A 592A BIS Parameter Window Active BIS Message Window Normal Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 20 17 2026265 001 Interfaces Displayed Data NICO Monitor Up to four parameter windows can be displayed when interfacing with a NICO non invasive cardiac output monitor RM respiratory mechanics CO2 SPO2 and NICO NOTE Refer to the individual chapters in this manual for information on CO2 and SPO2 parameters SPO2 from NICO includes a waveform and associated Size and Speed menu options For information on the RM parameter refer to the Respiratory Mechanics Module Operator s Manual RM fr
29. MAIN CHANGE WEIGHT HEIGHT MENU VALUE KG CM idis Change Value Popup Menu 712B Tochange a valuein the Cardiac Calculations window usethe CHANGE VALUE option and follow the procedure described in the Selecting Options from Scroll Lists section in Chapter 1 The Basics Selecting the SAVE CALC option saves the calculation and enters the appropriate values into Cardiac Calcs and Vital Signs This is a direct action menu option NOTE The monitor saves 20 cardiac calculations These saved calculations are not limited to a 24 hour time period 15 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Menu Options Weight Height Cardiac Output Now Selecting the WEIGHT option switches the units of measure for Weight between kilograms and pounds This is a direct action menu option Selecting the HEIGHT option switches the units of measure for Height between centimeters and inches This is a direct action menu option Use the Cardiac Output Now option when Auto Mode is off When Auto Mode is off the monitor does not search for a stable baseline temperature Therefore you decide when to begin the injection procedure When you are ready select CARDIAC OUTPUT NOW and inject when you see the INJ ECT NOW message This mode may be preferred for patients with extreme blood temperature fluctuations With this option it is particularly important that you
30. Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2 25 2026265 001 Equipment Overview utting the Monitor Into Operation Performance Check After turning the monitor on and during operation the monitor runs automatic self tests If a malfunction is detected the monitor displays message and a prompt asking if the user wishes to continue operation WARNING If the DO YOU WISH TO CONTINUE message appears during monitor operation it is the physician s responsibility to decide if the unit is still suitable for patient monitoring As a general rule monitoring with this unit should continue only in extremely urgent cases and under the supervision of a physician The unit must be repaired before being used on a patient again If this message appears after power up the unit must be repaired before being used on a patient 2 26 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 3 Safety Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 3 1 Safety For Your Safety For Your Safety Intended Use Terminology Monitor Safety The intended use of this monitoring system is to monitor physiological parameter data on adult pediatric and neonatal patients within a hospital or facility providing patient care Physiological data includes the parameters covered in this manual The monitoring system is also intended to provide physiological data over the Unity network to dinical information systems
31. m SETUP DEFAULT PARAMETER PRIORITY Determines the priorities for display of parameters Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 5 13 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu m RECALL DEFAULT Recalls monitor defaults without performing a discharge procedure m CUSTOM DEFAULTS Allows you to modify multiple monitor defaults Setup Default Arrhythmia Alarm Levels Arrhythmia calls are each assigned to one of the four patient status alarm levels The Setup Default Arrhythmia Alarm Levels option allows you to view the levels assigned and change them if desired Selecting the Setup Default Arrhythmia Alarm Levels menu option opens a popup menu and an information window The information window displays a list of the arrhythmia calls and their corresponding alarm levels ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS gt RETURN ASYSTOLE CRISIS VFIB VTAC CRISIS V TACH CRISIS VT gt 2 CRISIS V BRADY CRISIS COUPLET MESSAGE BIGEMINY MESSAGE ACC VENT MESSAGE PAUSE MESSAGE TRIGEMINY MESSAGE RON T MESSAGE PVC MESSAGE TACHY MESSAGE BRADY MESSAGE IRREGULAR MESSAGE MAIN SETUP DEFAULT EFAULT SETUP DEFAULT MENU ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS LARM LEVELS LIMITS PREVIOUS 1 RETURN EFAULT RECALL MENU R PRIORITY DEFAULT Setup Default Arrhythmia Alarm Levels Popup Menu and Information Window CUSTOM DEFAULTS 551B 5 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Monitor Se
32. BF Type BF applied part CF Type CF applied part NA Not applicable Ordinary Ordinary equipment enclosed equipment without protection against ingress of water Not Suitable Equipment not Suitable for use in the presence of a flammable anesthetic mixture with air or with oxygen or nitrous oxide 3 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Revision A Safety For Your Safety Underwriters Laboratories Inc Medical Equipment X K With respect to electric shock fire and mechanical hazards C UL US only in accordance with UL 60601 1 and CAN CSA C22 2 NO 601 1 4P41 Equipment Symbols NOTE Some symbols may not appear on all equipment ATTENTION Consult accompanying documents CAUTION To reduce the risk of electric shock do NOT remove cover Refer servicing to LN qualified service personnel NOTE TYPE CF APPLIED PART Isolated floating applied part suitable for intentional external and The rating of 1 internal application to the patient including direct cardiac application Paddles outside the protection against box indicate the applied partis defibrillator proof electric shock Medical Standard Definition F type applied part floating isolated complying with the indicated by specified requirements of IEC 60601 1 UL 60601 1 CSA 601 1 Medical Standards to provide symbol for CF or a higher degree of protection against electric shock than that provided by type BF applied BF is achiev
33. Definitions This section describes terminology standards and other conventions that are used throughout this manual In this manual m TheSolar 8000i patient monitor is referred to as the monitor The Clinical Information Center is referred to as the central station The Solar SpO2 module with Masimo SET is referred to as the Masimo module m ThePRN 50 and PRN 50 M digital writers are referred to as the writers The laser printer is referred to as the printer Collectively the laser printer and the PRN 50 digital writer referred to as printers The following terms are used in this manual to describe various monitor features and functions Button A labeled key located on the keypad or remote control Press to initiate a process open a menu or enter a number Menu Text which appears at the bottom of the display A menu is composed of a set of menu options Menu option A choice found in a menu A menu option is enclosed in a rectangle Screen text Any text that appears on the monitor display In this manual screen text is shown in italics for example ECG SAVING etc Illustrations and Names All illustrations in this manual are provided as examples only They may not necessarily reflect your monitoring setup or data displayed on your monitor Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 1 3 2026265 001 The Basics Manual Conventions Software Packages In this manual all names appe
34. PvO Fio PaCO PAO 2 2 Alveolar pressure 2 mmHg 700 PBAR 47 55 P AQ does not appear in the pulmonary calculations display but itis used to derive References 1 Chatburn Robert and Lough Marvin Handbook of Respiratory Care Year Book Medical Publishers Inc Chicago 1990 2 Marino Paul The ICU Book Williams amp Wilkin Baltimore 1998 3 Tobin Martin Principles amp Practice of Intensive Care Monitoring McGraw Hill Inc 1998 Touse the pulmonary calculations program select PULMONARY CALCS from the Patient Data menu An information window and a new menu are displayed PULMONARY CALCS MONITORED CALCULATED WEIGHT 70 0 HEIGHT 168 0 5 Weight and height are Fi02 Cdyn 2 PEEP MV displayed if entered RR Cl previously in cardiac TV AaDO2 Iculati dmit inf PIP calculations or admit info co DO2i PBAR 760 Cvo2 Press the Graph Go Stop Hb a vO2 n ae button to print the displayed Pa02 O2ER calculations Sa02 Pa FiO2 Pvo2 as at SvO2 MAIN CHANGE SAVE REVIEW HEIGHT MENU VALUE CALC CALCS CM PREVIOUS CALCULATE STORE ESTIMATED CALCS MENU Voal 15 MINS 612A Pulmonary Calcs Menu and Information Window If a set of calculations was previously saved many of the values will be displayed without a date and time This is intended to speed entry of another set of calculations since only some of the param
35. Select ECG parameter label Select ECG SIZE Select 2X or higher Close the popup menu Select RELEARN Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 41 2026265 001 ECG Troubleshooting Problem False ventricular calls Problem ST numerics displayed only for primary top lead IF PROBLEM CONTINUES Change to single lead ECG detection and processing 1 Select ECG parameter label Select LD ANALYSIS Select SINGLE LEAD Select DISPLAY LEAD Assess all the ECG leads and change top ECG waveform to display lead with greatest amplitude At least 0 5 mV amplitude is required for QRS detection uF WN Solution Check ECG signal from patient The chest lead may exhibit polarity changes which may occasionally cause an inaccurate call 1 Check adjust electrode placement 2 Check perform skin preparation 3 Check replace electrodes If the chest lead is a problem movethe chest lead to another chest position or leg position 4 Relearn ECG a Select ECG parameter label b Select RELEARN IF PROBLEM CONTINUES 1 Select ECG parameter label 2 Select RELEARN Solution Check whether single lead or multi lead processing is selected Numerics will only be displayed for the primary lead if single lead processing is active 11 42 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG Troubleshooting Problem ST measurement points for ISO or J are incorrect Solution 1
36. sec but are compressed in time Siemens Servo 900C D E Ventilators Be aware that when the ventilator is set to infant mode the MV data it sends is 10 times greater than the actual value Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 20 21 2026265 001 Interfaces Device S pecific Information Alaris Medical Systems 7130 and 7230 Infusion Pumps Be aware that the Dash Solar and CIC systems do not display the IV parameter block Other GE Medical Systems devices may support the reception and display of IV parameter block data Be aware that the settings entered via the keypad on the Alaris 7130 and 7230 may take up to 15 seconds to be provided to the devices displaying these settings Be aware that when disconnecting the interface cable between the Alaris 7130 and 7230 pumps and Unity Network I D system you need to wait for the status LED above the cable you disconnected to turn off before attempting to reconnect the cable between the Alaris pump and the Unity Network ID system Be aware that when turning the Alaris 7130 and 7230 pumps off you need to wait for the status LED for the Alaris pump to start flashing yellow before turning the Alaris pump back on Be aware that when disconnecting the DIDCA from the Alaris 7130 and 7230 pumps you need to wait for the status LED for the Alaris pump to start flashing yellow before reconnecting the DI DCA tothe Alaris pumps Be aware that the empty container detector removed alarm will appe
37. 2 Relearn ECG a Select ECG parameter label b Select RELEARN Adjust ST measurement point a Select ECG parameter label b Select ST ANALYSIS from ECG menu c Select ADJ UST ST POINT Pacemaker Troubleshooting Problem Inaccurate pacemaker detection Solution Use pacemaker processing 1 2 4 Select ECG parameter label Display the ECG lead with the greatest amplitude in the top waveform position Select DETECT PACE Select PACE 2 or PACE 1 NOTES In general be aware that a pacemaker pulse could be falsely counted as a QRS during asystole PACE 1 pace mode analyzes the presence of a pacer spike assesses the waveform for residual pacemaker energy and determines the presence of an R wave following the pacer spike If an event occurs during the first few milliseconds following the pacer spike it will be counted PACE 2 pace mode analyzes waveforms with the added capability of minimizing the chance of counting severe residual pacemaker energy as QRS complexes In relation to the event rejection capability of PACE 2 pace mode certain morphologies may not be detected Arrhythmia calls like asystole or pause may be made with heart rate identified as less than actual Again pacemaker patients should be kept under close observation The appropriate pace mode may be determined at the time the pacemaker patient is admitted to the monitoring system The Pace 2 mode is recommended for use whene
38. 3 Press the Trim Knob control or touch the CVP CURSOR option to close the popup menu The cursor remains on the waveform NOTE In the Full and Full Grid display modes only one cursor can be displayed at a time but it can be moved throughout the entire full scale range The cursor remains on the screen until you turn it off using the Clear Cursor option change the scale size or change the display mode When the cursor is removed the pressure scale returns to the scale used before the cursor was turned on Clear Cursor To remove the cursor from the waveform select the CLEAR CURSOR option from the pressure menu This is a direct action menu option Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 12 9 2026265 001 Pressures Pressure Menu Options Limits Change Name Selecting this option opens an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the alarm limits for the displayed pressures systolic diastolic mean and or rate Refer to the Setting Alarm Limits section in Chapter 1 The Basics for information about how to adjust alarm limits This option is used to change the designated name for this pressure connector The monitor has preset names for each pressure connector based on its location in the Tram module and Tram rac housing Refer to the Assigned BP Names section in this chapter Having the names properly reflect the sites is important for proper processing of the waveform since different algo
39. 60 GTT CC INF TIME MAIN CHANGE DELETE TITRATION MENU VALUE CALC TABLE PREVIOUS RETURN Change Value Popup Menu and Information Window 616B Move the pointer to DRUG NAME Press the Trim Knob control or touch the CHANGE VALUE option The first name in the drug library is displayed 4 Scroll through the library names When the drug name you want is displayed press the Trim Knob control or touch CHANGE VALUE to select it 10 22 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu NOTE If you are using a drug that is not in thelist choose DRUG A B C or D as its label Make a note of the drug name you assign to A B C or D Follow the above procedure to enter other values The order in which values are entered is dependent on the type of patient being monitored adult or neonatal and how the order for the drug was given Below you will find additional information on each element of the dose calculations information window WEIGHT Enter the patient s weight SOL VOLUME solution volume A default value is displayed This value varies with the patient monitor type and drug name chosen m DRUG QTY If the drug quantity is entered in milligrams MG the dose kg min is in micrograms The drug quantity will be calculated if the user enters a solution volume a dose and a rate NOTE Besure to select the proper drug units M
40. Auto Mode is off You can use CARDIAC OUTPUT NOW menu option or turn Auto Mode on with the AUTO MODE menu option Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 15 21 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Troubleshooting Error Messages IS TOO LOW TO DISPLAY or CO IS TOO HIGH TO DISPLAY The cardiac output range that the monitor is able to calculate is 0 2L to 20L NO CO DUE TO BT SENSOR FAIL A cable may be loose or there is a hardware failure NO CO DUE TOIT SENSOR FAIL A cable may be loose or there is a hardware failure UNSTABLE BT DETECTED The monitor cannot detect a stable baseline temperature The message dears after 12 seconds only if a stable baseline temperature is found If message does not clear check your patient and setup If message persists call service or contact your sales service representative The following messages replacethelT or BT values in the CO waveform area addition the BT messages are displayed in the CO parameter window BT TOO LOW or BT TOO HIGH Blood temperature is too low or too high or there is a sensor hardware failure IT TOO LOWor IT TOO HIGH Injectate temperature is too low or too high or there is a sensor hardware failure 15 22 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 16 Respiration Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Respiration Introduction Introduction Respiration monitoring can be done with any Tram module
41. ECG BP Temp CO A CF Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous NBP 5 02 A BF Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous Solar ECG Resp module A CF Ordinary ot Suitable NA Continuous BP module A CF Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous Dual BP module A CF Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous BP dual temp module A CF Ordinary ot Suitable NA Continuous NBP module A BF Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous Solar SPO2 module A BF Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous Solar SPO2 module with A BF Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous Masimo SET Dual temp module A CF Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous Sv02 module A B Ordinary ot Suitable NA Continuous TC module A BF Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous Mainstream CO2 module NA B Ordinary NotSuitable NA Continuous Sidestream CO2 module BF Solar BP CO module A CF Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous ICG module A BF Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous BIS EEG module NA B Ordinary ot Suitable NA Continuous Tram net interface adapter A otMarked Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous Octanet Connectivity Device otMarked Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous Tram rac without power supply NA ot Marked Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous Tram rac with power supply ot Marked Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous PRN 50 and PRN 50 M otMarked Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous Writers Keypad A ot Marked Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous Remote control A ot Marked Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous I Class I equipment B Type B applied part
42. EEG Trend 3 CVP EEG Trend 4 C02 AVOA Alarm Level NBP Remote Silence 5 02 Silence NBP Clock Sync UAC NBP M Only Alarm GAS VNT Arrhythmia Alarm Levels RA Crisis Warning Advisory Message UVC Asystole LA VFib VTac ICP V Tach SP VT gt 2 5 02 V Brady Couplet BIS Bigeminy ART Rate Acc Vent 5 02 Rate Pause BT Trigeminy FEM Rate UAC Rate PVC POC Tachy CCO Brady NICO Irregular ICG Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 23 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet Parameter Alarm Levels Parameter Default Limits RR Low High Resp Apnea UAC M TMP UAC R PA S Parameter Default Limits PA D Low High PA M HR CVP PVC RA ST UVC ST II LA ST III ICP ST V1 SP ST AVL CO2 Exp ST AVF CO2 Insp ST AVR CO2 Resp ST V2 No Breath ST V3 5 02 ST V4 SpO2 R ST V5 BT ST V6 Sv02 NBP S RR NBP D RR Apnea NBP M TEMP 1 ART S TEMP 2 ART D 02 Insp ART M 02 Exp ART R N20 Insp FEM S N20 Exp FEM D N2 Insp FEM M N2 Exp FEM R SEV Insp UAC S SEV Exp UAC D DES Insp 21 24 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet Parameter Default Limits Low High DES Exp
43. In U S A if the installation of this equipment will use 240V rather than 120V the source must be a center tapped 240V single phase circuit T his equipment is suitable for connection to public mains as defined in CISPR 11 RESTRICTED SALE U S federal law restricts this device to sale by or on the order of a physician SINGLE PATIENT USE This equipment is designed for use on one patient at a time Using this equipment to monitor different parameters on different patients at the same time compromises the accuracy of data acquired SUPERVISED USE This equipment is intended for use under the direct supervision of a licensed health care practitioner UNINTENTIONAL RADIO FREQUENCY RF INTERFERENCE Unintentional RF interference could degrade the reliability and performance of the wireless data link The facility must maintain an RF environment free from unintentional interference Refer to the service manual for more information VENTILATION REQUIREMENTS Set up the device in a location which affords sufficient ventilation The ventilation openings of the device must not be obstructed The ambient conditions specified in the technical specifications must be ensured at all times Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Safety For Your Safety Notes Put the monitor in a location where you can easily see the screen and access the operating controls This product is not likely to cau
44. MENU HISTORY VIEW OLDER VIEW NEWER DELETE ALARM ALARM ALARM 599 Select Alarm Arrhythmia Event Information Window Menu For arrhythmia events three leads of ECG are displayed If an ART line was being monitored at the time the arrhythmia occurred two leads of ECG andthe ART waveform are displayed Associated numerics are also included Ten seconds of data are presented in a compressed format which prints at 25 mm sec NOTE When monitoring from telemetry events are stored in the telemetry system The last 36 events are viewable from the monitor NOTE Waveforms from a separate BP module i e other than the Tram module cannot be stored in history 10 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu The Select Alarm menu options are VIEW OLDER ALARM Displays the next older event if any stored in alarm history VIEW NEWER ALARM Displays the next newer event if any stored in alarm history m DELETE ALARM Opens a popup menu with Yes and No options Select YES to delete the displayed event m ALARM HISTORY Returns tothe chronological list of arrhythmia events If you select an ST alarm event or an ST reference the information window looks similar to the following STREFERENCE 9 01 56 15 FEB 69 AR1126 68 8
45. The CO2 menu is displayed at the bottom of the screen MAIN PUMP UNITS CO2 SCALE CO2 N20 COMPENSATION MENU OFF MMHG 50 LIMITS 0 40 N20 02 COMPENSATION CO2 AVERAGING CAL SENSOR CALIBRATE SPEED 0 60 O2 SINGLE BREATH TO ZERO CELL ADAPTER 6 25 783A Capnostat CO2 Menu m PUMP Turns the module s pump on or off when using the sidestream setup Capnostat dual CO2 module only m UNITS Changes the units of measure for inspired and expired CO2 CO2 SCALE Selects a scale for the displayed CO2 capnogram CO2LIMITS Displays a new menu and information window to adjust expired CO2 inspired CO2 respiration rate and no breath limits m N20 COMPENSATION Compensates for the effect of N20 on CO2 readings Functional in Operating Room mode only m O2 COMPENSATION Compensates for the effect of O2 on CO2 readings m CO2 AVERAGING Opens a popup menu to select a time for averaging CO2 m CAL SENSOR TO ZERO CELL Opens a popup menu to zerothe sensor m CALIBRATE ADAPTER Opens a popup menu to calibrate the airway adapter m SPEED Changes the sweep speed of the displayed CO2 waveform Detailed information on each option is found in this chapter 19 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 C02 CO2 Menu Options Capnostat Modules Pump Units CO2 Scale NOTE The Pump option only appears in the menu when using the Capnostat dual module U
46. To avoid electric shock or device malfunction liquids must not be allowed to enter the device If liquids have entered a device take it out of service and have it checked by a service technician before it is used again ACCURACY If the accuracy of any value displayed on the monitor central station or printed on a graph strip is questionable determine the patient s vital signs by alternative means Verify that all equipment is working correctly ALARMS Do not rely exclusively on the audible alarm system for patient monitoring Adjustment of alarm volume to a low level or off during patient monitoring may result in a hazard to the patient Remember that the most reliable method of patient monitoring combines close personal surveillance with correct operation of monitoring equipment After connecting the monitor to the central station nurse call system and or network verify the function of the alarm system The functions of the alarm system for monitoring of the patient must be verified at regular intervals Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 3 3 Safety For Your Safety WARNINGS BEFORE USE Before putting the system into operation visually inspect all connecting cables for signs of damage Damaged cables and connectors must be replaced immediately Before using the system the operator must verify that it is in correct working order and operating condition Periodical
47. Ventilator Puritan Bennett 840 Yes Yes None Yes with the following exceptions Ve TOT Vre MAND Vie SPONT SPONT 20 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A Interfaces Introduction Device Connectivity Chart Unity Device Type Manufacturer and Model Octanet Network Waveforms Alarms ID Ventilator Siemens SV900C 900D 900E Yes Yes Pressure Flow TIA Only with TIA only Ventilator adult Siemens SV300 Yes Yes Pressure Flow TIA Only with TIA neonatal only Ventilator Siemens Servo i Yes Yes VNT Yes Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 20 5 2026265 001 Interfaces Connectivity Devices Connectivity Devices Two different connectivity devices can be connected to the Solar 8000i patient monitor m Octanet connectivity device m Unity Network ID connectivity device NOTE An Octanet connectivity device and a Unity Network I D connectivity device cannot be connected to a Solar 8000i monitor at the same time The Solar 8000i monitor will only communicate with the device that was connected to it first Unity Network ID Connectivity Device 20 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Interfaces Connectivity Devices Safety WARNINGS ACCURACY Patient information transferred by a connectivity device to a clinical information system must be qualified by medical personnel before permanent storage in a database ALARMS The per
48. displays the split view with the bed name and the alarm message line but no parameter or waveform data Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Viewing Other Patients Viewing Bed Characteristics VOA AVOA AutoView XM Automatic View of Bed in Alarm Split Screen View No Yes Yes Which Viewable Beds are Watched All beds in the unit are watched All beds in the unit that have SEND AUTO VIEWS set to ON are watched All beds that have SEND AUTO VIEWS set to ON and are selected via the CONFIGURE AUTO VIEW ON ALARM menu option on the monitor are watched both in unit and out of unit Which Alarm Broadcast Message Levels are Watched Follows the AVOA rules i e if Autoview XM software option is enabled then the Autoview XM rules are used Alarm level fixed m Crisis m Warning System Warning Alarm level selectable via the default setting AVOA ALARM LEVEL m Crisis m Warning S ystem Warning m Advisory Which Beds are Viewed on Alarm The viewed bed must be selected by the user from one of four alarming beds within the unit The viewed bed will be selected from the most recent highest priority alarm from within the unitThe viewed bed is the same for all beds within a unit The viewed bed will be selected from the oldest highest priority alarm from the watched bed list both in unit and out of unit What Changes Occ
49. eigen d mm 12 9 Charge Names xttl ee idee tie aire dus AD Ra 12 10 LOMO cde eener 12 11 X 12 11 12 12 Speed sous edet Garments tte ceil a eateries Sohne bin P RUM 12 12 vi Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Special Features 5 5 REIS mete wei t E pe 12 13 WB P 3 eso eoo oath iet dodanie e oni d aloe dee S 12 13 Using the IABP Feature 12 15 Smart BP edades e a d ba a o ba 12 15 Rate m ses eed COD IRE RR RR PES Nen 12 16 Disconnect Alaan senti io Eten eee dob Dn de 12 16 PA Wedge aren var RR eden wetend aten en HER EE EE 12 17 PA Wedge Menu Option 12 17 PA Insert Wedge Menu Option 12 19 Troubleshooting ooo eneen eee eens 12 27 1 3 NBP cei ta coer here ele RV EUR ERE desea 13 1 Introd clion esse eenn salts E eee se 13 2 NBP note x rese toto E Tte Se esce o S 13 2 Safely te Lio enen 13 3 Checklist ere sk reruma cur ual ae dare Cle ecu ES 13 5 NBP Monitoring Features 13 6 NBP Information esee waer ces te he a m c ORO EC 13 6 Ge
50. the event time centered CRG Trends Menu Options Locate Cursor Zoom In Out View Older View Newer TheLOCATE CURSOR option allows you to move the vertical cursor toa specific time The parameter values at the position of the cursor are then displayed The ZOOM IN and ZOOM OUT options allow you zoom in to a specified two minute trend from any six hour summary or zoom out to a specified six hour summary from any two minute trend The cursor centers to the selected time associated with the displayed trace The VIEW OLDER VIEW NEWER options allow you to view older and newer data 9 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 CRG Plus Display CRG Trends Select Parameters The SELECT PARAMETERS option opens a popup menu to select CRG parameters to be displayed as trends Y our choices are HR SPO gt RESP TC O5 and TC NOTE The CO2 two minute waveform is not available when using the TC module with the combo sensor Respiration Trend The data for the respiration trend is as follows m Six hour display Neonatal lCU mode it is apnea per 5 minutes This prints as apnea per 1 minute InAdult ICU and Operating Room modes it is the respiration rate m Two minute display In all modes it is the respiration waveform Select Event This option opens a popup menu that allows you to select a specific CRG event from the event directory All events in the event direc
51. 12 19 2026265 001 Pressures PA Wedge Review Wedge When you select REVIEW WEDGE the PA Wedge Review information window appears and new menu items are displayed NOTE The Review Wedge menu and information window will display automatically at the end of a PA wedge cycle when in Auto mode PA WEDGE REVIEW Len ll Program Cursor Ja Wedge Value and Time PA WEDGE 15 13 3 MENU OUTPUT CURSOR _ J Review Wedge Menu and Information Window from the PA Wedge Menu Option MAIN CARDIAC 676 12 20 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Pressures PA Wedge PA WEDGE REVIEW e s Tu ML MILI A ae 1 Sie Wedge Value and Time MAIN CARDIAC MOVE WEDGE NEW MENU OUTPUT CURSOR WEDGE 849 Review Wedge Menu and Information Window from the PA Insert Wedge Menu Option NOTE If CO2 is being monitored the CO2 waveform is displayed in place of the respiration waveform The Review Wedge menu options are CARDIAC OUTPUT Enters the PA wedge pressure value into Cardiac Calculations and Vital Signs The monitor automatically enters the Cardiac Output program MOVE WEDGE CURSOR Repositions the cursor to change the wedge value Refer to the Mov
52. 20 20 20 19 information RR 5 2 spear OFFis displayed if alarms were TP1 2 paused or the monitor was ina ALARMS OFF discharged state 1 TMP C MAIN VIEW VIEW TIME INTERVAL SPECIFIC SORT DATA MENU OLDER NEWER 15 MINS TIME ALL DATA PREVIOUS PAGE PAGE MENU DOWN UP 600A Vital Signs Menu and Information Window Twenty four hours of parameter data are stored except for cardiac calculations and pulmonary calculations The last 20 cardiac calculations and the last 10 pulmonary calculations are stored NOTE When monitoring two SPO2 sites SPO2 data from the Solar SPO2 module is identified in vital signs as SPO2M You cannot change any values in Vital Signs but you can use the menu options to move through the collected data The menu options are described in the following sections 10 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu View Older View Newer Each of these direct action menu options moves the displayed data either backward or forward in time if data is available Time Interval Select TIME INTERVAL to choose the time interval between the displayed columns of data This does not affect data collection only how the data is displayed The time interval options are 1 HR 30 MINS 15 MINS 5 MINS and 1 MIN Specific Time Select the SPECIFIC TIME option to open a
53. 4 Neonatal ICU 0 1 2 3 4 Operating Room 0 2 3 4 NOTE Changing the pati ent monitor type after setup erases your monitor defaults and reinstates the factory defaults Display Defaults ST Analysis ST Templates ST V Lead ST Template 1 ST Template 2 ST Template 3 Adjust ST Point 12 LD on ST History ECG WF Speed Graph Waveform 2 Graph Waveform 3 Graph Waveform 4 Alarm Graph Timed Graph ART Disconnect Smart BP Arterial Scale PA Scale CVP RA UVC Scale LA Scale Display Defaults ICP Scale Patient Age SP Scale Display Mode BP WF Speed Color Format 02 Scale Primary ECG C02 WF Speed ECG Waveform 2 02 Scale Min Arrhyth Level NBP Auto Arrhythmia Adult Cuff Press Detect Pace Ped Cuff Pressure Arterial Rate Neo Cuff Pressure Lead Analysis CO Catheter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 21 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet Display Defaults Display Defaults CO Inj Temp NBP Limits Type CO Size Arterial Limits Type CO Inj Vol PA Limits Type CO Auto Mode Menu Timeout N20 Compensation ECG Filter 02 Compensation BP Filter RR Parameter NO ECG Comm
54. 778A CRG Plus Waveforms Popup Menu T he options displayed are determined by the parameters being monitored The parameters that are currently appearing in the CRG Plus display are highlighted 5 Toselect or deselect parameters rotate and press the Trim Knob control or usethe touchscreen arrows and CRG PLUS WAVEFORMS menu option 6 Select RETURN toclose the popup menu Changes do not occur until the popup menu is closed Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 9 5 2026265 001 CRG Plus Display Printing CRG Plus Parameters Printing CRG Plus Parameters Print CRG Plus To print CRG Plus parameters select MORE MENUS from the main display then select MONITOR SETUP Select PRINT CRG PLUS from the menu that appears The default parameters printed are HR SpO2 and RR impedance respiration NOTE If you are monitoring CO2 the CO2 waveform prints instead of impedance respiration regardless of the CO2 units of measure The CRG Plus display does not have to appear on the screen in order to be printed If you have a neonatal keypad or remote control you can also use the CRG Print button to print the CRG Plus parameters CRG Plus Printing Options You can select three CRG Plus parameters to be printed You can also choose to have an automatic CRG Plus graph run every two minutes Choose Parameters Select MONITOR SETUP from the main menu Select GRAPH SETUP from the Monitor Setup menu 3 Select CRG PLUS OPTIO
55. ALARM LEVEL menu option anchor menu option The alarm level in this case CRISIS for V BRADY highlights Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to scroll through the options When WARNING is displayed press the Trim Knob control or touch the ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVEL menu option anchor menu option to complete the change The change takes effect immediately and the information window remains open to make other changes When you are finished making changes select RETURN to dosethe information window 1 26 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 The Basics Language S pecific Information Language Specific Information The following information describes differences in Solar 8000i monitor functionality when the monitor is set to certain languages Chinese and Japanese Language Information When the Solar 8000i monitor language is set to Chinese or J apanese the following conditions apply Text for alarm broadcast over the Unity network is in English m All text input isin English only i e text for patient information bed and unit names printer names French Language Information When the Solar 8000i monitor country selection is set to France alarm pause duration is three minutes Refer to the Pausing Alarms section in Chapter 8 Alarm Control Hungarian Polish and Russian Language Information Alarm broadcasts sent over the Unity network cannot be received by equip
56. ART line is connected to that module Slot 1 Slot 3 506A Tram rac Housing Slots 2 16 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components Installing and Removing Modules Acquisition modules are easily installed and removed A Tram module must always occupy the top position in the Tram rac housing Other modules are installed below it Toinstall a module 1 Facing the Tram rac housing guide the back of the module into the appropriate position 2 Gently push the module into the housing Y ou will hear a dick when the module is fully inserted Toremove a module 1 Push the module into the Tram rac housing This releases the module and makes it easier to remove 2 Press and hold the release levers found on each side of the front of the module 3 Pull the module out about 6 inches 15 cm 4 Grasp the module firmly with both hands and remove it Do not try to hold the module by the release levers The release levers for Tram modules are recessed in the side of the protruding front of the module Tram rac Housing N Release Levers Removing a Tram Module Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2 17 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components Optional Clinical Information Center The Unity Network Ethernet establishes communication and allows patient data to be sent to an optional Clinical Information Center central station Refer to the Cli
57. Admit Menu Options section in this chapter 6 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Admit Menus Rover Admit Menu In the Rover application the monitor can be moved from room to room In some cases the unit name and bed number may need to be changed so they are included as options in the admit menu Below are the Rover admit menus with options based on the patient monitor mode MAIN CHANGE REQUEST RECALL ADMIT ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT PREVIOUS UNITS OF SET UNIT SET BED GRAPH MENU MEASURE NAME NUMBER LOCATION 544A Adult ICU and Neonatal ICU Admit Menu Rover Application MAIN CHANGE REQUEST RECALL NEW MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT CASE PREVIOUS UNITS OF SET UNIT SET BED GRAPH MENU MEASURE NAME NUMBER LOCATION 546A Operating Room Admit Menu Rover Application All menu options are described in the Admit Menu Options section in this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 7 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Admit Menus Combo Admit Menu In the Combo application the monitor is permanently assigned to a room and patient data can be obtained from a module or from telemetry NOTE The room must have a network connection to use telemetry Below are the Combo admit menus with options based on the patient monitor mode NOTE Iti
58. CRG Plus display does not have to appear on the display for the automatic print to occur This option and the PRINT CRG PLUS ON ALARM option cannot be on at the same time The software prevents this by automatically turning one off when the other is turned on Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 9 7 2026265 001 CRG Plus Display Printing CRG Plus Parameters Print CRG Plus on Alarm Select the PRINT CRG PLUS ON ALARM menu option from the CRG Plus options menu to automatically print a two minute CRG Plus graph when an alarm occurs Other Printing Information The CRG Plus display does not have to appear on the display for CRG data to print on alarm This option and the PRINT CRG PLUS EVERY 2 MINUTES option cannot be on at the same time The software prevents this by automatically turning one off when the other is turned on An alarm graph does not print if alarms are paused or the display is turned off An alarm graph is triggered by a brady tachy resp apnea MAP or SpO29 limit violation when set at a crisis or warning alarm level The graph is generated one minute after the violation is detected The second line of the graph header indicates all parameters that were violated in the 30 second period following the alarm trigger The lowest or highest value for violated parameters is printed e g the lowest heart rate value is printed for a Brady event The values printed represent any time within the last two min
59. Capnostat Modules O2 Compensation CO2 Averaging The presence of a large concentration of oxygen causes the CO2 value to appear lower than the actual value Use this option to compensate for the presence of O2 This is a direct action menu option that switches between 0 60 O2 and gt 60 O2 Y our selection depends on the amount of O2 present NOTE O2 concentration can be obtained from the anesthesia machine Select this menu option to open a popup menu to select a time interval for averaging CO2 m SINGLE BREATH A CO2 valueis calculated for every breath m 10SECONDS A CO2 value is calculated using 10 seconds of data m 20SECONDS A CO2 value is calculated using 20 seconds of data Cal Sensor to Zero Cell Calibrate Adapter Speed Usethis menu option to zero the Capnostat sensor This is required whenever a new sensor is connected to the monitor Refer to the Zero Capnostat Sensor section in this chapter Usethis menu option to calibrate the Capnostat airway adapter Refer to the Calibrate the Capnostat Adapter section in this chapter Usethis menu option to open a popup menu to select a sweep speed for the displayed CO2 waveform Choices are 6 25 default 12 5 25 and 50 millimeters per second Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 19 13 2026265 001 CO2 Zero the Capnostat Sensor Zero the Capnostat Sensor A sensor must be zeroed calibrated whenever it is connected to a Capnostat mod
60. Chapter 2 Equipment Overview for details regarding its location and appearance The Trim Knob control is used for highlighting and selecting To highlight with the Trim Knob control Rotate the Trim Knob control in either direction This moves the highlight reverse video on the screen up down left or right to the next option depending on the type of menu that currently appears on the display NOTE In some cases rather than highlighted text a pointer gt appears in front of the text When a pointer is present rotating the Trim Knob control moves the pointer to another option This is equivalent to highlighting To select with the Trim Knob control First highlight your desired menu option or move the pointer in front of it as described above Once you have highlighted the option press the Trim Knob control once to select it NOTE This manual refers to the Trim K nob operation of highlighting a menu option and then selecting it as select You can also use this procedure to select the parameter labels found in the parameter windows Simply rotate the Trim Knob control until the parameter label e g ECG is highlighted then press the Trim Knob control to select it The corresponding parameter menu will then appear at the bottom of the display Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 1 17 2026265 001 The Basics Common Operations Using the Touchscreen Display NOTE The touchscreen display is
61. ECG REVIEW 12 LEAD ECG 12 LEAD ADMIT 12 LEAD ECG MENU NOW TO TRANSMIT OR PRINT AUTO OFF MENU HELP PREVIOUS MENU 774A 12 Lead Analysis Display Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 33 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Manual Method All parameters continue to be monitored and values are displayed in their respective parameter windows The 12 lead analysis menu options are 12 LEAD ECG NOW Opens an information window in which you can enter the TECHNICIAN ID OPTION FIELD and ORDER NUMBER TECHNICIAN ID Opens a popup menu to enter up to four digits for the technician s ID number NOTE This option can be set to MANDATORY or OPTIONAL in the Setup Display Defaults window If it is set to MANDATORY a manual 12 lead analysis cannot be taken until an ID number is entered Thefactory default settingis OPTIONAL OPTION FIELD Opens a popup menu in which you can enter a two digit option number ORDER NUMBER Opens a popup menu in which you can enter up to nine digits for the order number RETURN Selecting RETURN initiates one 12 lead ECG analysis REVIEW 12 LEAD ECG TO TRANSMIT OR PRINT Opens a popup menu to transmit print or delete the analysis The last analysis is available to print until another 12 lead analysis is generated Transmission of a 12 lead report is only allowed once 12 LEAD AUTO Opens a popup menu to program the monitor to automa
62. LIS A Solar Lab Access Server with an interface to the LIS is necessary for this feature to function Detailed information on each option is found in this chapter 10 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Alarm History NOTE This option is part of the Cardiac software package The Alarm History option allows you to view waveforms of stored arrhythmia and ST events for crisis warning and advisory alarm levels ST references are also stored here In Adult ICU and Neonatal I CU modes events are not stored in Alarm History during an alarm pause or if the monitor is in a discharged state To view alarm histories select the ALARM HISTORY option from the Patient Data menu or the Alarm Control menu A popup menu and information window are displayed Theinformation window displays arrhythmia and ST events classified as crisis warning and advisory in chronological order beginning with the most recent event A maximum of 46 total events can be stored with a maximum of 36 arrhythmia events and 10 ST events including references If more than 36 arrhythmia events or 10 ST events occur the oldest event in the history is removed and the new event is recorded Up to 15 events can be displayed at one time The pointer the information window points to the most recent event If you want to view the waveform data for that event press the Trim Knob control or touch the ALARM
63. MENU ALARMS HISTORY TRENDS PREVIOUS CLEAR PAUSE CRG ALARM 585A Alarm Control Menu ALL LIMITS Displays a screen of all currently monitored parameters and their alarm limits as well as the unit of measure for each Alarm limits can also be changed ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVEL Displays arrhythmia alarm levels Can be adjusted to other levels PARAMETER ALARM LEVEL Displays parameter alarm levels Can be adjusted to other levels ALARM VOL Adjusts the volume of the alarm tone ALARM HELP Displays on screen help describing patient status alarms and system status alarms DISPLAY OFF ALARM PAUSE Turns the display off and pauses alarms at the central station for this monitor CLEAR ALARMS Clears the information displayed in the alarm window ALARM HISTORY Displays stored arrhythmia alarm events Cardiac software package only CRG TRENDS Displays high resolution CRG trends data and the CRG trends menu High Resolution CRG Trends software package only ALARM PAUSE Starts and stops an alarm pause This option is only available when the Silence Alarm default setting is set to SILENCE ONLY Refer to the Setup Default Display section in Chapter 5 Monitor Setup to set the Silence Alarm default 8 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Alarm Control Alarm Control Menu All Limits Changing a Limit TheAll Limits menu option allows y
64. Menus Selecting the MORE MENUS option from the main menu opens the following menu MAIN ALARM VIEW OTHER MONITOR ADMIT DATA MENU CONTROL PATIENTS SETUP MENU 521A PATIENT MAIN MENU Returns to the main display with the MORE MENUS menu option visible ALARM CONTROL Displays the Alarm Control menu VIEW OTHER PATIENTS Displays the View Other Patients menu PATIENT DATA Displays the Patient Data menu MONITOR SETUP Displays the Monitor Setup menu ADMIT MENU Displays the Admit menu In Operating Room mode this option is labeled NEW CASE SETUP Each of these menus is discussed in more detail in following chapters Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 The Basics Menus Popup Menus When some menu options are selected a small menu pops up around the selected menu option These small menus are called popup menus The most common types of popup menus are described below NOTE With all popup menus the original menu remains on the screen but the other options are dimmed The popup menu must be closed before you can select other options from the original menu Frequently in this manual only the popup menu is shown rather than the popup menu and the dimmed menu options Examples of both are shown below CLEAR V2 V6 FAIL ECG VIEW ALL X LIMITS ECG RELEARN ECG Size Po
65. Monitor 5 19 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Name Defaults 1 Select NAME DEFAULTS fromthe Custom Defaults menu A popup menu is displayed NAME DEFAULTS RABBOTT 558B Name Defaults Popup Menu 2 Select the default name you wish to change The selected default name appears in the Name Defaults popup menu 3 Enter the characters for the name You can enter up to 12 characters per name Refer to Chapter 1 The Basics for help with this procedure 4 When you have entered the characters you desire select RETURN to return to the Custom Defaults information window NOTE After you have named a custom default you must admit the patient then apply the custom default using the RECALL DEFAULT option in the Monitor Defaults menu as described on page 5 19 Otherwise the custom default will not be applied and the custom default name will not appear on the monitor Restore Factory Defaults This option allows you to restore the factory default settings 1 Select the RESTORE FACTORY DEFAULTS option from the Custom Defaults menu and position the arrow in front of the default you wish to have overwritten by the factory default 2 Press the Trim Knob control or touch the RESTORE FACTORY DEFAULTS menu option A popup menu opens displaying all choices 3 Select your choice and close the popup menu Upon restoration the custom default name will change to the factory default name The predefined names
66. Other Patients Monitor Setup for Viewing Other Patients Default Settings The Solar 8000i monitor must be set up to view other patients on alarm This section describes how to set up the monitor to view other patients Certain aspects of viewing other patients can be set as monitor defaults on the host monitor These settings are applied to all viewed patients and are recalled when a patient is discharged from the host monitor All beds in a host bed s care unit are set to the same default settings as the host bed The default for all View On Alarm settings is Off for any bed outside a host bed s care unit Follow these steps to access the monitor default settings for view on alarm 1 Select MORE MENUS from the main display 2 Select the MONITOR SETUP option 3 Select MONITOR DEFAULTS from the Monitor Setup menu 4 Select SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY from the Monitor Defaults menu A popup menu and information window appear There are several screens of monitor default settings in the information window The settings related to viewing other patients are described here necessary some or all of these default settings can be temporarily changed using the options in the View On Alarm Options menu Refer to View On Alarm Options Menu Settings and View On Alarm Options in this chapter for more information Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 25 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Monitor Setup for Viewin
67. Patient Monitor 1 9 2026265 001 The Basics Menus Numeric Popup Menu LIMIT Numeric Popup Menu 150 525A Because there are many selections available only the current selection is displayed in a numeric popup menu Use the number buttons on the keypad or remote control to enter a new value Rotating the Trim Knob control or touching the touchscreen arrows also changes the displayed valuein the popup menu You must press the Trim Knob control or touch the anchor menu option to implement the change and close the popup menu NOTE When a numeric popup menu is open the buttons on the keypad and remote control can only be used to enter numbers Close the numeric popup menu to access features using these buttons 1 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 The Basics Menus Subordinate Menus In some cases when selecting menu options a whole new menu is displayed This is called a subordinate menu Below is an example that shows how to access a subordinate menu 1 Select the ECG parameter label to display the ECG menu MAIN DISPLAY ECG SIZE DETECT PACE ECG VIEW ALL CLEAR MENU LEAD II 1X OFF LIMITS ECG V2 V6 FAIL ARRHYTHMIA RELEARN ST ECG FILTER 12 LEAD ECG LD ANALYSIS MORE FULL ANALYSIS MONITORING ANALYSIS MULTI LEAD ECG 522A ECG Menu 2 Select ECG LIMITS The entire ECG menu is replaced with the subordinate ECG limi
68. Priority Defaults The following parameters when monitored always appear in parameter windows on the right side of the display Parameter 1 ECG Parameter 2 NBP Parameter 3 ART Parameter 4 PA Parameter 5 CVP Parameter 6 The highlighted parameters below appear in parameter windows at the bottom of the display only when there is no room at the side C02 FEM LA BIS X GAS UAC ICP ALARMS SP02 PA Sp NICO CO VENT SV02 ICG CCO RM RESP EEG TEMP CVP POC BIS NBP RA TC ART UVC 00 MAY BE DISPLAYED AS REDUCED SIZE determined by software Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 19 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults For your notes 21 20 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet You can customize alarm limts and levels as well as numerous display options Your settings can be set up as monitor defaults to be recalled with each discharge procedure Refer to Chapter 5 Monitor Setup for details This worksheet is provided as an optional reference tool Fill it out and keep it in a prominent place to refer to your setup Before filling it out you may want to make additional copies of the worksheet for future use Customer Authorization Signature Date Unit Monitor Type and Default Number circle one Adult ICU 0 1 2 3
69. RE 15 12 Cardiac 15 13 Cardiac OUtpUE NOW kie cedem arne M ace alee 15 15 a rn re Rotten ti de ated tu tid em wed had 15 16 Print Ot UIVe Aaen Rosas od edam 15 16 Auto Modei arend cec 15 16 Use PAW PAD UA barca thie ho coo X eA 15 17 Catheter eda c eU e te RU enr 15 17 Injectate Temperature 15 18 viii Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 GZ acto nn 15 18 VOLUME nare dette teeth cer cde 15 19 Computation Constant 15 20 Cardiac OQutputHelp ub ex t Met ae Ae Mt xis 15 20 Troubleshooting ooo oneven ener ener eneen ent 15 21 Procedural Prompts and Messages 15 21 1 6 HespiralloI 2 ke wu ue vis 16 1 Introduction sn Senn enen eder REED EU ERR RITE 16 2 General Information e S eH I 16 3 Checklist nternet Ene ete peu iR et Pod RR 16 4 Respiration Monitoring Features 16 5 Respiration Information 16 5 Getting to the Respiration Menu 16 6 Respiration Menu Options 16 7 LEAD e ornaat nan hath Hara qu
70. SPO2 Menu GE Ohmeda and Nellcor non Oxismart XL Probes PERS STENT OFF MAN SIZE ME ee PERSISTENT MENU 1X OFF MAL AVERAGING SPEED 8SECS 25 693B SPO2 Menu Masimo Probes MAIN SIZE 5 quud SAT SECONDS PERSISTENT MENU 1X OFF OFF SPEED 25 691B SPO2 Menu Nellcor Oxismart XL Probes SIZE Adjusts the size of the displayed SPO2 waveform RATE Turns the displayed rate value on and off RATE VOL Turns therate volume on and off adjusts the volume when on m SPO2LIMITS Displays a new menu an information window to adjust SPO2 percent and rate beats per minute alarm limits m PERSISTENT Displays Probe Is Off The Patient alarm in the SPO2 parameter box when a sensor or cable is disconnected m SPEED Changes the sweep speed for the displayed SPO2 waveform SENSITIVITY Adjusts the Masimo probe sensitivity m AVERAGING Adjusts the SPO2 averaging time when using Masimo compatible modules and probes m SAT SECONDS Adjusts the Sat Seconds limit when using Nellcor Oxismart XL compatible modules and probes Detailed information on each option is found in this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 14 11 2026265 001 5 02 5 02 Menu Options SPO2 Menu Options Size The Size option allows you to changethe size of the displayed SPO2 waveform When you sele
71. ST V1 20 20 SP 99 350 ST AVL 20 20 CO2 Exp 1 50 ST AVF 20 20 CO2 Insp 5 ST AVR 20 20 CO2 Resp 5 30 ST V2 20 20 No Breath 20 ST V3 20 20 5p02 90 105 ST V4 20 20 5 02 50 150 ST V5 20 20 BT 30 0 420 ST V6 20 20 5 02 60 80 NBP S 80 200 RR 5 30 NBP D 20 120 RR Apnea 20 NBP M 40 140 TEMP 1 30 0 C 86 0 F 42 0 C 107 69F ART S 80 200 TEMP 2 30 0 C 86 0 F 42 0 C 107 69F ART D 20 120 O2 Insp 18 102 ART M 40 140 02 1 102 ART R 50 150 N20 Insp 10 80 0 FEM S 80 200 N20 Exp 10 80 0 FEM D 20 120 N2 Insp 10 85 0 FEM M 40 140 N2 Exp 10 85 0 FEM R 50 150 SEV Insp 10 70 UAC S 80 200 SEV Exp 10 70 UAC D 20 120 DES Insp 10 12 0 UAC M 40 140 DES E xp 10 12 0 UAC R 50 150 ENF Insp 10 70 PA S 99 350 ENF Exp 10 7 0 PA D 99 350 HAL Insp 10 7 0 PA M 99 350 HAL Exp 10 70 21 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults Parameter Limits Parameter Priority Defaults Low High The following parameters when monitored always HE Insp LO 7 0 appear in parameter windows at the right side of the HE Exp 10 70 display peasy ae 20 Parameter 1 ECG EUN 40 20 Parameter 2 ECG whe EU 29 Parameter 3 ART IUE Hg Parameter 4 PA RM NORESP ah 20 Parameter 5 CVP Te 2 60 29 Parameter 6 TC C02 35 45 Cl 15 50 The highlighted parameters below appear in TEC 10 60 parame
72. SVR 88 0 SVRI 1626 PVR 69 PVRI 128 LVSWI 537 RVSWI 58 MENU VALUE CALC CALCS KG CM Cardiac Calcs Menu and Information Window MAIN CHANGE SAVE REVIEW WEIGHT HEIGHT 711 The information window displays the monitored and calculated parameter values relating to your last cardiac output trial You now can select any of the displayed options m CHANGE VALUE Enter or change a monitored value m SAVE CALC Saves the set of calculations can be reviewed in vital signs REVIEW CALCS Enter Vital Signs to review all saved calcs WEIGHT Changes the units of measure for Weight between kilograms and pounds m HEIGHT Changethe units of measure for Height between centimeters and inches Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 15 13 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Menu Options Change Value Save Calc When this option is selected you can change values or enter new values for the monitored parameters Select the CHANGE VALUE option from the Cardiac Calcs menu A popup menu opens and a pointer gt and the RETURN option are displayed at the top of the information window CARDIAC CALCULATIONS 25 FEB 10 52 gt RETURN MONITORED CO 6 9 HR 70 MAP 86 CVP 10 PAM 18 PAW 12 10 45 WEIGHT 75 0 HEIGHT 168 0 CALCULATED BSA 1 85 Cl 37 SV 98 6 SVR 88 0 SVRI 1626 PVR 69 PVRI 128 VSWI 53 7 RVSWI 5 8
73. Sa02 Partial pressure of O2 in mixed venous 02 Mixed venous oxygen saturation Sv02 Derived Pulmonary Calculations Thederived pulmonary calculation values are figured automatically The chart below shows the derived pulmonary calculations the labels used to identify these on the screen the units of measure and the formulas used Derived Pulmonary Calculations Parameter Label Unit Formula Body surface area BSA m HT9725 x wT0425 9 007184 Dynamic compliance Cdyn mL cmH 0 TV PIP PEEP Minute volume MV L min TVxRR 1000 Cardiac index CI L min m CO BSA Alveolar arterial oxygen AaD0 mmHg PAO PaO gradient Arterial oxygen content 0 mL 100 mL H TR a PaO x 0 0031 Oxygen delivery index 00 mL min m Ca05 x CI x 10 ME ee wee al Hbx 1 39 PvO x 0 0031 Arterial venous oxygen a v05 mL 100 mL Ca0 Cv0 content difference Oxygen consumption index VO I mL min m a vO x CI x 10 Fick cardiac output FICK CO L min VO I xBSA CaO CvO x 10 Oxygen extraction ratio OER CvO x 100 Oxygenation ratio Pa Fi0 PaO ae x 100 10 16 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Revision A Patient Data Patient Data Menu Derived Pulmonary Calculations Parameter Label Unit Formula Shunt fraction Qs Qt aO Ik bx 1 39x 700 10 0031 x PAO Pa0 x 100 SvO Hox 1 39x 109 10 0031 x PAO
74. Setup Default Parameter Priority This menu option allows you to select how the parameter windows are prioritized on the display 1 Select SETUP DEFAULT PARAMETER PRIORITY from the Monitor Defaults menu A popup menu and information window open DEFAULT PARAMETER PRIORITY gt RETURN PARAMETER 1 ECG PARAMETER 2 ECG PARAMETER 3 ART PARAMETER 4 PA PARAMETER 5 CVP PARAMETER 6 co2 GAS EZ Bis X CVP ALARMS ART RA cco NICO FEM RESP EEG UAC LA TEMP BIS PA ICP POC co2 SP TC VENT SVO2 UO MAY BE DISPLAYED AS REDUCED SIZE MAIN SETUP DEFAULT MENU ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS RETURN PREVIOUS SETUP DEFAULT SETUP DEFAULT CUSTOM MENU DISPLAY PARAMETER PRIORITY DEFAULTS 555C Setup Default Parameter Priority Popup Menu and Information Window 2 Select parameters for the various positions on the display 3 Select RETURN when you have finished The information window and popup menu close Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 5 17 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu The PARAMETER selections in the top half of the window are displayed as full size parameter windows on the right side of the display You control the order in which they appear when you designate a parameter for each position The parameters listed in the lower half of the information window are displayed at the bottom of the screen only when there is no room on the right side Parameters d
75. Tram module BOTH todischarge the patient from telemetry and the monitor If ECG was from the Tram module BOTH affects only the monitor New Case This menu option is displayed when the monitor is set for Operating Room mode It is found in Standard and Rover admit menus This menu option clears patient information from the monitor The monitor is then ready for the next patient with no additional steps 1 Disconnect all patient cables 2 Select NEW CASE SETUP todisplay the Admit menu 3 Select NEW CASE from the Admit menu Patient information clears and the monitor is automatically ready for the next patient 6 18 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Viewing Other Patients Viewing Other Patients The Solar 8000i patient monitor gives you the ability to be at one patient s bedside and view data from another patient s monitor The care unit and monitor you want to view must be on the same Unity network as the monitor you are using NOTE A monitor is identified by the bed number assigned to it Therefore the terms monitor and bed are used interchangeably There arethree ways you can view a patient from another monitor m View another patient by selecting that bed to view regardless of that bed s alarm status View a bed in alarm by selecting that bed to view View a bed in alarm automatically through the optional automatic view on alarm feature All three types of viewing
76. Under certain patient conditions valvular disease or respiratory variation in PA reading the program is unable to detect the wedge The waveform indicates wedging but the program will not progress beyond the Inflate Balloon prompt or the program indicates WEDGE PROCESSING but the balloon has not been inflated In these cases the Manual mode should be used F ollow this procedure 1 Select the PA INSERT WEDGE option from the PA menu The Manual mode defaults on Or select the PA WEDGE option from the PA menu then select the MODE AUTO option to switch to the Manual mode The message MANUAL WEDGE appears in the PA parameter window MANUAL WEDGE PA2 4 15 60 D 5 mmHg 678A MANUAL WEDGE Message 12 24 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Pressures PA Wedge Full Scales Speed 2 Inflatethe balloon Watch the PA waveform for wedging If you wish you can place a cursor on the wedged waveform at this point and move it as desired 3 Deflate the balloon when you feel wedging is adequate 3 4 respiratory cycles but no more than 20 seconds 4 The Manual mode does not automatically display the review data You must select REVIEW WEDGE The program continues to collect data until REVIEW WEDGE is selected If you wait too long you will lose the wedge data The last 20 seconds of data is displayed 5 Select MOVE WEDGE CURSOR if you don t agree with the PA wedge pressure value Ref
77. Use the CHANGE ADMIT INFO option if any information needs to be corrected or added NOTE If you change information that was supplied automatically you may have to notify the appropriate hospital personnel View Manual Admit Information Recall Default This option allows you to view admit information that has been entered manually This menu option only appears when patient data is retrieved from a server with an interface to hospital information T his menu option allows you to recall previously named monitor defaults while monitoring an admitted patient Refer to Chapter 5 Monitor Setup for more information Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 13 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Admit Menu Options ECG Source Graph Location Set Unit Name This menu option is found in the Combo and Rover Combo admit menus It is used to tell the monitor where to get the ECG information Selecting ECG SOURCE displays a popup menu and information window The information window lists the sources from which ECG data can be obtained Select MONITOR if the patient s ECG cable is connected to a Tram module or an ECG Resp module If the ECG source is telemetry select the transmitter number that matches the one on the back of the transmitter NOTE If you choose a transmitter number you must admit the patient before the transmitter number will appear in the ECG parameter window The Graph Location option displays a menu that
78. WHEN READY or PUSH CO NOW OR TURN AUTO ON The CO menu and a cardiac output trials chart are also displayed Adjustments can be made at this time using the menu options provided Adjustments you may need to make include a Type of injectate temperature probe in line or bath probe b Injectate volume Useof PAW PAD or LA in cardiac calculations d Catheter size Computation constant N OTE If UNSTABLE BT DETECTED message is displayed the monitor cannot detect an injection Refer to the Troubleshooting section in this chapter When adjustments are complete you can proceed If the message reads INJ ECT WHEN READY proceed with the injection f the message reads PUSH CO NOW OR TURN AUTO ON you must either select CARDIAC OUTPUT NOW or select AUTO MODE and turn it ON Then watch for the I NJ ECT NOW message Inject when you see the message A few seconds after injecting the washout curve begins to move across the screen and the message COMPUTING is displayed Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 15 5 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Suggested Cardiac Output Procedure 10 11 12 13 If you want copy of the washout curve select the PRINT CO CURVE option do not use the Graph Go Stop button when the curve is displayed on the screen The curve will continue to move across the screen Soon the message CO COMPLETE is displayed with a CO value A manual graph
79. WN PF The module is securely inserted in the Tram rac housing A cuff appropriate for the limb size has been selected Cuff is properly placed on patient Patient cable is connected to module NOTE Do not connect more than one NBP patient cable Tubes between the cuff and the monitor are not kinked or blocked Correct cuff size has been selected from the NBP menu WARNING The cuff size selected in the NBP menu and the cuff size used must be correct to obtain reliable NBP data and to prevent overpressure in neonatal or pediatric use Start an NBP reading following Auto or Stat mode procedures as detailed in this chapter or use the NBP Go Stop button on the keypad or remote control Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 13 5 2026265 001 NBP NBP Monitoring Features NBP Monitoring Features NBP Information When monitoring NBP numerics are displayed in the NBP parameter window on the right side of the display However there is no waveform displayed Diastolic Value 111 71 2008 Limits and ADULT 87 2125 Time of Last Measurement and 679A Cuff Size Systolic Value Mean Value NBP Parameter Label and Windows The current systolic diastolic and mean values are displayed Limits and the units of measure may also be displayed The limits displayed are labeled S systolic D diastolic M mean The cuff size and time of the last measurement are also displayed Time is displayed on
80. a 24 hour clock During a measurement the cuff inflation pressure updated every second is shown in place of the mean value If auto mode is on a countdown timer is displayed in the lower left corner The NBP values change to Xs if no NBP monitoring has taken place for two hours in Adult I CU mode 15 minutes in Operating Room mode or 12 hours in Neonatal l CU mode NOTE When using a Tram module the NBP parameter window is displayed even if a patient cable is not connected H owever if you are not monitoring NBP you can usethe parameters on off feature in the monitor setup menu toturn NBP off and dear the NBP window from the screen 13 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 NBP NBP Monitoring Features Mean Arterial Pressure The following conditions may cause the NBP parameter block to display the mean arterial pressure MAP value while the associated systolic and diastolic values appear as Xs m Very low systolic and diastolic amplitude fluctuations e g patients in shock m Very small difference between the MAP and the systolic pressure or the MAP and the diastolic pressure m Loss of system integrity e g loose connections or worn parts Be sure to perform a visual inspection to ensure system integrity Mean Only Alarm NOTE This option is compatible with TRAM software versions 10B or later DINAMAP Classic Usethe MEAN ONLY ALARM option in the Monitor Defaults menu to define
81. a patient select MORE MENUS then ADMIT MENU Depending on your monitor s setup you will see either DISCHARGE PATIENT or NEW CASE Discharge Patient Standard and Rover Applications This menu option is found in Standard and Rover admit menus It indicates that a patient is admitted To discharge the patient follow these steps 1 Disconnect all patient cables 2 Select the DISCHARGE PATIENT option from the Admit menu A popup menu opens DISCHARGE gt PATIENT DISCHARGE 568A Popup Menu to Discharge 3 Select DISCHARGE The message DISCHARGED appears at the top of the display and all data is cleared from the system Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 17 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient About Discharging Discharge Patient Combo and Rover Combo Applications This menu option is found in Combo and Rover Combo admit menus 1 Disconnect all patient cables 2 Select the DISCHARGE PATIENT option from the Admit menu A popup menu opens MONITOR TELEMETRY DISCHARGE 569A Popup Menu to Discharge 3 Select one of the four options from the popup menu RETURN if you do not want to discharge the patient MONITOR to discharge the patient from the monitor only If ECG was from telemetry it remains admitted but is monitored only by the central station TELEMETRY to discharge the patient from telemetry only ECG automatically switches to the
82. above is only displayed when ST is selected as the parameter 2 default in monitor defaults The monitor displays alarm limits but you can choosetoturn them off in monitor defaults Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 5 2026265 001 ECG ECG Monitoring Features A QRS indicator flashing heart and a flashing asterisk for each detected pacemaker spike when pacemaker detection is on are also displayed Use the ECG parameter menu to make changes during monitoring Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu ECG Menu Getting to the ECG Menu Todisplay the ECG menu select the ECG label The ECG menu is then displayed at the bottom of the screen MAIN DISPLAY ECG SIZE DETECT PACE ECG VIEW ALL CLEAR MENU LEAD II 1X OFF LIMITS ECG V2 V6 FAIL ARRHYTHMIA RELEARN ST ECG FILTER 12 LEAD ECG LD ANALYSIS MORE FULL ANALYSIS MONITORING ANALYSIS MULTI LEAD ECG 522A ECG Menu DISPLAY LEAD Changes the top displayed primary ECG lead ECG SIZE Changes the size of all ECG waveforms displayed and graphed DETECT PACE Turns pacemaker detection on and off accesses pace help ECG LIMITS Displays a new menu and an information window to adjust heart rate alarm limits VIEW ALL ECG Displays six leads of ECG CLEAR V2 V6 FAIL Clears the V2 V6 FAIL message displayed on the screen when only using the 5 leadwire part of a 10 leadwire cable
83. allows you to choose writers for alarm and manual graphs Refer to the Graph Location section in Chapter 5 Monitor Setup for detailed information about this menu option This menu option is found in the Rover and Rover Combo admit menus Having the correct unit name is important when sending information to central stations and writers Verify that the unit name which appears at the top right of the display CCU ICU etc is correct If it is not correct select the SET UNIT NAME option An information window is displayed indicating the available unit names Select the correct unit name and verify that it appears at the top of the display NOTE If a unit name has not been entered X s appear at the top of the display wherethe unit name normally appears NOTE If the monitor is not on the network a text entry popup menu opens You can enter the unit name manually 6 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Admit Menu Options Set Bed Number Units of Measure This menu option is found in the Rover and Rover Combo admit menus Having the correct bed number is important in identifying the monitor on the network Verify that the bed number which appears at the top right of the display is correct If it is not correct select the SET BED NUMBER option An information window is displayed indicating the available bed numbers Select the correct bed number If the bed number you need
84. an admitted patient Refer to the Recall Defaults section earlier in this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 5 21 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Change Defaults Select the CHANGE DEFAULTS option to display a popup menu and information window CAUTION You are about to enter the Monitor Defaults Menu If you proceed you will be able to change your monitor default settings These changes will affect all future patients ENTER THE PASSWORD AND PROCEED AT YOUR OWN RISK PREVIOUS CHANGE MENU DEFAULTS Change Defaults Popup Menu and Information Window When the password is entered the Monitor Defaults menu is displayed with all options available Refer to the Monitor Defaults section in this chapter for more information Print CRG Plus This direct action option prints the CRG Plus waveforms You can choose which waveforms will print in the Graph Setup menu CRG Plus options The graph is printed at the print window location as designated in the Graph Setup menu Graph Location The CRG Plus information does not have to be displayed on the screen to print Touchscreen Volume The TOUCH VOL option opens a popup menu that can be used to adjust the volume of the tone sounded when the touchscreen is touched This option is only available for touchscreen displays 5 22 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Monitor S
85. an end expiration wedge value The prompt in the parameter window changes to WEDGE PROCESSING NOTE At this point select PA CURSOR from the PA Wedge or PA Insert Wedge menu if you want to place a moveable cursor on the real time wedged waveform This in no way interferes with the wedge value the program computes n the Review mode you can then compare your cursor placement to the program s placement Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 12 23 2026265 001 Pressures PA Wedge Manual Mode 3 Deflate the balloon when you feel wedging is adequate 3 4 respiratory cycles but no longer than 20 seconds The prompt in the parameter window now reads WEDGE COMPLETE A PA Wedge Review information window and menu are displayed on the screen The information window contains 20 seconds of compressed waveform data beginning with INFLATE BALLOON message for ECG respiration if waveform is displayed and PA Refer to the Review Wedge section in this chapter NOTE If you do not deflate the balloon the WEDGE COMPLETE message and review window are automatically displayed after 20 seconds If this occurs be sure to deflate the balloon before proceeding A program cursor horizontal dashed line is placed on the compressed PA waveform at end expiration and a wedge value relative to the cursor is displayed The time of the measurement is also displayed The scale displayed is automatically determined from the patient s PA data
86. an optional feature A touchscreen display or simply touchscreen is a screen that has areas that are sensitive to touch These areas are m Anywhereinside a parameter window m menu or menu option The touchscreen feature does not function properly if tape or paper is stuck to the screen s surface Pencils pens and other sharp pointed objects should not be used to activate the touchscreen When you have selected a touchscreen item an audible tone sounds The volume of this tone can be adjusted in the Setup Default Display menu using the Touch Volume option Touching any parameter label opens the parameter menu Touching MORE MENUS on the main display opens a set of menu options used to access menus that are not related to specific parameters Once a menu is open you can touch any of the menu options to m Open a popup menu m Open a popup menu and information window m Open a submenu m Performa direct action Theresult of touching a menu option depends on the option selected Touching a menu option is equivalent to highlighting it by rotating the Trim Knob control then pressing the Trim Knob control This manual refers to this process as selecting Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 The Basics Common Operations Using the Touchscreen with Popup Menus and Information Windows When a menu option is selected touched and a popup menu or a popup menu and information window open touchsc
87. ar2 SVR Display Units Off ICG Secondary P ar3 TFC Units For Height CM Touch Volume 10 Units For Weight KG Pause Breakthru Crisis Temperature Units C DEG Tech ID Field Off CO2 Units MMHG Masimo Averaging 8 secs 02 Units gt Sat Seconds Off Gas Units gt BIS Smooth Rate 15 sec NBP Limits Type Systolic Spectral Update 2 sec Arterial Limits Type Systolic EEG WF Scale 25 uV div PA Limits Type Diastolic EEG WF Speed 25 Menu Timeout 5 minutes Spectra Display CSA ECG Filter Monitoring EEG Montage 2 Ch Ref BP Filter 12 Hz EEG Param Display SEF NO ECG Comm Alarm Off EEG Trend 1 SEF QRS Width Narrow EEG Trend 2 MedF 02 Display Mode Auto EEG Trend 3 SR RM Display Par 1 TVm EEG Trend 4 Amp RM Display Par 2 MVm AVOA Alarm Level Warning RM Display Par 3 PIP Remote Silence Crisis RM Display Par 4 PEEP AVOA Silence Silenced Discharge Alert Off NBP Clock Sync Off TC Site Time 4 00 NBP M Only Alarm Sys Advisory TC Site Temp 430 C TC Units mmHg 21 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults Arrhythmia Alarm Levels Parameter Alarm Levels Crisis Warning Advisory Message TC Asystole Y BIS VFib VTac Y UAC rate Y Brady v RR SP
88. are discussed in this chapter Beds in alarm cannot be automatically viewed split screen on a host monitor in these circumstances m Thehost monitor is performing PA Wedge Insert Wedge Cardiac Output or Dose Calcs m TheAdmit menu the Change Admit Info or Units of Measure window is open Any automatic view on Alarm Configuration menu is open Any Cardiac Calcs Pulmonary Calcs or Dose Calcs are being changed or saved Any parameter s alarm limits window is open The ECG Source window is open only in Combo mode TheUnit and Bed Name windows are open only in Rover mode The PID Conflict window is open The All Limits Arrhythmia Alarm Level or Parameter Alarm Level window is open m TheSelec a Bed to View Select a Bed to AutoView or Select a Care Unit window is open Any of the Learn the Monitor windows are open The Confirm Bed Number window is open only in Rover mode Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 19 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Viewing Other Patients Automatic View On Alarm Feature CAUTION ALARM NOTIFICATION A maximum of four beds can be displayed in the message line at one time even though there may be more than four beds in alarm Because of this limitation automatic view on alarm AVOA should not be used in place of a central monitoring station There are two implementations of the optional Automatic View On Alarm feature AutoView XM m Allows vi
89. based on the ECG size selected but always print at 1X size Selecting the ECG SIZE option from the ECG menu opens a popup menu Size options are 4X 2X 1X and 0 5X The current size for all displayed ECG waveforms is highlighted Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to change the size The change occurs immediately on the screen When you are satisfied with the selection press the Trim Knob control or touch the ECG SIZE option to close the popup menu 11 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Detect Pace Safety Considerations WARNINGS FALSE CALLS False low heart rate indicators or false asystole calls may result with certain pacemakers because of electrical overshoots MONITORING PACEMAKER PATIENTS Monitoring of pacemaker patients can only occur with the pace program activated PACEMAKER SPIKE An artificial pacemaker spike is displayed in place of the actual pacemaker spike All pacemaker spikes appear uniform Do not diagnostically interpret pacemaker spike size and shape PATIENT HAZARD A pacemaker pulse can be counted as a QRS during asystole in either pace mode Keep pacemaker patients under close observation RATE METERS Keep pacemaker patients under close observation Rate meters may continue to count the pacemaker rate during cardiac arrest and some arrhythmias Therefore do not rely entirely on rate meter alarms Be aware of
90. configuration you have the additional V2 V6 leads If one of these V leads fails while it is displayed in the top trace position monitoring will switch to lead 11 Individual lead fail messages are not displayed when using single lead analysis but lead switching does occur Leads Fail Patient Condition Thereis a system alarm to alert you when more than one lead fails In the Operating Room mode this leads fail patient condition defaults as a system advisory alarm Y ou can however set it toa crisis alarm in monitor defaults In Adult I CU and Neonatal I CU modes this alarm defaults to a system warning alarm but can be set to a crisis alarmin monitor defaults Refer tothe Setup Default Display section in Chapter 5 Monitor Setup Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 9 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu ECG Size This option enables you to change the size of all ECG waveforms displayed on the screen This may be necessary when diagnosing or problem solving Normal size 1X is recommended unless circumstances require otherwise NOTE If a size other than 1X is used the size is displayed on the left side of the screen next to the ECG waveform Size 2X and greater will lower the QRS detection threshold This may be helpful for low amplitude QRS waveforms Use with caution since baseline artifact may be detected as a QRS complex Waveforms are graphed at the same size as they are displayed ST complexes are displayed
91. expiratory cycle Placement of catheter with relation to proximity of lung field The swan ganz catheter itself The patient s rhythm and hemodynamic status Any other rapid IV solutions which are infused while the cardiac output is being performed Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 15 3 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Introduction Technique Below are suggestions about technique that can help obtain accurate cardiac output Always hold the syringe by the plunger not the barrel Injectate solution must be cooler than the patient s blood temperature Inject solution rapidly and smoothly Inject over 4 to 5 seconds Inject at end expiration Wait 1 minute between injections to allow baseline to stabilize 15 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Suggested Cardiac Output Procedure Suggested Cardiac Output Procedure Following is a summary of the entire cardiac output procedure It is provided to give you an overall picture of the process The rest of the chapter includes details and additional information that you should read This suggested procedure can be a handy reference once you are familiar with the details 1 Determine whether an in line sensor or bath probe sensor is being used for cardiac output Set up cables and prepare the patient accordi ngl y Select the CO parameter label on the monitor Depending on the mode you will see one of two messages INJ ECT
92. for ECG acquisition in place of the multi parameter Tram module There are four different single parameter ECG Resp modules The chart below shows the features of each ECG Resp Module Features Module 2 Resp Defib Sync ECG RESP No Yes No ECG RESP No Yes Yes ECG RESP SL Yes Yes No ECG RESP SL Yes Yes Yes Thereis a Defib Sync connector on the modules that have this feature DEFIB SYNC 504A Front Panel of ECG Resp SL Module with Defib Sync Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2 11 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components Status Indicator Light Thereis a STATUS indicator light on each ECG Resp module A green status light indicates a normal condition If the status light is yellow check for system compatibility m Verify that the monitor is a Solar monitor m Verify that the Tram rac housing is a Tram rac 4A housing If you can verify both of these call your biomedical department for further assistance Defib Sync Connector The DEFIB SYNC connector provides analog output signals to user supplied equipment A 5 volt 2 millisecond artificial pacer spike is added to the analog output when PACE is on and detection occurs Refer to Chapter 21 Appendices for details on signal outputs and to the appropriate module service manual for signal connector pin configuration 2 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components
93. for both temperature sites Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 17 5 2026265 001 Temperature Temperature Menu Options Temperature Menu Options T1 T2 Units Temperature Limits This direct action menu option turns monitoring off and on at temperature site 1 When off no values are displayed in the temperature parameter window This direct action menu option turns monitoring off and on at temperature site 2 When off no values are displayed in the temperature parameter window This direct action menu option switches the units of measure between Celsius C and Fahrenheit F Select TEMPERATURE LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the following m Temperature site 1 T1 high and low limits m Temperature site 2 T2 high and low limits Refer tothe Setting Alarm Limits section in Chapter 1 The Basics for information about how to adjust alarm limits 17 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Temperature Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Messages If you experience problems with temperature monitoring one of the following messages may be displayed in the temperature parameter window CAL CHECK Thereis a 0 12C deviation between the temperature value and the internal calibration No temperature value is displayed Service on the module is required CAL FAIL Thereis a 12C deviation between the temperature value sensed and the i
94. for the various monitor defaults are determined by the patient monitor mode They are m NEO Othrough NEO 4 ADULT Othrough ADULT 4 OR Othrough OR 4 5 20 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu An asterisk indicates that the user has changed the monitor default settings from the original factory default The asterisk is only displayed when the predefined monitor default name is used e g NEO 3 When a patient is discharged the monitor default recalled depends on the monitor mode If the monitor mode is Adult I CU or Neonatal I CU the monitor default recalled is the first entry in theRecall Default information window If the monitor mode is Operating Room the monitor default recalled is the currently active monitor default Monitor Defaults Password Recall Defaults Monitor defaults password protection can beused torestrict access tothe Monitor Defaults menu When password protection is enabled selecting MONITOR DEFAULTS displays a Monitor Defaults menu with limited options MAIN MENU PREVIOUS RECALL DEFAULT CHANGE MENU DEFAULTS 560A Monitor Defaults Menu with Password Protection Enabled The password protection feature can be enabled or disabled from a menu option in the Service menu Refer to the Service Mode section in this chapter This menu option allows you to recall previously named monitor defaults while monitoring
95. front of the appropriate module Refer to the service manual for the specific pin configuration ECG Analog Output Top displayed lead including augmented leads If pace is on there is an enhanced pacer pulse 5 volts at 2 milliseconds when pacemaker triggering is detected In the event of aLEAD FAIL refer to the following Lead Failed ECG Analog Out RA Ill LA Il LL V Il RL Buzz An RL lead fail causes an all LEADS FAIL on the screen and a buzz is output Notes All ECG outputs are 1 volt per millivolt Referred To Input 2 In single lead mode if the specified lead is not available a buzz will be output Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 27 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix E Analog Output Tram rac Housing BP Analog Output BP analog output is only available on Tram modules with the BP monitoring feature NOTE A buzz will be sent to the analog out if the BP is not zeroed The pressure labeled ART BP 1 4 is sent to the analog out If two or more pressures are labeled ART for example BP 3 and BP 4 the first BP 3 will be sent to the analog out m fall the BPs are labeled ART then BP 1 will be sent to the analog out m If thereis no pressure labeled ART then BP 1 will be sent tothe analog out All BP outputs 10 mV mmHg when zeroed Digital Synchronization Output A digital sync output is available with a return marker on those modules with the defib
96. in the parameter window package with the tip in optical reference Perform preinsertion and light intensity calibrations m Optical module has just been connected and catheter is in the patient Perform venous blood gas calibration m LOWLIGHT NOLIGHT HIGH INTENSITY LOWINTENSITY or DAMPED INTENSITY message is displayed in the parameter window Follow directions found in the SVO2 HELP option in the SVO2 parameter menu m Noneof the above conditions apply or none of the solutions work Contact service Problem Solution SERVICE MODULE message Contact service is displayed Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 18 17 2026259 001 SvO2 Troubleshooting For your notes 18 18 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026259 001 19 CQ2 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 C02 Introduction Introduction End tidal CO2 monitoring referred to as CO2 monitoring in this manual is a continuous noninvasive technique for determining the concentration of CO2 carbon dioxide in respiratory gas by measuring the absorption of infrared light of specific wavelengths The light generated in the analyzer bench is passed through respiratory gas samples The amount of absorption by CO2 in the sample is measured and digitized by the photodetector The module processes the electronic signal and displays a waveform labeled CO2 and digital values for expired CO2 E XP inspired CO2 INSP and res
97. indicator near the ALL BEDS option to show that this setting is not in use for all beds Current Configuration The CURRENT CONFIGURATION menu option opens an information window that displays the current automatic view on alarm information for each bed in the care unit that is currently selected to be viewed This option is for informational purposes only All settings must be changed using the Configure Auto View On Alarm menu option or by using the default settings in the Monitor Defaults menu Select a Bed to View To view a bed that is not in alarm select the SELECT A BED TO VIEW option from the View Other Patients menu A popup menu and information window open displaying all the available beds for one unit Refer to the Select Another Care Unit section in this chapter for information about changing care units Select the bed you want to view The display reconfigures to show the selected patient data on the left The popup menu closes and the main menu is displayed Menu items displayed are for the host monitor only Turn the View Off To turn the viewed bed off select the SELECT A BED TO VIEW menu option The information window will appear with the pointer gt already in front of the viewed bed Simply select the viewed bed to turn off the view and close the information window Select Another Care Unit If the patient you want to view is in another care unit select the SELECT ANOTHER CARE UNIT option to display a popup me
98. information is found on the installation instructions that accompany the adapters If you are going to upgrade the software for a peripheral device that already interfaces with an Octanet device or Unity Network ID device please fill out a copy of the Notification of Equipment U pgrade and fax it to GE Medical Systems Information Technologies This form is found at the end of this chapter This is necessary to assure continued compatibility between the peripheral device and GE Medical Systems Information Technologies equipment 20 20 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Interfaces Device S pecific Information Device Specific Information Drager Fabius GS Ventilators Beawarethat software version 1 39 1 of the Drager Fabius GS ventilator does not supply the CO2 waveform to connected devices such as Unity Network ID The result of this is that the CO2 waveform will appear as a straight line and does not reflect the CO2 waveform as shown on the Fabius GS ventilator Siemens Servo i Ventilators Be aware that when the Servo i goes into Battery Operation mode due to the loss of Mains power and displays the Battery Operation alarm the alarm provided over the Unity Network will be the CHECK VENTILATOR alarm Be aware that the waveform shapes may be slightly different between the Servo i and the Unity Network ID display devices since the Servo i waveforms are not drawn at the Servo i stated time scale of 25 mm
99. inject immediately upon seeing the INJ ECT NOW message If you wait too long to make the injection the monitor will cycle itself and the message PUSH CO NOW OR TURN AUTO is displayed again Follow this procedure to use the Cardiac Output Now option 1 Select the CARDIAC OUTPUT NOW option from the Cardiac Output menu 2 Watch for the I NJ ECT NOW message then make your CO injection 3 The COMPUTING CO messageis displayed and the cardiac output waveform begins to move across the screen 4 The message CO COMPLETE is displayed with the new CO value Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 15 15 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Menu Options BT Limits Units Print CO Curve Auto Mode Select the BT LIMITS option to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the following m BT high and low limits m Units see below Refer to the Setting Alarm Limits section in Chapter 1 The Basics for information about how to adjust alarm limits This direct action menu option switches the units of measurement for blood temperature and injectate temperature between Celsius and Fahrenheit Selecting this option prints the real time cardiac output curve to the designated manual graph location The request for a print can be made any time during the measurement process This is a direct action menu option The message GRAPHING MANUAL is displayed when the wav
100. menu option the individual pressure menu If you are using one of the CRG Plus display modes the Full BP Waveforms menu option reads CRG PLUS WAVEFORMS Use the popup menu as described above Refer to Chapter 9 CRG Plus Display for more information 5 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Display The Display menu option controls the display mode for monitored pressure parameters The Display popup menu offers the choices described below NOTE Display mode can be set as a monitor default Refer to the Monitor Defaults section in this chapter Individual 6 Waveform Display With the INDV 6 WFS option you can display a maximum of six waveforms each with an independent scale When monitoring in this display mode the waveforms automatically align with their respective parameter windows Individual 3 Waveform Display With the INDV 3 WFS option you can display a maximum of three waveforms each with an independent scale When monitoring in this display mode each parameter window is displayed at double high size Waveforms automatically align with their respective parameter windows Full Display With the FULL option a maximum of eight waveforms can be displayed The waveforms in the first two positions are on individual scales Then up to four pressures waveforms are displayed on a full common scale The last two waveforms if are displayed on indiv
101. mode of operation Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 13 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu The PACE 1 mode allows successful detection of the largest variety of paced QRS morphologies As a direct consequence this mode does have a higher risk of counting pacemaker artifact as QRS complexes during ASYSTOLE For this reason it is imperative that the user keep patients with pacemakers under close observation It is also recommended that the user set the low heart rate limit on the monitor close to the minimum pacing rate and that the BRADY arrhythmia alarm level be elevated toa WARNING or CRISIS level Press the Trim Knob control or touch the DETECT PACE option to confirm the change and close the popup menu When either pace mode is enabled the software places an artificial spike on the waveform whenever the pacemaker triggers When pacemaker detection is on it is indicated by a P in the patient s ECG parameter window For successful monitoring of pacemaker patients follow these suggestions Use recommended electrode placement Brady Pause and Low Heart Rate are additional alarms available for use when monitoring pacemaker patients Problems you may experience are heart rate double counting inaccurate alarms for low heart rate or asystole pacemaker spikes not recognized by the software Possible solutions to above problems are relearn arrhythmia try alternate electrode placement
102. must be used whenever the monitored patient has a pacemaker Pace detection choices are PACE 1 PACE 2 and OFF NOTE The OFF option turns pacemaker detection off It does NOT perform pacemaker detection It should NOT be used for patients with pacemakers NOTE Moderate and maximum ECG filtering is not recommended with pacemaker patients Refer to the ECG Filter section in this chapter There are two pacemaker processing modes Pace 1 and 2 The Pace 1 and Pace 2 modes use different algorithms for pacemaker artifact rejection The clinician must be the judge as to which mode is better for each patient The pacemaker detection program defaults off so if you have a patient with a pacemaker you will have to turn the program on Follow this procedure 1 Select the DETECT PACE option fromthe ECG menu A popup menu opens DETECT PACE PACE 2 PACE 1 1 4 HELP 524A Detect Pace Popup Menu 2 Rotatethe Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to move the pointer is in front of your choice The PACE 2 modeis much more conservative in recognizing paced QRS morphologies and is recommended for use whenever possible It is designed to minimize the possibility of counting pacemaker artifact as QRS complexes during ASYSTOLE If the monitor does not adequately detect paced beats in the PACE 2 made then the user may wish to try the PACE 1 mode NOTE Please observe all cautions as described when choosing the PACE 1
103. name and ID number that corresponds to that patient e g 333 44 9999 SMITH Patient name and ID number stored at the bedside If you want to usethe patient name and ID number that are currently stored in the bedside monitor select the name and I D number that corresponds to that patient e g 123 45 6789 CLARK 6 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Admit Menu Options Request Admit Information If your monitoring system includes a Solar Lab Access Server or a MUSE ADT Server with an interface to hospital information selecting the REQUEST ADMIT INFO option displays the patient information that was entered If your system does not include this equipment a message appears below the menu when you attempt to select this option AUTOMATIC ADMIT INFORMATION LAST NAME DAYTON Last name first name ID sex and birth FIRST NAME RAY date come from hospital information PATIENT ID 333 33 3333 f SEX MALE Age is calculated if a birth date has been BIRTHDATE 14 JAN 1948 entered AGE 51 on HEIGHT The remaining information is displayed if WEIGHT previously entered RACE SECONDARY ID REF PHYSICIAN MAIN CHANGE VIEW MANUAL RECALL ADMIT DISCHARGE MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT PREVIOUS UNITS OF MENU MEASURE Request Admit Info Information Window 566C Verify the accuracy of the displayed information
104. not allow the exhaust to discharge in the direction of the patient or user LEAK DETECTION Thesidestream analyzer will not detect a leak in the breathing circuit A leak in the breathing circuit may cause inaccurate readings SIDESTREAM SAMPLE RATE The Capnostat dual CO2 module withdrawal rate is 180 milliliters per minute nominal The Sidestream CO2 module continuously withdraws 200 milliliters per minute from the patient airway Do not use these modules on any patient who may be adversely affected by their withdrawal rates VACUUM SOURCE DoNOT connect exhaust of the moduleto an unregulated high vacuum source Pressure may cause inaccurate gas readings and also may cause serious damage to the equipment s internal components Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 19 3 2026265 001 C02 Safety CAUTIONS WATER TRAP An Aqua K not water trap must always be used when the unit is running Failure to use the water trap can result in contamination of the internal gas measurement instruments and may cause subsequent inaccurate gas analysis data Replace and dispose of the Aqua K not water trap when occluded Do not reuse Reusing the water trap may cause inaccurate readings and may damage the equipment 19 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 C02 CO2 Monitoring Features CO2 Monitoring Features CO2 Information When beginning CO2 monitoring placing a module
105. of the RR parameter window and with the waveform label Changing leads automatically starts the relearn process NOTE If you are monitoring with a fixed lead 3 lead cable respiration can only be obtained from the lead for which the cable is manufactured For example if the cable is a fixed lead cable a LD FAIL message appears in the RR parameter window if you try to change the respiration lead A learning process always takes place when respiration monitoring is started If the patient s breathing pattern changes after the initial learning process has taken place it may be necessary to relearn Select RELEARN RESPIRATION from the respiration menu This is a direct action menu option The message LEARNING is displayed in the RR values window There is no respiration rate displayed during the learning process When learning is complete the message will dear and the respiration rate will be displayed NOTE Sensitivity is reset at 4096 and the waveform is automatically sized when a relearn procedure takes place Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 16 7 2026265 001 Respiration Respiration Menu Options Sensitivity Respiration Limits Auto Size During the learning process the monitor automatically sets the detection sensitivity at 40 of the average amplitude Markers are displayed on the waveform showing the detection points at inspiration and expiration If you need to change the det
106. on again enables manual NBP It does not automatically restart auto NBP Getting to the NBP Menu To display the NBP menu select the NBP parameter label The NBP menu is then displayed at the bottom of the screen MAIN NBP AUTO MENU OFF NBP STAT OFF NBPS LIMITS ADULT READING REVIEW NBP ane CLEAR NBP INITIAL INFLATION PRESSURE 160 MMHG 680B NBP Menu m NBP AUTO Starts stops the automatic mode selects a time interval NBP STAT Starts five minutes of continuous sequential NBP measurements not available in Neonatal I CU mode m REVIEW NBPS Reviews previous NBP measurements in vital signs NBP LIMITS Displays an information window and a new menu to adjust systolic diastolic and mean limits m CUFF SIZE Used to select the type of cuff being used adult pediatric or neonatal m CLEAR NBP READING Removes the values from the NBP parameter window m INITIAL INFLATION PRESSURE Determines the target inflation pressure for the first measurement Detailed information about each option is found in this chapter 13 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 NBP NBP Menu Options NBP Menu Options NBP Auto WARNING Periodically check patient limb circulation distal to the cuff Check frequently when using auto NBP in 1 and 2 minute intervals The one and two minute intervals are not recommended fo
107. on alarm feature VIEW ALARM Select to display the patient data for the bed in alarm These menu options do not appear when the view on alarm feature is turned off VIEW ON ALARM OPTIONS Displays a new menu that allows you to turn the view on alarm options on off or set to auto SELECT A BED TO VIEW Opens an information window from which you can select a bed to view SELECT ANOTHER CARE UNIT Opens an information window from which you can select another care unit This affects the list viewed in the select a bed to view option GRAPH VIEWED BED Starts a 20 second graph of the viewed patient s data VIEWED PATIENT DATA Opens a popup menu from which you can display the viewed patient s last event vital signs or graphic trends These options are described on the following pages Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 29 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient View Other Patients Menu View Alarm The View Alarm options allow quick display of the data for a bed that is experiencing an alarm The view on alarm feature must be turned on before you can use these options to display alarming beds Select the View Alarm option that lists the alarming bed you want to view A bed number does NOT appear in a View Alarm menu option unless there is an alarm In the example below Bed 3 is alarming MAN MAIN MENU LAST EVENT RETURN VITAL SIGNS GRAPH 20SEC GRAPHIC TRENDS PREVIOUS VIEWED MENU gt SILENCE PA
108. opens displaying the options 10CC 5CC and Select an option NOTE It is recommended that you make this adjustment before an injection is begun If you make a change after one or more cardiac output trials have been done the trials will be deleted This does not affect any calculations already saved Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 15 19 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Menu Options Computation Constant Cardiac Output Help This option is used for brands of catheters other than those listed in the catheter option Consult the catheter manufacturer s package insert to find the recommended computation constant Select COMPUTATION CONSTANT from the CO menu A popup menu opens Usethe number buttons on the keypad or remote control rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to change the number displayed in the popup menu Press the Trim Knob control or touch the COMPUTATION CONSTANT option to confirm the change and close the popup menu The CC value displayed on the left in the waveform area does not reflect the change until the first cardiac output trial is complete The catheter menu option reads CATHETER OTHER NOTE If you select this option and make a change after one or more cardiac output trials have been done the trials will be deleted This does not affect any calculations already saved The computation constant reads 0 000 when the cable is first connected and pr
109. ratio summation stroke volume mixed venous oxygen saturation systemic vascular resistance systemic vascular resistance index synchronization Systolic temperature site 1 temperature site 2 tachycardia transcutaneous transcutaneous carbon dioxide transcutaneous oxygen total carbon dioxide temperature thoracic fluid content trigeminy Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 21 47 Appendices Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols tHb c TIR TMP TP TV TVm TVs TV in UA UAC UL UO UV UVC V V VAC VBRADY VBRD VENT VEPT V Fib V FIB VID VNT VT VTAC V Tach V TACH VOL total hemoglobin calculated technical information report temperature transmitter tidal volume mechanical tidal volume spontaneous tidal volume inspired tidal volume umbilical artery umbilical artery catheter Underwriters Laboratories Inc uninary output umbilical venous umbilical venous catheter V precordial lead volt volts AC alternating current ventricular bradycardia ventricular bradycardia ventilator volume of electrically participating tissue ventricular fibrillation velocity index video ventilator ventricular tachycardia ventricular tachycardia ventricular tachycardia volume 21 48 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Revision A Appendices Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols W WOB work of breathing WOBm work of breathing me
110. service is available to connect the monitor to the Unity network for use with a Clinical Information Center a QS system a MUSE system etc 2 24 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Equipment Overview utting the Monitor Into Operation WARNINGS For safety reasons all connectors for patient cables and sensor leads are designed to prevent inadvertent disconnection should someone pull on them Do not route cables in a way that they may present a stumbling hazard For devices installed above the patient adequate precautions must be taken to prevent them from dropping on the patient After connecting the monitor to the U nity network verify the function of the alarm system This can be done for instance by temporarily changing one of the alarm limits to initiate an alarm Turning Power On The monitor is preset at the factory for a specific AC voltage Before applying power be sure that the power requirements match your power supply Refer to the label on the back of the processing unit for voltage and current requirements Also refer to Chapter 3 Safety for power requirements When all cables are properly connected press the power switch on the processing unit to the I on position Also turn power on tothe display After approximately 10 seconds a display should appear on the monitor BIEL LPL well Power Switch 44 m 4 28 Solar 8000i Processing Unit
111. should be used until monitor function is restored f the monitor does not automatically resume operation within 60 seconds power cycle the monitor using the power on off switch Once monitoring is restored you should verify correct monitoring state and alarm function MAINTENANCE Regular preventive maintenance should be carried out annually You are responsible for any requirements specific to your country MPSO Do not use a multiple portable socket outlet MPSO for a system because it could result in unacceptable enclosure leakage currents NEGLIGENCE GE Medical Systems Information Technologies does not assume responsibility for damage to the equipment caused by improperly vented cabinets improper or faulty power or insufficient wall strength to support equipment mounted on such walls OPERATOR Medical technical equipment such as this monitor monitoring system must only be used by persons who have received adequate training in the use of such equipment and who are capable of applying it properly Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 3 9 2026265 001 Safety For Your Safety CAUTIONS POWER REQUIREMENTS Before connecting the device to the power line check that the voltage and frequency ratings of the power line are the same as those indicated on the unit s label If this is not the case do not connect the system to the power line until you adjust the unit to match the power source
112. spectral displays 5 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Color Selecting the COLOR menu option opens a popup menu to select a color format The tables below indicate the parameter colors used in each color format CLINCAL Color Format TRANSDUCER Color Format Parameter s Color Parameter s Color ECG Amber ECG Green Hemodynamics Green Priority ARTI FEM1 UAC1 Red Cardiopulmonary Blue Additional ART FEM UAC White Temperature Blue PA Yellow Gas White CVP RA UVC Blue Alarms Red LA ICP White All other parameters Blue SP Green POC Red Alarms Red All other parameters Green CRG PLUSColor Format Parameter s Color ECG Green Priority ART1 FEM1 UAC1 Red MAP Red All other pressures White CO2 RR Yellow SP02 Blue Alarms Red Waveforms not part of the CRG Plus display Shown in Transducer color format NOTE With the Transducer and CRG Plus color formats the pressure colors are based on the priority set up in monitor defaults The arterial line ART FEM or UAC set at the highest priority is red and all other pressures are white Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 5 7 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Parameters On Off This menu option allows you to turn specific parameters on and off Turning a parameter off removes th
113. the device In some cases the peripheral device may impose alarm control parameters that you may NOT be able to change or silence with the monitor s controls Thefollowing chart shows the compatible peripheral devices at the time this manual was published This table is organized by device type Device Connectivity Chart Unity Device Type Manufacturer and Model Octanet Network Waveforms Alarms ID Anesthesia machine Drager Julian Yes Yes Pressure CO2 Yes Anesthesia machine Drager Cato PM 8050 Yes Yes Pressure CO2 Yes Anesthesia machine Drager Cicero B C Yes No None Yes Anesthesia machine Drager Cicero EM Yes Yes Pressure CO2 Yes Anesthesia machine Drager PM 8060 Yes Yes Pressure CO2 Yes Anesthesia machine Drager Primus Yes Yes VNT 02 GAS Yes Anesthesia machine North American Dr ger Narkomed 2B 2C Yes Yes 2C 4 Pressure Flow Yes 3 4 GS 6000 4 only CO2 Anesthesia machine Engstr m EAS 9000 9010 9020 Yes Yes Pressure Flow CO2 Yes Anesthesia machine MIE Kestrel Yes No None Yes Anesthesia machine Ohmeda 7800 7810 Yes Yes None Yes Anesthesia machine Ohmeda 7900 Yes Yes None Yes Anesthesia machine Ohmeda Aestiva 3000 Yes Yes None Yes Anesthesia machine Taema Alys Yes No Pressure Flow Yes 20 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Interfaces Introduction Device Connectivity Chart
114. the following when monitoring a patient with a pacemaker Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 11 11 ECG ECG Menu CAUTION FDA POSTMARKET SAFETY ALERT The United States FDA Center for Devices and Radiological Health issued a safety bulletin October 14 1998 This bulletin states that minute ventilation rate adaptive implantable pacemakers can occasionally interact with certain cardiac monitoring and diagnostic equipment causing the pacemakers to pace at their maximum programmed rate The FDA further recommends precautions to take into consideration for patients with these types of pacemakers These precautions includedisabling the rate responsive mode and enabling an alternate pace mode For more information contact Office of Surveillance and Biometrics CDRH FDA 1350 Piccard Drive Mail Stop HF Z 510 Rockville MD 20850 U S A NOTE ECG monitoring with patients on non invasive transcutaneous pacemakers may not be possible due to large amounts of energy produced by these devices Monitoring ECG with an external device e g a defibrillator and a second set of electrodes may be needed Remember that there are no ECG alarms at the monitor if you are monitoring with an external device 11 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Monitoring Pacemaker Patients The DETECT PACE menu option enables disables the pacemaker detection program It
115. the patient s laboratory data at the monitor While monitoring you will be notified that new lab data for the patient is available when the lab data icon is shown at the top middle of the monitor s display The icon looks similar to the one below 844A Lab Data Icon Select the LAB DATA option from the Patient Data menu to display a screen similar to the one below If your system does not have the necessary equipment a message is displayed below the menu when you attempt to select this option LAB DATA REPORT TIME gt RETURN CBC 16 NOV 09 40 CELL COUNT 09 32 MICROBIOLOGY 15 NOV 09 55 MAIN ALARM MENU HISTORY DOSE CALCS T 1 RETURN CARDIAC PULMONARY CALCS CALCS PREVIOUS CRG SELECT MENU TRENDS LAB DATA 840B Lab Data Information Window Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 10 27 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu The information window lists by groups laboratory data that has been entered in the LIS database The date and time of the most current report within each group is also displayed Date and time stamps on reports are assigned by the lab Select the group you want to access Another information window is displayed H ow the information is presented varies with the type of report See the following examples For all types of reports you can use the menu options VIEW OLDER VIEW NEWER PAGE DOWN and PAGE UP t
116. the volume level press the Trim Knob control or touch the ALARM VOL option to close the popup menu Any changes made with this menu option are only temporary and revert to default settings upon patient discharge The Setup Display window in Monitor Defaults offers aMIN ALARM VOLUME setting With this setting you can control the minimum level to which alarm volume can be set For example if you do not want alarm volume to be less than 40 you would select 40 as the Min Alarm Volume default The Alarm Volume popup menu would not show any volume options lower than 40 If you set the Alarm Volume Off option to DISABLE see below in Monitor Defaults you MUST set a minimum alarm volume using this setting The Setup Display window in Monitor Defaults offers an ALARM VOLUME OFF setting This default setting lets you determine whether monitor alarm volume can be turned off using the Alarm Volume popup menu Choices are ENABLE and DISABLE If DISABLE is selected as the default setting the option OFF will NOT appear in the Alarm Volume popup menu 8 16 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Alarm Control Alarm Control Menu Alarm Help This menu option displays an information window containing alarm information Select ALARM HELP from the Alarm Control menu An information window titled PATIENT STATUS ALARMS is displayed PATIENT STATUS ALARMS Four categories of alarms provide patient status informa
117. will not break through the alarm pause even when the feature is turned on When a crisis alarm breaks through an alarm pause arrhythmia histories are not stored This feature is labeled as PAUSE BREAKTHRU in the Setup Display Defaults window It can beset to CRISIS which indicates that the alarm pause breakthrough feature is active or OFF in which case no alarms will break through an alarm pause NOTE Crisis alarms do not break through an alarm pause caused by selecting the DISPLAY OFF ALARM PAUSE option from the Alarm Control menu The Display Off Alarm Pause feature is intended for use when a patient is disconnected from the monitor Therefore no alarms break through this type of alarm pause at the monitor or at the central station if the MONITOR CENTRAL PAUSE option is selected in the Display Off Alarm Pause popup menu Depending on the default setting of your monitor some or all alarm levels can be silenced remotely either by another bed that is viewing your monitor or at a central station TheREMOTE SILENCE default setting found under Setup Default Display in Monitor Defaults determines which view patient alarm levels can be silenced by other monitors and central stations The choices are CRISIS WARNING default and ADVI SORY When an alarm level is selected for the Remote Silence setting alarms of that level and lower can be silenced at another monitor or central station For example if the Remote Silence level is s
118. 0 20 SJ mm 20 20 STI sini 20 20 STAVL 20 20 STAVE mm 20 20 ST AVR mm 2 0 20 ST V2 mm 2 0 2 0 STV3 mm 2 0 20 ST mm 2 0 20 ST V5 mm 20 20 ST V6 mm 20 20 NBP S mmHg 80 200 NBP D mmHg 20 120 MAIN SETUP DEFAULT SETUP 0 SETUP DEFAULT MENU ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS PARAMETER A LIMITS PREVIOUS SETUP DEFAULT SETUP 0 MENU DISPLAY PARAMETE BEEN 553B Setup Default Limits Popup Menu and Information Window Select the parameter for which you want to change the default limits Highlight your choice of the low or high limit Press the Trim Knob control then rotate it or use the touchscreen arrows to change the value of the high or low limit Highlight the parameter then press the Trim Knob control to deselect the parameter NOTE This step is not necessary when using the touchscreen Select RETURN when all changes are completed The popup menu and information window close Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Setup Default Display This menu option allows you to set up certain aspects of the display as defaults When SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY is selected a popup menu and information window open The display items listed in the information window are determined by the software package s installed on the monitor Select and change the desired item s then select RETURN to close the information window and popup menu
119. 0 0 2 0 2 0 ST AVR 0 0 2 0 2 0 ST AVL 0 0 2 0 2 0 ST AVF 0 0 2 0 2 0 ADJUST ALL MAIN ADJUST INDIVIDUAL LIMITS MENU LIMITS ADJUST INF LIMITS ADJUST LAT LIMITS ADJUST ANT LIMITS Il Ill AVF I AVL V5 V6 V1 V2 V3 V4 PREVIOUS MENU 649A ST Limits Menu and Information Window When set to factory defaults if any monitored lead has a deviation of more than 2 mm an alarm sounds and the event is stored in alarm history The alarm level must be set for crisis warning or advisory for the event to be stored in history 11 28 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu ST Alarm History Criteria Not every alarm is stored in history The first lead in each group anterior inferior lateral that exceeds a limit triggers an ST history Subsequent limit alarms in the same group do not trigger an ST history If all available leads in a group return to within the set limits and then any lead in that group exceeds a limit another ST history is stored Refer tothe Alarm History section in Chapter 10 Patient Data for information on viewing an ST event that has been stored in history Adjusting ST Limits You can adjust ST limits individually all at once or by lead group The ADJ UST INDIVIDUAL LIMITS option allows you to adjust each lead and limit individually 1 Select thelead
120. 001 Interfaces Displayed Data Continuous Cardiac Output A parameter window labeled CCO is displayed for these devices Thereis also a CCO parameter menu An additional SVO2 parameter window may be displayed with some continuous cardiac output devices There is no parameter menu for this window NOTE Only one SVO2 parameter can be displayed at one time on the monitor The monitor recognizes the first SVO2 source and ignores any subsequent ones NOTE Asterisks are displayed to indicate signal strength Three asterisks indicate a good signal two indicate an average signal and one indicates a weak signal The signal strength asterisks for the CCO parameter may not be available with all devices BT 36 8 CCO SVO SVR 1066 5 T 8 869A 870A CCO Parameter Window SVO2 Parameter Window MAIN DISPLAY CARDIAC UNITS MENU PARAMETER CALCS CELSIUS ee ee CCO Parameter Menu 871A m DISPLAY PARAMETER Opens a popup menu to select parameters for display in the parameter window CARDIAC CALCS Enters the cardiac calculations program UNITS Select Celsius or Fahrenheit as the units of measure for blood temperature BT NOTE distinguish a CCO value from a CO value a lowercase c always precedes a parameter label related to CCO 20 16 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Interfaces Displayed Data
121. 0i Patient Monitor 14 13 2026265 001 5 02 5 02 Menu Options Sensitivity Averaging Sat Seconds NOTE This menu option only appears when using a Tram x51M module and a Masimo probe The Sensitivity menu option allows you to select NORMAL or MAXIMUM sensitivity The default setting is NORMAL m Usethe Normal sensitivity setting for normal patient monitoring purposes m Usethe Maximum sensitivity setting for improved low perfusion performance and for faster tracking of rapid SpO2 saturation changes CAUTION Using the Maximum sensitivity setting delays the Probe Off Patient detection alarm NOTE This menu option only appears when using a Tram x51M module and a Masimo probe The Averaging menu option provides the following selections for SpO2 averaging time 2 4 8 10 12 14 or 16 seconds The default averaging time for all monitoring modes is 8 seconds The selected averaging time is displayed on the Averaging menu option NOTE For the 2 and 4 second averaging settings the actual averaging times may range from 2 to 4 seconds and 4 to 6 seconds respectively NOTE This menu option only appears when using a Tram x51N module and a Nellcor Oxismart XL probe The Sat Seconds menu option allows you to adjust the Sat Seconds threshold Refer to Sat Seconds Alarm Management in the Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for more information 14 14 Solar 8000i Pa
122. 12 22 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Pressures PA Wedge Press the Trim Knob control or touch the MOVE WEDGE CURSOR option to close the popup menu The word CURSOR and its value are cleared and the PA Wedge value changes to reflect the new cursor solid line placement NOTE The PA wedge pressure value will not be displayed or entered into Cardiac Calculations or Vital Signs until you exit the program Select MAIN MENU or CARDIAC OUTPUT to exit the PA Wedge program The most recent PA wedge pressure value and the time it was obtained are displayed in the PA parameter window and entered into Cardiac Calculations and Vital Signs Auto Mode The Auto mode defaults on when the PA Wedge menu option is selected When the PA Insert Wedge menu option is selected the Manual mode defaults on Refer to Manual Mode on page 12 24 for more information NOTE If you have already selected the PA INSERT WEDGE menu option and you later select the PA WEDGE menu option the Manual mode will bethe default for the PA Wedge menu option not the Auto mode 1 Select the PA WEDGE option from the PA menu The Auto mode defaults on Or select the PA INSERT WEDGE option from the PA menu then select the MODE MANUAL option to switch to the Auto mode Watch for the NFLATE BALLOON prompt You will hear a single beep when it is displayed 2 Inflatethe balloon The PA program will look for inflation and begin processing
123. 2 13 Inspection 4 3 Installation and connection 2 24 Intended audience 1 2 Interface device connectivity chart 20 2 Interface device displayed data 20 11 Interface devices Parameter windows and menus 20 12 Anesthesia machines 20 17 BIS monitor 20 17 Continuous cardiac output 20 16 Gas analyzers 20 15 IV pumps 20 17 NICO monitor 20 18 POC blood gas monitor 20 19 Pulse oximeters 20 12 Transcutaneous monitors 20 13 Urometers 20 17 Ventilators 20 14 Software compatibility 20 20 Interfaces Device Specific Information 20 21 K Keypad 2 20 Buttons 2 21 Trim Knob control 2 21 Index 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Index L Lab data 10 27 Language specific information 1 27 Chinese 1 27 French 1 27 Hungarian 1 27 Japanese 1 27 Polish 1 27 Russian 1 27 Laser printer 7 5 Lead analysis 11 37 Multi lead 11 37 Single lead 11 38 Learn the monitor 5 23 Lithium battery 4 7 M Manual purpose 1 2 Masimo SET module 14 8 Menus 1 6 Direct action menu options 1 12 Main display 1 6 Menu timeout 1 6 More menus 1 7 Popup menus 1 8 Numeric popup menu 1 10 Pointer popup menu 1 9 Scrolling popup menu 1 9 Subordinate menus 1 11 Monitor defaults Adult ICU mode 21 3 Neonatal ICU mode 21 9 Operating room mode 21 15 Monitor defaults worksheet 21 21 Monitor setup menu 5 2 Color 5 7 Display 5 5 Graph setup 5 9 Learn the monitor 5 23 Monitor defaults 5 13 Custom defaults 5 19 Recall default 5 19 Setup defaul
124. 4 2 0 20 5 02 zi ST V5 20 20 ST V6 20 20 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 17 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults Parameter Limits Parameter Limits Low High Low High NBP S 40 200 RR 1 200 NBP D 20 120 RR Apnea 20 NBP M 40 140 TEMP 1 00 420 ART S 40 200 TEMP 2 00 42 0 ART D 20 120 02 Insp 18 102 ART M 40 140 02 Exp 1 102 ART R 1 150 N20 Insp 10 800 5 40 200 20 10 800 FEM D 20 120 N2 Insp 10 85 0 FEM M 40 140 N2 Exp 10 85 0 FEM R 1 150 SEV Insp 10 7 0 UAC S 40 200 SEV Exp 10 7 0 UAC D 20 120 DES Insp 10 12 0 UAC M 40 140 DES Exp 10 12 0 UAC R 1 150 ENF Insp 10 7 0 PA S 99 350 ENF Exp 10 7 0 PA D 99 350 HAL Insp 10 7 0 PA M 99 350 HAL Exp 10 7 0 CVP 99 350 HE Insp 10 7 0 RA 99 350 HE Exp 10 7 0 UVC 99 350 ISO Insp 10 7 0 LA 99 350 ISO Exp 10 7 0 ICP 99 350 AR Insp 10 7 0 SP 99 350 AR Exp 10 7 0 CO2 Exp 1 50 RM No Resp 20 CO2 Insp 5 TC 02 60 90 CO2 Resp 1 200 TC CO2 35 45 No Breath 30 CI 15 5 0 Sp02 90 105 TFC 10 60 5 02 1 150 BIS 1 100 00 42 0 5 02 60 80 21 18 Solar 80001 Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults Parameter
125. 722A Manual Size Popup Menu Highlight another size The waveform changes size immediately so you can judge the suitable size When you are satisfied with the size press the Trim Knob control or touch the MANUAL SIZE option to close the popup menu NOTE The Manual Size you select will be cancelled if you change the lead from which respiration is derived When you change leads the learning process is started and the waveform is automatically sized Cardiac Artifact Alarm The Cardiac Artifact Alarm alerts you to the fact that the respiration rate is within 5 of the heart rate over 30 consecutive breaths If this happens the respiration program may be counting heartbeat artifact as respiration The Cardiac Artifact Alarm is an advisory alarm The message ARTIFACT is displayed in the respiration values window and a one beep tone sounds There is no adjustable limit for this alarm but you can turn it off and on WARNING If the Cardiac Artifact Alarm is turned off apnea events may not be detected Toturn the alarm off and on select the CARDIAC ARTIFACT ALARM option from the respiration menu This is a direct action menu option Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 16 9 2026265 001 Respiration Respiration Menu Options Speed Use this menu option to open a popup menu to select a sweep speed for the displayed respiration waveform Choices are 6 25 12 5 25 default and 50 millimeters pe
126. 8 ANTERIOR dn LATERAL LU 1 de 0 0 0 2 0 0 v2 AVL Press the Graph Go Stop button to print the displayed data ST 0 0 0 0 0 0 H H histories will only print to a laser i Laude printer asc N 0 0 0 1 0 2 V4 02 02 Lead in alarm 1 of 6 MAIN ALARM VIEW OLDER VIEW NEWER DELETE MENU HISTORY ALARM ALARM ALARM Select Alarm ST Reference Information Window and Menu A QRS complex of all available leads with the exception of AVR is displayed If viewing an ST alarm event an asterisk is displayed next to each lead label that is in violation of the set ST limits Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 10 5 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Vital Signs NOTE Vital Signs is called TABULAR TRENDS in the Operating Room mode Upon admission to the system a history of the patient s vital signs is continuously collected To display this data select VITAL SIGNS TABULAR TRENDS from the Patient Data menu An information window and a new menu are displayed VITAL SIGNS 21 DEC 2000 13 10 en 21 DEC 21 DEC 21 DEC 21 DEC 21 DEC Current Date and 12 00 12 15 12 30 12 45 13 00 Time HR 68 68 68 68 70 PVC 0 0 0 0 0 AR1 S 132 132 132 132 132 AR1 D 70 70 70 70 71 ARIM 92 92 92 92 91 ARIR les 68 68 68 70 Press the Graph Go Stop 2 5 31 31 31 31 30 button to print the vital signs PA2 D 13 13 13 13 13 PA2 M 20
127. 99 350 HAL Exp 10 7 0 CVP 99 350 HE Insp 10 7 0 RA 99 350 HE Exp 10 7 0 UVC 99 350 ISO Insp 10 7 0 LA 99 350 ISO Exp 10 7 0 ICP 99 350 AR Insp 10 7 0 SP 99 350 AR Exp 10 7 0 CO2 Exp 1 50 RM No Resp 20 CO2 Insp 5 TC 02 60 90 CO2 Resp 15 100 TC C02 35 45 No Breath 15 CI 15 50 5 02 88 100 10 60 5 02 90 200 BIS 1 100 30 0 C 86 0 F 42 0 C 107 6 F 5 02 60 80 RR 15 100 RR Apnea 15 21 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults the display Parameter Priority Defaults The following parameters when monitored always appear in parameter windows on the right side of Parameter 1 ECG Parameter 2 UAC Parameter 3 UVC Parameter 4 RR Parameter 5 SPO2 Parameter 6 VENT The highlighted parameters below appear in parameter windows at the bottom of the display only when there is no room at the side VENT RESP SPO2 BIS X RM NBP SVO2 ALARMS ART CVP TC NICO FEM RA TEMP ICG UAC UVC CO EEG PA LA CCO BIS C02 ICP POC GAS Sp 00 MAY BE DISPLAYED AS REDUCED SIZE determined by software Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 13 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults For your notes 21 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults Appendix C Operating Room Mode D
128. AUTIONS We recommend the application of the following criteria when using the pulse oximetry function on neonates and infants 1 Theperipheral pulse rate PPR as determined by the SPO2 function must be within 1096 of the heart rate and 2 theSPO2 signal strength indicator must have two or three asterisks displayed Procedures or devices previously applied in your facility for SPO2 monitoring should be used in the event that the SPO2 value from the monitor cannot be validated by the above criteria 14 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 SPO2 Checklist Checklist The acquisition module is securely inserted in the Tram rac housing The SPO2 probe is correctly positioned on the patient Follow the instructions provided with the probe The patient cable is connected to the module The SPO2 setup is adjusted if necessary Follow the procedures in this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 14 7 2026265 001 SPO2 Masimo SET Module Masimo SET Module Masimo SET Module PWR Indicator Light On the front panel of the Masimo SET module there is an indicator light labeled PWR PWR Indicator Light 894B Masimo SET Module The PWR indicator light flashes when the module is first inserted in a Tram rac housing with power applied to it It illuminates steady green during normal module operation If there is a problem during module operation it will again flash as the mo
129. Alarm RR Lead QRS Width RR WF Speed 02 Display Mode 2 WF Speed RM Display Par 1 View On Alarm RM Display Par 2 VOA Broadcast RM Display Par 3 VOA Alert Tone RM Display Par 4 Remote Alarm Level Discharge Alert Alarm Volume Off TC Site Time Min Alarm Volume TC Site Temp Alarm Volume TC Units Silence Alarm TC Severinghaus QRS Volume RM WF Speed Rate Volume Vent WF Speed ECG Leads Fail Display MAC Value 5 02 Probe Off Disable SAM Hal SPO2 Pulse Search Disable SAM Enf Persistent SPO2 ICG Primary Par Monitor ISO DES ICG Secondary Parl Display Limits ICG Secondary Par2 Display Units ICG Secondary Par3 Units For Height Touch Volume Units For Weight Pause Breakthru Temperature Units Tech ID Field 02 Units Masimo Averaging 02 Units Sat Seconds Gas Units BIS Smooth Rate 21 22 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix D Monitor Defaults Worksheet Display Defaults Parameter Alarm Levels Spectral Update Crisis Warning Advisory Message EEG WF Scale HR EEG WF Speed 02 No Breath Spectra Display RM No Resp EEG Montage PVC EEG Param Display ST EEG Trend 1 ART EEG Trend 2 PA
130. Arrhythmia Full Ped Cuff Pressure 140 mmHg Lethal for Basic Neo Cuff Pressure 110 mmHg Detect Pace Off CO Catheter Edwards Arterial Rate On CO Inj Temp In Line Lead Analysis Multi lead CO Size 7 5 ST Analysis Off CO Inj Vol 1OCC ST Templates Off CO Auto Mode On ST V Lead V5 02 Compensation 0 60 O2 ST Template 1 II RR Parameter On ST Template 2 V5 RR Lead IT ST Template 3 I RR WF Speed 25 Adjust ST Point J 30MS SPO2 WF Speed 25 12 LD on ST History Off View On Alarm Off ECG WF Speed 25 VOA Broadcast Off Graph Waveform 2 ART VOA Alert Tone Off Graph Waveform 3 RR Remote Alarm Level Crisis Graph Waveform 4 Off Alarm Volume Off Disable Alarm Graph Off Min Alarm Volume 10 Timed Graph Continuous Alarm Volume 70 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 9 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults Display Defaults Display Defaults Silence Alarm Normal TC Severinghaus Off QRS Volume Off RM WF Speed 6 25 Rate Volume Off Vent WF Speed 6 25 ECG Leads Fail Sys Warning Display MAC Value Off 5 02 Probe Off Sys Warning Disable SAM Hal Off SPO2 Pulse Search Sys Advisory Disable SAM Enf Off Persistent SP02 Off ICG Primary Par Monitor ISO DES Isoflurane ICG Secondary Parl CO Display Limits On ICG Secondary P
131. BP1 if no ART monitored BP2 or SPO2 waveform if available if BP2 is not present BP3 or SPO2 value if available if BP3is not present BP4 or resp waveform if available if BP4 is not present Waveform in slot 5 Tram rac housings with 3 or more slots Waveform in slot 6 Tram rac housings with 3 or more slots Waveform in slot 7 Tram rac 4A housing only Waveform in slot 8 Tram rac housings with 3 or more slots Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 29 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix E Analog Output For your notes 21 30 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix F Supplies Information Appendix F Supplies Information To ensure patient safety use only supplies manufactured or recommended by GE Medical Systems nformation Technologies Y our local sales service representative can provide current supplies lists or you can contact GE Medical Systems Information Technologies Supplies Refer to the How to Reach Us page Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 31 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix F Supplies Information For your notes 21 32 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix G Software Packages Appendix G Software Packages The Solar 8000i monitor comes configured with the Basic software package Three additional packages can be purchased separately or in any combination These packages
132. CG MG or UNITS for the medication when using the A B C or D labels m DOSE MIN DOSE HR DOSE KG MIN DOSE KG HR Any one of these may be entered manually If the volume quantity and rate are entered these are calculated for you If you change the dose the program recalculates the other dose values m INF RATE infusion rate This value represents the cc hr that the solution infuses If you change the infusion rate the program recalculates the dose values m DRIP RATE You must change this value if you are administering medication with a pump that counts drops and the pump s drop size is not 60 gtt cc m DROP SIZE This represents the administration setup used by the IV pump m INF TIME infusion time If you enter the solution volume drug quantity and infusion time the program will calculatethe infusion rate and the dose Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 10 23 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Save Calc This is a direct action menu option Select SAVE CALC to store the set of dose calculations displayed on the screen Here are some guidelines to remember when saving dose calcs An incomplete calculation cannot be saved If you save a calculation that has the same drug name as a previously saved calculations the new calculation will replace the previous one m Four sets of calculations can be saved When saving a fifth calculation a message is displayed asking th
133. EEP intrinsic positive end expiratory pressure IRRG irregular ISO International Organization for Standardization ISO isoflurane ISU inlet select unit IT injectate temperature IV intravenous K K potassium kg KG kilogram kPa kilopascal L L left 21 42 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols LA LA LAN LAT LBS LCD LCWI LD LED LL LIS LVET LVSWI M m MAP MAWP MAX MB MCG MCL MedF MetHb MG mg MHz M INSP MIN min mL MM mm MM S mm s MMHG mmHg M PEEP MRI eft eft arm eft atrial ocal area network ateral pounds iquid crystal display eft cardiac work index ead ight emitting diode eft leg aboratory information system eft ventricular ejection time eft ventricular stroke work index M mean minute meter mean arterial pressure mean airway pressure maximum megabyte micrograms modified chest lead median frequency methemoglobin milligrams megahertz measured inspiratory time inute illiliter illimeters illimeters per second 3 3 3 3 3 illimeters of mercury measured positive end expiratory pressure magnetic resonance image Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 43 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols MTR motor MSDS material data safety specifications MUNITS milliunits mV millivolt MV minute volume MVm mechanical minute volume MVs sp
134. FAULTS 3 Select the SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY option from the Monitor Defaults menu A popup menu and an information window open 4 Scroll tothe NBP CLOCK SYNC option and select it Select ON from the default settings list for the NBP Clock Sync option 6 Select RETURN tosave the change and close the information window and popup menu NBP Stat NOTE The NBP Stat feature is not available when the monitor is set for the N eonatal l CU mode NBP Stat enables 5 minutes of continuous sequential automatic NBP measurements Select the NBP STAT option from the NBP menu A popup menu opens displaying the options ON OFF and HELP To enable NBP Stat select ON The first cuff inflation occurs within seconds To discontinue the NBP stat process before the 5 minutes are up select OFF from the popup menu or simply press the NBP Go Stop button on the keypad 13 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 NBP NBP Menu Options Early Systolic Measurement Early systolic measurement is a feature of the NBP Stat mode As soon as you enter NBP Stat mode cuff inflation begins a measurement is taken and the systolic diastolic and mean values are displayed Thereafter the systolic value will be displayed shortly after the measurement starts When the measurement is complete the monitor will beep and the final measurement values will be displayed Review NBPs The monitor can store up to 96 NBP readings which can be re
135. G ECG Menu Minimum Arrhythmia Lethal Arrhythmia The Setup Display window in Monitor Defaults offers aMIN ARRHYTH LEVEL setting With this setting you can control the minimum to which the arrhythmia can be set For example if you do not want minimum arrhythmia to be less than lethal you would select LETHAL as the default The Solar 8000i s arrhythmia cannot be set to less than its minimum arrhythmia level by itself or by any external device CIC transport monitor or telemetry beds If a telemetry bed s arrhythmia level is less than the bedside monitor s minimum arrhythmia level setting and the telemetry bed is chosen as the ECG source the Solar 8000i s arrhythmia level will remain at its current level However if the telemetry bed s arrhythmia level is greater than or equal to the Solar 8000i s current arrhythmia level the arrhythmia level will not change Use the ARRHYTHMIA option in the ECG menu to select the desired arrhythmia level Refer to the Turning Arrhythmia On and Off section in this chapter Lethal arrhythmias are Asystole VFib VTac and V Tach except in the Neonatal I CU mode In the Neonatal I CU mode Asystole VF ib VT ac and Brady are the lethal arrhythmias Refer to the Arrhythmia Conditions section in this chapter for arrhythmia definitions Use the ARRHYTHMIA option in the ECG menu toturn lethal arrhythmia on and off Refer to the Turning Arrhythmia On and Off section in this chapter
136. GAS message continues to be displayed To enter the saturation value once the laboratory analysis is complete or to cancel the blood gas calibration simply select the CALIBRATE TO VENOUS BLOOD GAS option in the SVO2 menu again The calibration process does not restart because it is already in that mode from the previous menu entry At this point continue the calibration procedure beginning at step 2 NOTE If a light intensity condition occurs while the WAITING FOR BLOOD GAS message is displayed the intensity condition message for example LOW LIGHT will be displayed alternately with the blood gas message Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 18 13 2026259 001 SvO2 Calibration SVO2 Cal History This menu option allows you to view a chronological list of calibrations performed during monitoring This list contains up to 10 events After 10 the oldest event is deleted when a new event occurs To view the SVO2 Cal History select SVO2 CAL HISTORY from the SvO2 menu A popup menu and information window are displayed SVO2 CALIBRATION HISTORY TIME CAL EVENT SIGNAL 10 JUL 12 02 LIGHT INT CAL kkk 10 JUL 11 43 BLOOD CAL DONE 10 JUL 11 07 BLOOD CAL START 10 JUL 11 05 OPDMOD CONNECT MAIN Svo2 MENU LIMITS T RETURN PREINSERTION LIGHT INTENSITY CALIBH SVO2 CAL CALIBRATION CALIBRATION VENOUS H HISTORY 742A SVO2 Cal History P
137. Graphic Trends menu and information window for the viewed patient s graphic trend information Thereis no Main Menu option Select PREVIOUS MENU from the Graphic Trends menu to close the information window and return tothe Viewed Patient Data popup menu NOTE For more information about the Vital Signs and Graphic Trends menus refer to Chapter 10 Patient Data Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 37 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient F ull Patient View Full Patient View Normally there is a split screen view when viewing another bed at a host monitor However it is possible to have a full screen view of another bed under these circumstances Nomodules are in the Tram rac housing at the host monitor m Thehost monitor must be in a discharged state m A bed to view is selected from the View Other Patients menu at the host monitor When using the full screen for viewing a patient the following conditions apply m All monitored parameters are received from the viewed bed m Uptoeight waveforms are received from the viewed bed No waveforms are received for Vent RM CO2 and other gas parameters ST trends and complexes or CRG Plus display m Noaudible alarms sound but normal visual indications of an alarm occur m The bed number and patient name for the viewed bed are displayed rather than those for the host bed m Themessage VIEWED PATIENT is always displayed at the bottom of the screen The Alarm Con
138. HISTORY option If you want to view the waveform data for another event on the list select a different event Select RETURN if you do not wish to view any events The information window closes and the Patient Data menu or Alarm Control menu is displayed CAUTION MEASURING DATA STORED IN ALARM HISTORY Waveform data is stored in the alarm history using compression technology that may not allow perfect reconstruction of the waveform data when subsequently viewed Although differences occur relatively frequently and are usually very minor users are urged to verify diagnostic waveform measurements with the waveform data from realtime graph strips Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 10 3 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Select Alarm To select an alarm to view press the Trim Knob control or touch the Alarm History option when the pointer is in front of the event you wish to view The applicable waveforms appear in the information window and new menu appears in the menu area The example below is an arrhythmia event Refer to the next page for ST event information Arrhythmia Time of Event Event V TACH 15 01 49 10 Tia Press the Graph Go Stop button to print the displayed alarm data x Date of Event 4044 Indicates that this is the fourth of four T events in history MAIN ALARM
139. ICE MODE option from the Monitor Setup menu displays a screen similar to the one shown below CAUTION You are about to enter the Service Mode of operation If you proceed you may lose your monitor configuration Some operations will cause a Cold Start of the monitor ENTER THE PASSWORD AND PROCEED AT YOUR OWN RISK MAIN WAVEFORMS DISPLAY COLOR MENU ON OFF FULL CLINICAL PREVIOUS PRINT TOUCH VoL LEARN THE SERVICE MENU CRG PLUS 10 MONITOR 0 0 0 0 MODE 564B Service Mode Popup Menu and Information Window After entering the password the Service menu is displayed MAIN DOWNLOAD REVIEW CALIBRATE HARDWARE PATIENT MONITOR TYPE MENU CODE ERRORS TEST ADULT ICU MENU MONITOR COPY UNIT TIME AND SETUP SETTINGS DEFAULTS DATE 565B Service Menu The service mode is used by qualified field engineers service personnel and hospital biomedical engineers to set up troubleshoot and repair the monitor Refer to the appropriate service manual for more details Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 5 25 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Patient Monitor Type Menu Setup The following Service menu items are mentioned in other places in this manual Your monitor is set up for monitoring in one of three modes patient monitor types with the PATIENT MONITOR TYPE option m Adult ICU ADULT m Neonatal I CU NEO m O
140. LP Provides additional ECG filter information WARNING The MAXIMUM filter alters the displayed ECG morphology Do not rely on ECG morphology for diagnostic purposes when this filter is selected When selected 5 Hz is displayed under the ECG parameter label 11 32 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu 12 Lead ECG Analysis NOTE This featureis only available when WARNINGS using a Tram x51 series module or This device uses a computerized 12 lead ECG analysis Tram SL module program which can be used as a tool in ECG tracing interpretation This computerized interpretation is only significant when used in conjunction with clinical findings All computer generated tracings should be overread by a qualified physician To ensure accuracy use only computer generated tracings and not the display for physician interpretation The intended use of this device is to record electrocardiograms and vectorcardiograms from surface ECG electrodes not for positioning floating temporary pacemaker leadwires performing pericardiocentesis or other internal applications Select the 12 LEAD ECG ANALYSIS option from the ECG menu A new menu is displayed and the screen is reconfigured to display 12 leads of ECG 9 NOV 2000 10 00 ADULT ADULT 0 SICU BED5 PVCO TO 136 72 rate 70 0412 33 15 23 8f 324 eae 20 5 ui MAIN 12 LEAD
141. MPLETE appears in the message line If the message SAVE OPERATION FAILED appears it indicates that you already saved this set of calculations or that the ECG source module is not in the housing To review all saved calculations select the REVIEW CALCS option The Vital Signs information window is displayed The data is sorted so pulmonary calculations appear first in the list Since you have entered the vital signs program the Vital Signs menu options are displayed However when sorted for pulmonary calcs the Time Interval and Specific Time options are non functional Refer to the Vital Signs section in this chapter for more information The Weight and Height options in the Pulmonary Calcs menu allow you to switch the units of measure between kilograms and pounds for weight and centimeters and inches for height These are direct action menu options 10 18 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Calculate Store Estimated Calcs This direct action menu option switches between calculating VO2i or FICK CO If CALCULATE VO2i is selected you enter a CO valuein the monitored column If CALCULATE FICK CO is selected you enter an VO2i valuein the monitored column This menu option directs the monitor to obtain some estimated pulmonary calculations at a specified time interval and store them in vital signs This option defaults on at 15 minute intervals These estima
142. Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 SPO2 Introduction SpO2 Cable Connector Tram 200SL Module SpO2 Cable Connector Y Meu STATUS 894B 798A Solar SpO2 Module Solar SpO2 Module with Masimo SET NOTE The signal input is a high insulation port and it is defibrillator proof RP The insulated input ensures patient safety and protects the device during defibrillation and electrosurgery Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 14 3 2026265 001 SPO2 Safety Safety WARNINGS APNEA A pulse oximeter should NOT be used as an apnea monitor DATA VALIDITY Do not expose probe detector to strong ambient light while monitoring a patient A poor signal may result DATA VALIDITY Donct allow tape to block the probe light detector DATA VALIDITY Check that the SPO2 waveform is physiological in shape Not applicable when monitoring SpO2 with the Masimo SET module and probes or Tram x51M modules EARLY WARNING A pulse oximeter should be considered an early warning device As a trend toward patient deoxygenation is indicated blood samples should be analyzed by a laboratory co oxi meter to completely understand the patient s condition EXPLOSION HAZARD Do not use the SpO2 modules in the presence of flammable anesthetics or other flammable substance in combination with air oxygen enriched environments or nitrous oxide INTERFERING SUBSTANCES Carboxyhemoglobin may erroneou
143. N ST PRINT STORE NEW ST IDENTIFY V TREND SCALE MENU OFF ST REFERENCES LIMITS LEAD V5 2 MM ST INITIATE 12 LEAD ON ST ADJUST DISPLAY HISTORY OFF ST POINT 647A ST Analysis Menu m TURN ST OFF Turns ST analysis off and returns to the main menu m PRINT ST Prints a copy of the displayed ST trends and complexes m STORE NEW REFERENCES Displays a new set of reference complexes on the screen to use for visual references m STLIMITS Displays a menu and information window to set and adjust ST deviation limits m IDENTIFY V LEAD Identifies or labels the V lead being used for ECG and ST analysis m TREND SCALE Selects another scale for the ST trends 11 26 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Print ST Store New References m ST DISPLAY Changes the leads for the trends and complexes display m INITIATE 12 LEAD ON ST HISTORY Allows or disallows the initiation of an automatic 12 lead analysis when an ST event is stored in history m ADJ UST ST POINT Adjusts the measurement point for ST Select the PRINT ST option from the ST menu to print a copy of the real time trends and the real time complexes The reference complexes are not printed The trend is printed first with the appropriate lead complex immediately following it Thelead label appears on thetrend and the ST value appears at the end of the lead complex Inva
144. NING BED9 WARNING BED10 WARNING BED11 WARNING BED12 WARNING BED13 WARNING MAIN VIEW OTHER BEDS 1 T RETURN MENU ON ALARM ON PREVIOUS SELECT A BED RENT MENU TO AUTO VIEW RATION 595A The alarm level choices for automatic view on alarm are OFF CRISIS WARNING and ADVISORY When an alarm level is selected automatic view on alarm for that bed or all beds if selected is activated for that alarm level and all levels higher than it For example if the setting is at Warning level both warning and crisis alarms are automatically viewed on alarm for that bed Usethe ALL BEDS option to set all beds in the viewed unit to the same alarm level For example if you wished to have an automatic view on alarm of all beds in theunit when they experienced a Warning or Crisis alarm you could set the All Beds option to WARNING Usethe individual bed options to configure different beds to different alarm levels or to turn off automatic view on alarm for certain beds F or example if you wished to view a pod of beds 1 through 4 you could set their alarm levels to WARNING and set all other beds alarm levels to OFF Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 35 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient View Other Patients Menu Unless individual beds have been configured separately the ALL BEDS alarm selection determines which alarm levels are automatically viewed on alarm If individual beds have been configured separately thereis an
145. NS from the Graph Setup menu A new menu is displayed MAIN SELECT CRG PLUS PRINT CRG PLUS PRINT CRG PLUS MENU WAVEFORMS TO PRINT EVERY 2 MINUTES OFF ON ALARM OFF CRG Plus Options Menu PREVIOUS MENU 769A 9 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 CRG Plus Display Printing CRG Plus Parameters 4 Select SELECT CRG PLUS WAVEFORMS TO PRINT to display a popup menu SELECT CRG PLUS WAVEFORMS TO PRINT gt RETURN PRINT MAP Select CRG Plus Waveforms to Print Popup Menu 770A 5 Toselect highlight and deselect rotate and press the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows and SELECT CRG PLUS WAVEFORMS TO PRINT option The highlighted parameters will be printed When selecting CRG Plus parameters for printing Trace 1 is reserved for HR Trace 2 is reserved for SpO2 or MAP and Trace 3 is reserved for SpO2 MAP RR or CO2 There is a 3 waveform limit 6 Select the PRINT option in this popup menu to print the selected CRG Plus waveforms 7 Select RETURN when you have chosen the parameters for printing Print CRG Plus Every Two Minutes Select the PRINT CRG PLUS EVERY 2 MINUTES menu option from the CRG Plus options menu toturn on off an automatic CRG Plus graph When on the selected CRG Plus parameters are automatically printed every two minutes at the print window location This continues until you turn it off The
146. O2 rate Y Parameter Alarm Levels ART rate 7 Crisis Warning Advisory Message FEM rate m Resp apnea Y POC 2 HR TMP VNT Y BT v 02 no breath CCO 2 RM no resp v NICO 2 PVC d ICG v ST v UAC v Parameter Limits UVC Low High SP02 v HR 90 200 NBP 7 PVC 8 NBP M Only z 20 20 7 ST II 2 0 2 0 ST III 2 0 2 0 a 4 Sri 20 20 FEM d ST AVL 20 20 GAS 4 ST AVF 2 0 2 0 PA v ST AVR 2 0 2 0 CVP Y ST V2 2 0 2 0 RA ST V3 2 0 2 0 iA v ST V4 20 20 ICP z ST V5 2 0 20 ST V6 2 0 20 ii 4 NBP S 40 100 2 NBP D 20 60 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 11 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults Parameter Limits Parameter Limits Low High Low High NBP M 30 70 1 300 86 0 42 0 107 6 5 40 100 2 30 0 C 86 0 F 42 0 107 6 ART D 20 60 02 Insp 18 102 ART M 30 70 02 Exp 1 102 ART R 90 200 N20 Insp 10 800 5 40 100 20 10 800 FEM D 20 60 N2 Insp 10 85 0 FEM M 30 70 N2 Exp 10 85 0 FEM R 90 200 SEV Insp 10 7 0 UAC S 40 100 SEV Exp 10 7 0 UAC D 20 60 DES Insp 10 12 0 30 70 DES Exp 10 12 0 UAC R 90 200 ENF Insp 10 7 0 PA S 99 350 ENF Exp 10 7 0 PA D 99 350 HAL Insp 10 7 0 PA M
147. OF SET UNIT SET BED GRAPH ECG SOURCE MENU MEASURE NAME NUMBER LOCATION MONITOR 552A Adult ICU and Neonatal ICU Admit Menu Rover Combo Application MAIN CHANGE REQUEST RECALL ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT PATIENT PREVIOUS UNIT OF SET UNIT SET BED GRAPH ECG SOURCE MENU MEASURE NAME NUMBER LOCATION MONITOR 554A Operating Room Admit Menu Rover Combo Application All menu options are described in the Admit Menu Options section in this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 9 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Admit Menu Options Admit Menu Options Change Admit Info The Change Admit I nfo menu option allows you to change or enter information pertinent to the monitored patient 1 Select CHANGE ADMIT INFO from the Admit menu A popup menu and information window open MANUAL ADMIT INFORMATION gt RETURN LAST NAME FIRST NAME PATIENT ID SEX BIRTH DATE AGE HEIGHT WEIGHT RACE SECONDARY ID REF PHYSICIAN RECALL ADMIT ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT 556 Change Admit Info Popup Menu and Information Window 2 Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to move the pointer Press rotate and press the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to enter characters and make selections Refer to Chapter 1 The Basics for help with entering characters 3 Select
148. OVER PRESSURE NO DETERMINATION PUMP TIMEOUT inflation failure pressure leak TOTAL TIMEOUT Measurement gt 3 minutes A status message is displayed in the NBP values window if a measurement cannot be completed Following is a list of the status messages along with the monitor s response and corrective actions to take Monitor Response System status alarm Auto mode will shut off after ONE message System status alarm Auto mode will shut off after ONE message System status alarm Auto mode will shut off after ONE message System status alarm Auto mode will shut off after ONE message System status alarm Auto mode will shut off after TWO consecutive messages System status alarm Auto mode will shut off after TWO consecutive messages System status alarm Auto mode will shut off after TWO consecutive messages Solution Check cuff if no air is in cuff try another measurement If problem persists contact service If air is in cuff remove cuff and contact service Remove cuff and contact service Contact service Remove cuff and contact service Check patient and cuff placement try another measurement If problem persists contact service Check connections between cuff and module try another measurement If problem persists contact service Check for worn connector O rings Possible excessive patient movement or arrhythmia condition Check patient try another mea
149. OW OR TURN AUTO ON is displayed Y ou must either select the Cardiac Output Now option or the Auto Mode option to proceed This is what occurs on the display as an injection is made The message COMPUTING is displayed and the real time cardiac output washout curve begins to move across the screen The message CO COMPLETE is displayed with the CO value The first blank column in the information window is filled with values obtained from the cardiac output procedure A miniature version of the washout curve is shown above the column 15 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Monitoring Features Getting to the Cardiac Output Menu To display the CO menu select the CO parameter label The CO menu is displayed at the bottom of the screen You can perform a cardiac output trial when ready or select any menu option NOTE If you have an Adult or Operating Room keypad or remote control you can also access the CO menu with the Cardiac Output button DELETE MAIN CO TRIALS AUTO MODE MENU ON CARDIAC CALCS CARDIAC OUTPUT NOW BT PRINT LIMITS CO CURVE CATHETER EDWARDS INJECT TEMP IN LINE SIZE INJECT VOL 7 5 10 COMPUTATION CONSTANT CARDIAC OUTPUT HELP USE PAW 702B Cardiac Output Menu DELETE CO TRIALS Deletes those trials that are n
150. RETURN when you are done A prompt appears with the options SAVE CHANGES and DO NOT SAVE CHANGES Selecting an option closes the information window 6 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Admit Menu Options Admit Information Storage The options in the Change Admit Info information window are LAST NAME FIRST NAME Enter up to 16 characters for the patient s last name and up to 10 characters for the patient s first name At a minimum part of the name appears on the monitor the clinical information center and graph headers PATIENT ID Enter up to 13 characters It is important to enter this information if you have a MUSE system or a Solar Lab Access Server If the patient ID is not entered the monitor uses nine 9 s 999999999 for MUSE storage SEX Select male or female BIRTH DATE Enter the patient s birth date Age is then automatically calculated AGE Ageis automatically calculated when the birth date is entered It is calculated in years for adults For neonatal and pediatric patients age is calculated in days if age is less than 14 days weeks if age is greater than 14 days but less than two years and years if age is greater than two years If you enter an age birth date is calculated with the current day and month and the appropriate birth year HEIGHT WEIGHT Enter the patient s height and weight RACE Scroll through the selections in the popup win
151. Rate High Limit select the RATE HIGH LIMIT option from the limits menu A popup menu opens displaying the current limit You can enter a new limit valuein three different ways a Usethenumber buttons on the keypad or remote control b Rotate the Trim Knob control Use the touchscreen arrows to change the value ns bar graph in the information window is adjusted to show thenew imit If a value entered for one limit exceeds the opposite limit for the same parameter the value will be ignored For example using the limits shown in the illustration on the previous page if you were to enter a value of 40 for the RATE HIGH LIMIT it would be ignored because the RATE LOW LIMIT is set to 50 Regardless of the method used to enter a new value the limit will not be in effect until you press the Trim Knob control or touch the Rate Limit menu option anchor menu option dosing the popup menu Follow this procedure to set any other parameter limits in this menu When you are finished select PREVIOUS MENU to exit the limits menu and return to the parameter menu 1 24 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 The Basics Common Operations Selecting Options from Scroll Lists Various features of the monitor can be set up using scroll lists a scroll list the currently selected option is the only one shown However selecting the option and then rotating the Trim K nob or using the touchscreen arrows allo
152. SPO2 is also being monitored and a hemoglobin value has been entered in pulmonary calculations The parameter window has an area defined for two lines of message information however this message area is the same area as the a vO2 value area Therefore whenever a message is displayed the a vO2 value is not displayed The parameter menu is used for calibration and setting limits There is also on screen troubleshooting information for light intensity problems Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 18 5 2026259 001 SvO2 SVO2 Monitoring Features Getting to the SVO2 Menu To display the 5 02 menu select the SVO2 parameter label The SVO2 menu is displayed at the bottom of the screen PREINSERTION LIGHT INTENSITY CALIBRATE TO CALIBRATION CALIBRATION VENOUS BLOOD GAS MENU MAIN LIMITS HELP SVO2 CAL HISTORY 735A SVO2 Menu m SVO2LIMITS Displays new menu and an information window to adjust SvO2 alarm limits SVO2 HELP Displays on screen troubleshooting tips PREINSERTION CALBRATION Calibrate before the Abbott catheter is placed in the patient m LIGHT INTENSITY CALBRATION Calibrate for the relative intensity of light from the Abbott catheter m CALIBRATE TO VENOUS BLOOD GAS Calibrate the SVO2 value against a laboratory venous blood gas determination after catheter is in the patient m SVO2CAL HISTORY Displays chronological history of calibrations
153. Solar 80001 Patient Monitor Operator s Manual Software Version 4 2026264 001 Revision A GE Medical Systems Information Technologies gemedical com NOTE The information in this manual only applies to Solar 80001 Patient Monitor software version 4 Due to continuing product innovation specifications in this manual are subject to change without notice Listed below are GE Medical Systems I nformation Technologies trademarks used in this document All other trademarks contained herein are the property of their respective owners CD TELEMETRY CRG PLUS MUSE QS RAC RAMS SAM SOLAR ST GUARD TRAM TRAM NET TRAM RAC TRIM KNOB and UNITY NETWORK are trademarks of GE Medical Systems nformati on Technologies registered in the United States Patent and Trademark Office 12SL ApexPro CD TELEMETRY CENTRALSCOPE EK Pro IMPACT wf iPanel MENTOR Octanet PRN 50 PRN 50 M and UNITY aretrademarks of GE Medical Systems Information Technologies 2005 General Electric Company All rights reserved T 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 6 April 2005 CE Marking Information CE Marking Information CE Compliance The Solar 8000i patient monitor bears CE mark CE 0459 indicating its conformity with the provisions of the Council Directive 93 42 E EC concerning medical devices and fulfills the essential requirements of Annex of this directive The product is in radio interference protection class A i
154. TIENT DATA ALARMS BED3 HR LOW MAIN VIEW ALARM B 575B View Alarm Popup Menu The choices in the popup menu are m MAIN MENU closethe patient view and return to the Main Menu m RETURN close the patient view and return to the VIEW OTHER PATIENTS Menu m GRAPH 20 SEC start a 20 second graph strip of the viewed patient data m SILENCE silence alarms for 60 seconds at the monitor which is the source of the viewed patient data It is NOT possible to silencea bed in the OR mode It is possible that certain alarm levels may not be silenced in other modes depending on the alarm level set for the REMOTE SILENCE default setting in Monitor Defaults m LAST EVENT retrieves the last arrhythmia event from the alarming bed The event is then displayed in a standard history display with an OK popup menu When selected the popup menu clears the history display and returns to the view other beds on alarm menu m VITAL SIGNS displays the vital signs for the alarming bed in the standard vital signs menu and information window Thereis no Main Menu option Use the Previous Menu option to return to the View Other Beds on Alarm menu m GRAPHIC TRENDS displays the graphic trends information for the alarming bed in the standard graphic trends menu and information window Thereis no Main Menu option Use the Previous Menu option to return to the View Other Beds on Alarm menu NOTE For mor
155. TROCAUTERY PRECAUTIONS To prevent unwanted skin burns apply electrocautery electrodes as far as possible from all other electrodes a distance of at least 15 cm 6 in is recommended ELECTRODES Whenever patient defibrillation is a possibility use non polarizing silver silver chloride construction electrodes for ECG monitoring Polarizing electrodes stainless steel or silver constructed may cause the electrodes to retain a residual charge after defibrillation A residual charge will block acquisition of the ECG signal Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Safety For Your Safety CAUTIONS EMC Magnetic and electrical fields are capable of interfering with the proper performance of the device For this reason make sure that all external devices operated in the vicinity of the monitor comply with the relevant EMC requirements X ray equipment or MRI devices are a possible source of interference as they may emit higher levels of electromagnetic radiation INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE For continued safe use of this equipment it is necessary that the listed instructions are followed However instructions listed in this manual in no way supersede established medical practices concerning patient care LOSS OF DATA Should the monitor at any time temporarily lose patient data the potential exists that active monitoring is not being done Close patient observation or alternate monitoring devices
156. TURN Returns to the 12 lead analysis display The popup menu closes after you make your selection Automatic Method This option automatically generates a 12 lead ECG analysis at set intervals and automatically sends it toa MUSE system and or a laser printer Once the interval is set you can resume customary monitoring and let the monitor do the 12 lead analysis NOTE This method requires a MUSE system for automatic storage and printing If a laser printer is designated as the 12 lead print location or the print window location the analysis automatically prints there also 1 Select 12 LEAD ECG ANALYSIS from the ECG menu The waveform area of the screen displays 12 leads of ECG 2 UsetheADMIT MENU option to Enter the patient s age and identification number Enter the location number if your hospital has a MUSE system The location number identifies the care unit where the system is located This information may already have been entered when the patient was admitted to the monitor 11 36 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu 3 4 Lead Analysis Select the 12 LEAD AUTO option from the 12 Lead ECG Analysis menu A popup menu opens showing the time interval selections 12 HR 60 MIN FOR 12 HR 12 LEAD 8 HR 30 MIN FOR 6 HR AUTO OFF 4HR 15 MIN FOR 3 HR 2HR 5 MIN FOR 1 HR 776A 12 Lead Auto Popup Menu Move the pointer to the desired time interval A first
157. This information can be displayed trended stored and printed The terms danger warning and caution are used throughout this manual to point out hazards and to designate a degree or level of seriousness Familiarize yourself with their definitions and significance Hazard is defined as a source of potential injury to a person DANGER indicates an imminent hazard which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury WARNING indicates a potential hazard or unsafe practice which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury CAUTION indicates a potential hazard or unsafe practice which if not avoided could result in minor personal injury or product property damage NOTE provides application tips or other useful information to assure that you get the most from your equipment The safety statements presented in this chapter refer to the equipment in general and in most cases apply to all aspects of the monitor There are additional safety statements in the parameter chapters which are specific to that monitored parameter The order in which safety statements are presented in no way implies order of importance 3 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Safety For Your Safety Dangers Warnings There are no dangers that refer to the equipment in general Specific Danger statements may be given in the respective sections of this manual WARNINGS ACCIDENTAL SPILLS
158. Tram modules have a rectangular NBP connector and others have a rounded connector Examples of the two types of connectors are shown below NBP Cable NBP Cable Connector Connector 503A 885A Tram 800SL Module Tram 200SL Module NOTE The signal input is a high insulation port and it is defibrillator proof The insulated input ensures patient safety and protects the device during defibrillation and electrosurgery Non invasive blood pressure monitoring can be done with an appropriate Tram module or with a separate non invasive blood pressure module However do not connect more than one NBP patient cable 13 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 NBP Safety Safety WARNINGS The NBP parameter will not measure blood pressure effectively on patients who are experiencing seizures or tremors Arrhythmias will increase the time required by the NBP parameter to determine a blood pressure and may extend the time beyond the capabilities of the parameter Devices that exert pressure on tissue have been associated with purpura skin avulsion compartmental syndrome ischemia and or neuropathy To minimize these potential problems especially when monitoring at frequent intervals or over extended periods of time make sure the cuff is applied appropriately and examine the cuff site and the limb distal to the cuff regularly for signs of impeded blood flow Do n
159. Turning QRS Volume on automatically turns SPO2 Rate Volume off if it was on refer to Chapter 14 SPO2 When Neonatal I CU or Operating Room mode the 10 and 20 volume tones are slightly quieter than they are in the Adult I CU mode QRS Tone with Brady Alarm This feature is only found in the Neonatal I CU mode With this feature the QRS tone automatically starts when the monitor alarms for bradycardia The QRS tone will stop when the bradycardia alarm stops NOTE The QRS tone for this feature is 20 louder than the set alarm volume During an alarm pause the QRS tone does not sound just like any other alarm tone The QRS tone can be silenced with the Silence Alarm button To enable this feature select QRS VOLUME from the More ECG menu Select BRADY ALARM from the QRS Volume popup menu The monitor must be set for the Neonatal I CU mode for the Brady alarm option to appear T he factory default for this feature is off To set the default to on refer to the Setup Defaults Display section in Chapter 5 Monitor Defaults NOTE Turning SPO2 Rate Volume on turns the QRS T one with Brady Alarm feature off Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 39 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu QRS Width Speed The QRS Width option opens a popup menu to specify the QRS width as NORMAL or NARROW The selected width is sent to the Tram module for use in ECG analysis algorithms The HELP option opens an information window con
160. US SELECT A BED SELECT ANOTHER GRAPH VIEWED MENU TO VIEW CARE UNIT VIEWED BED PATIENT DATA ALARMS BED3 HR LOW eN 5748 Bed 3 Heart Rate Alarm Alarm Message Line with a Bed in Alarm If multiple alarms occur the beds with the most recent alarm and highest alarm levels are displayed and prioritized with the highest priority alarm displayed first A maximum of four beds can be displayed in the message line at any one time WARNING Because of space limitations in the Alarm Message Line it is possible that the Alarm Message Line will only display which beds are in alarm but not include the alarm reason Or the alarm reason may be abbreviated tothe point where the reason is not immediately obvious totheuser n order to view alarm reason data for beds in alarm select the VIEW ALARM softkey for the bed you want to view This feature is very useful when you are in a patient s room and want to know when any other bed in that unit alarms The factory default is OFF but you can set it to default ON or AUTO in MONITOR DEFAULTS 6 32 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient View Other Patients Menu View Other Beds on Alarm AUTO The AUTOMATIC VIEW ON ALARM feature is only functional if you have the AutoView XM feature enabled or the separate Unity Network Information Server With this feature set to AUTO the monitor will automatically enter a split screen view of the alarming
161. VIEW ON ALARM and CURRENT CONFIGURATION settings to be available View Other Beds on Alarm ON When AutoView XM is enabled the alarm level displayed in the alarm message window is dependent on the selection made for the AVOA Alarm Level setting in Monitor Defaults Setup Default Display When AutoView XM is not enabled only warning system warning and crisis alarms in the care unit are displayed in the alarm message window Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 31 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient View Other Patients Menu When the feature is on an alarm message line is displayed immediately below the menu area of the display This alarm message line while on is displayed below all menus MAIN VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ON ALARM MENU OPTIONS PREVIOUS SELECT A BED SELECT ANOTHER GRAPH VIEWED MENU TO VIEW CARE UNIT VIEWED BED PATIENT DATA ALARMS 6 5728 Alarm Message Line Alarm Message Line with No Beds in Alarm When a bed in the unit alarms the unit name if not the same as the host bed s unit name the bed number and the reason for alarm are displayed on this message line The first View Alarm option in the menu also shows the bed in alarm Bed 3 Heart Rate Alarm MAIN VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ON ALARM MENU BED3 OPTIONS PREVIO
162. You can override waveform alignment with the Waveforms On Off option They can be realigned with the Align Waveforms option in the Waveforms On Off menu Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Recall Default Custom Defaults Multiple monitor defaults are a feature of the monitor This menu option allows you to recall previously named monitor defaults while monitoring an admitted patient You do not have to discharge the patient when you use the Recall Default option Selecting RECALL DEFAULT from the Monitor Defaults menu opens a popup menu and an information window which lists five sets of monitor defaults Only the defaults for the monitoring mode e g Adult I CU N eonatal l CU the monitor is in will appear Select the desired default set Select RETURN to close the popup menu and information window The name of the monitor default you selected appears at the top of the display Select CUSTOM DEFAULTS from the Monitor Defaults menu to open a menu and information window that allow you to change the name of the monitor default entry or restore factory defaults CUSTOM DEFAULTS RETURN ADULT 0 INACTIVE ADULT 1 INACTIVE gt ADULT 2 ACTIVE ADULT 3 INACTIVE ADULT 4 INACTIVE MAIN NAME RESTORE MENU DEFAULTS FACTORY DEFAULTS PREVIOUS MENU 557B Custom Defaults Menu and Information Window Revision A Solar 8000i Patient
163. a 10 leadwire cable and an ANT INF LAT SL module are used all the 02 I 0 0 precordial leads V1 V6 0 0 AVL 0 0 included AVF 0 0 V5 0 1 A J 754A Large ECG Parameter Window with ST Analysis On Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 23 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Trends and Complexes NOTE Trends and complexes are not available from a telemetry transmitter when using combination monitoring Combo Rover Combo The leads associated with each group are m Anterior ANT V2 V3 V4 m Inferior INF II IIl AVF m Lateral LAT I AVL V5 V6 There is also an individual ST value displayed under each ECG lead label for each ECG waveform displayed on the screen ST numerics change to X if the monitor does not observe a rhythm that sufficiently matches the learned rhythm during the most recent 30 seconds of monitoring If this rhythm is not an arrhythmia the monitor will resume display of ST values in about 30 seconds Numerics are updated approximately every two seconds Negative deviations are always preceded by a minus sign NOTE This option is part of the Cardiac software package Additionally there is an ST display comprised of three 30 minute ST trends and three ECG complexes See the figure below The leads for this display are selectable and can be set in monitor defaults This display is treated as a waveform and can be turned
164. aced with a summary SUM trend of all leads Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 31 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Initiate 12 Lead on ST History Adjust ST Point ECG Filter This direct action menu option enables or disables initiation of an automatic 12 lead ECG analysis whenever an ST alarm is stored in alarm history Refer tothe ST Limits section in this chapter for criteria for storage of an ST alarm The ADJ UST ST POINT option opens a popup menu to allow you to adjust the measurement point for ST The options OMS J 30 5 40MS J 50 5 60 5 80MS Select the desired measurement point and close the popup menu selected measurement point will be displayed in the parameter window Select ECG FILTER to open a popup menu with choices for filtering the ECG waveform data on the display and graph strip NOTE Filters affect the ECG waveform only ST analysis and arrhythmia analysis are not affected by filter choices NOTE The ECG filter mode cannot be changed when using a 10 lead cable DIAGNOSTIC Provides the least amount of filtering MONITORING Recommended for typical monitoring applications MODERATE Used to reduce high frequency interference i e ESU Moderate ECG filtering is not recommended for pacemaker patients m MAXIMUM Provides maximum filtering used to stabilize the ECG baseline Maximum ECG filtering is not recommended for pacemaker patients m HE
165. ackage Selecting this option opens a high resolution trend window for up to three CRG Plus parameters A new menu is also displayed with this window Refer to Chapter 9 CRG Plus Display for more details This option is only available when the Silence Alarm button is set to SILENCE ONLY Refer to the Controlling Audio Alarms section in this chapter for more information When available selecting this direct action menu option starts or stops an alarm pause Refer to the Pausing Alarms section in this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 8 19 2026265 001 Alarm Control Alarm Control Menu For your notes 8 20 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 9 CRG Plus Display Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 9 1 CRG Plus Display Parameters Displayed Parameters Displayed A CRG Plus display is a two minute window on the screen that shows trends of beat to beat heart rate ECG SpO2 percentage MAP respiration CO2 TcO2 and TcCO2 This display allows you to correlate changes in heart rate and breathing to oxygenation and hemodynamics TheMAP and SpO2 data is displayed only when monitoring those parameters with a Tram module NOTE CRG Plus is inactive when ECG is monitored from telemetry Combo or Rover Combo application The CRG Plus display format can be set to on in monitor defaults Refer to the Monitor Defaults section in Chapter 5 Monitor Setup CRG P
166. aker rate during cardiac arrest and some arrhythmias Therefore do not rely entirely on rate meter alarms 3 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Safety For Your Safety Cautions WARNINGS SITE REQUIREMENTS For safety reasons all connectors for patient cables and sensor leads are designed to prevent inadvertent disconnection should someone pull on them Do not route cables in a way that they may present a stumbling hazard For devices installed above the patient adequate precautions must be taken to prevent them from dropping on the patient CAUTIONS ACCESSORIES SUPPLIES To ensure patient safety use only parts and accessories manufactured or recommended by GE Medical Systems I nformati on Technologies Parts and accessories used must meet the requirements of the applicable IEC 60601 series safety standards and essential performance standards and or the system configuration must meet the requirements of the IEC 60601 1 1 medical electrical systems standard ACCESSORIES EQUIPMENT The use of ACCESSORY equipment not complying with the equivalent safety requirements of this equipment may lead to a reduced level of safety of the resulting system Consideration relating to the choice shall include use ofthe accessory in the PATIENT VICINITY and evidence that the safety certification of the ACCESSORY has been performed in accordance to the appropriate
167. al mode The Auto mode allows you to perform a measurement without having to touch the monitor after starting the program The Manual mode overrides the Auto mode and requires additional steps at the monitor to complete the measurement NOTE PA Wedge is not supported when more than one PA catheter site is present PA Wedge Menu Option Select PA WEDGE from the PA menu to start the PA Wedge program The Auto mode defaults on NOTE Under certain conditions the Manual mode may default on instead of the Auto mode See Auto Mode on page 12 23 for more information A single beep sounds and the message INFLATE BALLOON is displayed in the PA parameter window The program is waiting for the balloon to be inflated INFLATE BALLOON PA2 4 15 60 D mmHg 674A PA Parameter Windows with Prompt Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 12 17 2026265 001 Pressures PA Wedge A PA Wedge menu is also displayed MAIN REVIEW PA MODE MENU WEDGE CURSOR AUTO NEW WEDGE GRAPH BP INVASIVE 675A PA Wedge Menu m REVIEW WEDGE Usethis opti mode to review patient data on after wedging in the manual m CURSOR Places a moveable cursor on the real time waveform while the wedge is being performed MODE Use this option to change modes MANUAL AUTO NEW WEDGE Usethis option to restart the wedge process if dissatisfied with the previous me
168. alls recognized by the monitor are assigned to one of four patient status alarm categories The Arrhythmia Alarm Level option allows you to view the levels assigned to each arrhythmia call To display a list of arrhythmia calls and their assigned alarm levels select ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVEL fromthe Alarm Control menu An information window is displayed showing a list of the arrhythmia calls on the left with their corresponding alarm levels on the right A popup menu also opens The software package and the monitor default settings determine what arrhythmias are listed Most arrhythmia alarms can be moved to other levels Refer to the Selecting Options from Scroll Lists section in Chapter 1 The Basics for the procedure to change alarm levels Any changes made with the Arrhythmia Alarm Level menu option are temporary and revert to the default settings upon patient discharge NOTE In the Basic software package only Asystole VF IB VTAC and V Tach appear Only V Tach can be moved to ancther level All other arrhythmia calls appear and are adjustable in the Cardiac software package NOTE Asystole and ventricular fibrillation V FI B V TAC cannot be moved in the Adult I CU or Neonatal I CU mode 8 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Alarm Control Alarm Control Menu Parameter Alarm Level Alarm Volume Parameter alarms are assigned to one of four patient status alarm categories The Parameter Alarm L
169. an alarming bed a tone sounds periodically at the host monitor until the alarm is longer alarming or any choice from the View Alarm popup menu is selected 6 26 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Monitor Setup for Viewing Other Patients AVOA Alarm Level Setting Remote Silence Setting AVOA Silence Setting NOTE The optional AutoView XM feature must be installed for this setting to be functional TheAVOA ALARM LEVEL default setting determines which level s of alarm from other beds will be automatically viewed on the host monitor and appear on the host monitor ALARMS message line when the View On Alarm feature is set to Auto The choices are CRISIS WARNING default ADVISORY and OFF When an alarm level is selected automatic view on alarm is activated for that alarm level and all levels higher than it For example if the AVOA Alarm Level setting is at Warning level both warning and crisis alarms will be viewed The default setting REMOTE SILENCE determines which viewed patient alarm levels can be silenced at the host monitor The choices are CRISIS WARNING default and ADVISORY When an alarm level is selected for the Remote Silence setting alarms of that level and lower can be silenced at the host monitor or a central station For example if the Remote Silence level is set to WARNING then warning and advisory level alarms can be silenced remotely but crisis level alar
170. annot be taken until an ID number is entered The factory default setting is OPTIONAL 4 After you have entered the information in these fields select RETURN The message Performing Analysis Please wait is displayed on the screen In approximately 30 seconds the analysis report is displayed along with a popup menu 12 LEAD ECG ANALYSIS UNCONFIRMED 9 NOV 2000 10 57 MANUAL 12 LEAD VENTRICULAR RATE 119 BPM PR INTERVAL 150 MS QRS DURATION 87 MS QT QTC 308 433 MS P R T AXIS 68 69 70 SINUS TACHYCARDIA OTHERWISE NORMAL ECG MENU MAIN 12 LEAD ECG NOW REVIEW 12 LEAD ECG gt TRANSMIT PRINT 12 LEAD ECG TO TRANSMIT OR PRINT TRANSMIT HELP PRINT PREVIOUS w Eu ww 775 Analysis Report and Popup Menu Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 35 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu 5 Tocontinue choose one of the four options from the popup menu TRANSMIT PRINT Sends the analysis to the MUSE system Printing occurs at the local writer or laser printer that was selected as the 12 lead print location or the print window location TRANSMIT Sends the analysis to the MUSE system for storage PRINT Sends the analysis to the 12 lead print location or the print window location If it is alaser printer the analysis and waveforms print If it is a writer only the analysis prints DELETE Erases the analysis without storing or printing RE
171. any Solar ECG Resp module and the ECG cable This chapter gives guidelines for adjusting respiration setup and troubleshooting NOTE Refer to GE Medical Systems I nformation Technologies Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information ECG skin preparation Respiration electrode placement Clinical level troubleshooting Theillustrations below show the locations of the respiration connectors on the Tram and Solar modules ECG Resp Cable Connector 5 ECG Resp Cable Connector ECG RESP SL 9 DEFIB SYNC 69 ie WARNING Use of unprotected leads may cause injury or death 504A Tram 451N Module Solar ECG Resp SL Module NOTE When monitoring CO2 a respiration rate is always displayed in the CO2 parameter window If monitoring CO2 you may not want to monitor respiration by the impedance method as described in this chapter Refer to Chapter 19 CO2 for more details 16 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Respiration Introduction NOTE The signal input is a high insulation port and it is defibrillator proof 10 The insulated input ensures patient safety and protects the device during defibrillation and electrosurgery NOTE Respiration monitoring is not adversely affected by the use of an ESU ECG filter General Information WARNINGS APNEA EVENTS The monitor may not detect all episodes of inadequ
172. apter calibration is required under the following conditions m Whenever you change adapter types for example adult to low volume dead space or mainstream to sidestream m When the monitor displays the message CHECK ADAPTER ADAPTER CAL Before calibrating be sure the airway adapter is clean and clear of foreign matter NOTE Prior to calibrating the Capnostat sidestream adapter all sampling tubing must be attached and the pump must be turned on Follow this procedure to calibrate the adapter 1 Place the sensor and the adapter away from all sources of CO2 including the patient s and your own exhaled breath and ventilator exhaust valves 2 With the adapter connected to the sensor and the sensor connected to the monitor and when used all sidestream tubing attached and the pump turned on select the CALIBRATE ADAPTER option from the CO2 menu A popup menu opens showing the options READY and ABORT 3 Select READY The message CALIBRATING is displayed in the CO2 parameter window When calibration is complete the popup menu closes and the message clears Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 19 15 2026265 001 C02 Capnostat Sensor and Adapter Cleaning Capnostat Sensor and Adapter Cleaning Cleaning the Capnostat Sensor Clean the sensor surface with a damp cloth Ensure that the sensor windows are clean and dry Do NOT immerse the sensor Do NOT attempt to sterilize the sensor Cleaning th
173. ar as an empty container alarm Linde MicroGas 7650 Transcutaneous Monitors NOTE This device is not for sale in the United States Be aware that it is possible that the alarm functions including SITE TIME ELAPSED message can be turned off locally on the Linde device When an alarm function is turned off on the Linde device it is also not visible remotely Be aware that when the Linde device is set to Alarm Off Not Possible mode it is possible that the SITE TIME ELAPSED message can be displayed only on the Linde device but not remotely for 1 or 3 minutes Once the 1 or 3 minute timeout has been reached the SITE TIME ELAPSED message will be displayed locally on the Linde device and remotely on the bedside monitors Be aware that the value X mW will be displayed in the TCO2 parameter box on all bedside monitors since the current supported Linde device v3 02 does not support mW parameter values 20 22 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Interfaces Notification of Equipment Upgrade Notification of Equipment Upgrade Software Compatibility f you are going to upgrade another manufacturer s equipment that already interfaces with a GE Medical Systems nformation Technologies patient monitor through an Octanet connectivity device please photocopy this page fill out all the information and fax it to GE Medical Systems I nformation Technologies Milwaukee Wisconsin U S A At
174. arameter menu Probe Temp o TCX Site Timer 252 C 92 34 ee Probe Power 380 mw 02 C02 9 2 pCO2 mmHg 862A Transcutaneous Monitor Parameter Window Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 20 13 2026265 001 Interfaces Displayed Data Ventilators A parameter window labeled VNT is displayed for ventilators The data displayed varies among ventilator devices Use the parameter menu to change the parameters displayed NOTE Some ventilators may also have a CO2 window and menu Refer to the Gas Analyzers section in this chapter for this information PEEP 5 VNT w 9 12 FiIO2 50 PT RR 863A Ventilator Parameter Window SELECT MAIN PARAMETERS MENU NN VIEW VENT SPEED FAST DATA 6 25 LOOK PRESSURE 5 TO 45 FLOW 60 TO 60 864A Ventilator Parameter Menu SELECT PARAMETERS Opens a popup menu to select parameters for display in the parameter window VIEW VENT DATA Enters the vitals signs program to view stored ventilator data SPEED Opens a popup menu to change the sweep speed of the ventilator waveform on the monitor FAST LOOK Opens an information window that shows all ventilator data for that point in time PRESSURE Opens a popup menu to select a scalefor the ventilator pressure waveform centi meters of water FLOW Opens a popup menu to select a scalefor the ventilator flow waveform liters per minute
175. arameter menu NOTE Scaling occurs only at the host bed The scale size at the viewed bed is not affected Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 39 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Full Patient View For your notes 6 40 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Printing Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 7 1 Printing Writers and Printers Writers and Printers Optional stand alone writers and printers can be used with the monitor The writer or printer is connected by cable to the monitor or to a central station PRN 50 and PRN 50 M Digital Writers The optional PRN 50 and PRN 50 M digital writers use 2 inch paper There are two indicator lights and one control key on the front The power switch and connectors are on the back Power On Indicator Paper Out Indicator Graph Stop Control Key Front View of the PRN 50 Digital Writer 7 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Printing Writers and Printers AN Power On Off Switch M Port or AutoPort Connector Power Cable P oni 9 Pin Async B ke Communication inem MEC Connector OO 581A Back View of the PRN 50 Digital Writer M Port and AutoPort PRN 50 Digital Writers There are two types of PRN 50 digital writers The older writers labeled PRN 50 usean AutoPort connector This connector is loc
176. ardiac Package Cardio pulmonary Package High Resolution CRG Trends Minimum arrhythmia detection package X Lethal arrhythmia detection package Asystole VTach and VFib alarms X Full arrhythmia package w alarm level adjust ct Multi lead arrhythmia storage and recall Mu i lead ST segment measurement 7 leads 12 lead ST segment monitoring 12 leads Multi lead ST segment template and trending ce Multi lead ST segment history storage Selectable ST points 12SL ECG analysis program Automatic 12 lead on ST alarm Respiration monitoring and apnea detection 6 invasive BP channels Invasive BP measurement cursor Arterial disconnect alarm Arterial Smart BP function gt lt gt lt X gt lt X lt gt lt Intra aortic balloon pump BP algorithm PA Wedge measurement program PA Insert Wedge measurement program Non invasive BP NBP measurement NBP cuffs measurement for adult pediatric neonate NBP manual automatic and stat measurement modes NBP mean only alarm Pulse oximetry monitoring Persistent SPO2 monitoring Temperature monitoring support gt lt gt lt x gt x x Xx Thermodilution cardiac output support Cardiac computation constants stored for major manufacturers Cardiac calculations 21 34 2026265 001 So
177. are m Cardiac software package m Cardiopulmonary software package m High Resolution CRG Trends software package For more information about these software packages and for instructions on how to tell which software package s are installed on your monitor refer to the Software Packages section in Chapter 1 The Basics Refer to the table below for a comprehensive feature matrix Software Packages Basic Software Package Capability or Feature Cardiac Package Cardio pulmonary Package High Resolution CRG Trends 8 trace color display X On screen invasive BP site labels Common scale and individual scale BP displays Right left overlapping BP scale display Waveform and numeric alignment Mentor on screen operational support Adult neonate and OR customization User programmable monitor default monitor setup gt lt gt lt x X X gt lt XX CRG Plus Storage of up to 100 CRG events Storage of up to 24 hours of CRG trend data Simultaneous multi lead ECG acquisition 3 lead or 5 lead ECG cable compatibility Pacemaker detection rejection Smart lead fail gt lt gt lt x gt gt AIlECG display format Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Revision A 21 33 Appendices Appendix G Software Packages Software Packages Capability or Feature Basic Software Package C
178. aring in examples and illustrations are fictitious The use of any real person s name is purely coincidental The Solar 8000i monitor comes configured with the Basic software package This package consists of standard of care parameters and features required by clinicians caring for acutely ill patients Three additional software packages can be purchased separately or in any combination These packages provide a variety of features which allow the monitor to be configured to best meet the needs of its intended environment The Cardiac software package focuses on cardiac conductivity Its features include full arrhythmia analysis and storage as well as ST segment trending storage and templates The ability to adjust the ST measurement point is also included in this package The Cardiopulmonary software package centers upon cardiac and pulmonary hemodynamics Features include the PA insert and wedge algorithms the intra aortic balloon pump algorithm and the thermodilution cardiac output algorithm including predefined computation constants for the catheters of major manufacturers Also included are cardiac and pulmonary calculations The High Resolution CRG Trends package provides storage of up to 100 CRG events and up to 24 hours of CRG trend data in addition to the CRG feature set found in the Basic software package In this manual features that are not part of the Basic software package have a note indicating the purchased package
179. asurement m GRAPH BP INVASIVE Use thi waveforms s option to graph invasive BP 12 18 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Revision A Pressures PA Wedge PA Insert Wedge Menu Option When PA INSERT WEDGE is selected the display changes to the full grid mode All BP waveforms except the PA waveform are removed from the full grid region CO2 Resp ART or FEM is displayed in the seventh waveform position if available The PA Insert Wedge menu is also displayed 9 FEB 2000 10 00 ADULT ADULT 0 SICU BED5 MARTIN PVC 0 70 136 72 RATE 70 33 15 2312 8 m 20 25 MAIN REVIEW MODE NEW FULL ee SPEED MENU WEDGE CURSOR MANUAL WEDGE 25 GRAPH BP INVASIVE 851A PA Insert Wedge Display Mode and Menu m REVIEW WEDGE Usethis option after wedging in the manual mode to review patient data m CURSOR Places a moveable cursor on the real time waveform while the wedge is being performed MODE Use this option to change modes MANUAL AUTO NEW WEDGE Usethis option to restart the wedge process if dissatisfied with the previous measurement m FULL SCALES Usethis option to change the full grid scale for the pressure waveform SPEED Changes the sweep speed of the displayed PA waveform m GRAPH BP INVASIVE Usethis option to select and graph invasive BP waveforms Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor
180. at a calculation be deleted before storing this calculation Recall Saved Calc Select this menu option to display a list of saved calculations A popup menu opens listing the saved calculations Select the calculation you wish to recall Theinformation window immediately displays the requested set of calculations Select RETURN in the popup menu to close it and return to the Dose Calcs menu The recalled calculation remains in the information window If necessary this calculation set can be changed and resaved The displayed calculations can be printed by pressing the Graph Go Stop button Delete Calc Select this menu option to delete one or more sets of calculations A popup menu opens listing the saved calculations Highlight a calculation You can highlight as many as you wish to delete When you have highlighted all the calculations you wish to delete select RETURN to delete them and close the popup menu NOTE If the calculation is displayed in the information window at the time of deletion it will remain on the display However if you modify the information window or exit the dose calcs program the deleted calculation will no longer be available 10 24 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Titration Table Weight To view a titration table for a drug first complete a drug dose calculation set It is advisable to save the set With the calculation displayed
181. ate breathing nor does it distinguish between central obstructive and mixed apnea events ELECTRODE CONFIGURATION Impedance respiration monitoring is not reliable when ECG electrodes are placed on the limbs After starting respiration monitoring the monitor learns the patient s respiration pattern Eight breaths are averaged and the average amplitude of the respiration waveform is found Detection sensitivity is automatically set at 40 of the average amplitude NOTE The message LEARNING is displayed in the RR values window during this process Markers displayed on the waveform show this 40 detection range One marker is at inspiration the other at expiration The detection sensitivity can be manually adjusted by using the sensitivity option in the respiration menu The waveform size is also set automatically during the learning process but may be adjusted if necessary NOTE Respiration detection is not dependent on the size of the waveform Size is for visual purposes only Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 16 3 2026265 001 Respiration Checklist Checklist Since respiration monitoring is so closely linked with ECG monitoring patient preparation and electrode placement are important Refer to the Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for guidelines The module is securely inserted in the Tram rac housing 2 Electrodes have been placed on the
182. ated on the back of the PRN 50 digital writer and is labeled AutoPort Use of this type of PRN 50 digital writer with the Solar 8000i monitor requires an AutoPort adapter This adapter part number 2001973 001 plugs into the AutoPort connector on the PRN 50 writer The newer PRN 50 digital writers are labeled PRN 50 M and they use an M Port connector interface This connector is located on the back of the PRN 50 M digital writer and is labeled M Port The PRN 50 M digital writer does NOT require an adapter to be used with the Solar 8000i monitor Simply connect it to one of the M Port connectors on the front of the Solar 8000i monitor Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 7 3 2026265 001 Printing Writers and Printers Changing the PRN 50 and PRN 50 M Digital Writer Paper 1 Open the door by pressing on the top of the door as indicated below 449B 2 Remove the old paper spool and install a new roll The paper contains a special coating on one side and must be installed correctly Install the paper so it X unrolls from the bottom Coating is on the inside 3 Closethe door and make sure the paper protrudes through the opening 4 Testthe writer by starting a graph strip 451B NOTE If the graph strip is blank the paper is probably installed upside down Turn the spool over sothe paper unwinds from the top 7 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Printing Wr
183. atient PA Wedge Adult Operating Room Opens the PA Wedge menu QRS Volume Neonatal Opens a menu to adjust the volume of the QRS tone Resp Relearn Neonatal Starts a relearn of the patient s respiration Silence Alarm Adult Neonatal Operating Room Refer to Controlling Audio Alarms on page 8 6 for important information on the function of this button SpO2 Operating Room Opens the 5 02 menu Tabular Trends Operating Room Opens the Tabular Trends menu View Other Adult Neonatal Opens the View Other Patients menu Vital Signs Adult Neonatal Opens the Vital Signs menu Zero All Adult Neonatal Operating Room Zeros all invasive pressure lines that are open to atmosphere 2 22 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Controls Remote Control A hand held remote control is also available This can be used in addition to or instead of the keypad allowing the clinician a greater range of movement while operating the monitor Like the keypad the remote control contains a Trim Knob control and 18 function buttons It is also available in three versions Adult Neonatal and Operating Room All functions of the remote control are identical to those of the corresponding keypad Refer to the Keypad section in this chapter for details An optional holster shown below is also available for convenient storage of the remote control 893B Solar 8000i R
184. ation is used m SELECT ANOTHER CARE UNIT This option opens an information window in which you can select another unit on the network After selecting another unit you can print to printers in that unit When you select one of the graph location options a popup menu and information window open The information window contains a list of printers available on your network 5 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Alarm Graph The first column in the information window indicates the unit where the printer is located Only those printers with the same unit name as the monitor or with the unit name selected from the SELECT ANOTHER CARE UNIT option are displayed The second column indicates the bed number or central station number to which the printer is connected The third column indicates the type of printer WRITER is a digital writer LASER is a laser printer connected to a central station and BED LSR is a laser printer connected directly to the Solar 8000i monitor Select the printer you wish to designate then select RETURN to close the information window and popup menu The name of the printer you selected is displayed in the menu option NOTE Graph locations cannot be set as monitor defaults However upon discharge graph location designations remain as last selected If the selected printer is not available these menu options continue to show that printer even th
185. ay On Off button on the keypad or remote control does not affect alarms for this monitor at the central station they continue to be active Select the DISPLAY OFF ALARM PAUSE option from the Alarm Control menu A popup menu with three choices opens m RETURN Closes the popup menu without making any changes m MONITOR CENTRAL PAUSE Turns off the display and pauses alarms for this monitor Alarms for this monitor are also paused at the dinical information center m MONITOR PAUSE Turns off the display and pauses alarms for this monitor All alarm and parameter data is still sent tothe clinical information center When the patient is reconnected to the monitor simply press the Display On Off button on the keypad or remote control The display comes back on and alarms are reactivated This is a direct action menu option which when selected clears any alarm information displayed in the alarm window NOTE This option is part of the Cardiac software package The Alarm History option allows you to view waveforms of stored arrhythmia and ST events for crisis warning and advisory alarm levels ST references are also stored here Refer to Chapter 10 Patient Data for detailed information regarding the Alarm History feature 8 18 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Alarm Control Alarm Control Menu CRG Trends Alarm Pause NOTE This option is part of the High Resolution CRG Trends software p
186. bed and the AUTOMATIC VIEW ON ALARM popup menu will open MAIN VIEW ALARM ALARM MAIN MENU LAST EVENT MERU m RETURN VITAL SIGNS ONS GRAPH20SEC GRAPHIC TRENDS PREVIOUS VIEWED MENU gt SILENCE PATIENT DATA ALARMS BED3 HRLOW 575B View Alarm Popup Menu When AutoView XM is enabled the automatic view on alarm feature is activated when an alarm occurs at or greater than the level selected in the AVOA alarm level setting in the monitor defaults for the bed configured to AutoView When AutoView XM is disabled and you havethe separate Unity Network Information Server the automatic view on alarm feature is activated when a patient crisis patient warning or system warning in the same care unit alarm occurs Alarm Silencing CAUTION When view other beds on alarm is in auto mode alarms must be silenced at the alarming bed or at a host bed before the next alarm can be viewed NOTE Alarms cannot be silenced in the Operating Room mode It is possible that certain alarm levels may not be silenced in other modes depending on the alarm level set for the REMOTE SILENCE default setting in Monitor Defaults If thealarmis silenced from the popup menu the automatic view is removed from each monitor in the unit The monitor from which the the alarm was silenced retrieves the parameter and waveform data directly from the alarming bed and displays it as a viewed patient Alarms silenced at the c
187. c ta d ecc aea 6 36 Select Another Care snie seem ne exce doneren Een 6 36 Graph Viewed Bed sepe enr Hp e ec rd dd 6 37 Viewed Patient Data o ert 6 37 Full Patient View 6 38 U EN 7 1 Writers and Printers 7 2 PRN 50 and PRN 50 M Digital Writers 7 2 Laser PAMEN atis andere tee Led 7 5 Graphing mE Dt 7 6 Manual Graphis es oe det nna 1 6 VVE ORTE 04 uen 7 7 Invasive BP ONIY n zaan e cile Aas 1 7 Pressure cales es eee E tend net 1 1 Graphing 5 065 7 8 Graph Header rn Andrena nekeer RR nienke Senn 7 8 Alarm Control nnen eten enn de eens 8 1 Smart Alarms 22 24 2 ee nt en aen T RR E MN 8 2 Alarm Struct te zn ot voeten beden end dees aten 8 3 Patient Status Alarms onee eee eeen 8 3 System Status Alarms 8 5 On screen Alarm Help 8 5 Controlling Audio Alarms 8 6 Silencing Alarms 2 deer Bich er rre e orte Meds 8 6 Paus irig Alarms ik ahha at baw ve Dee Len mae at 8 7 Alarm Pause Breakthrough
188. catheter is in the optical reference block Check optical module Replace catheter See below for optical module test procedure Solution E PWN Catheter is out of package but not in the patient Message is normal Catheter is in package Check connections between the optical module and the SvO2 module Check connections between the optical module and the catheter Verify that the tip of the catheter is in the optical reference block Check optical module See below for optical module test procedure Catheter is in patient Check connections between the optical module and the SvO2 module Check connections between the optical module and the catheter Manipulate the catheter to see if the message will clear Check optical module See below for optical module test procedure 18 16 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026259 001 SvO2 Troubleshooting Optical Module Test Procedure If LOW LIGHT or NO LIGHT message fails to dear after attempting the solutions above follow this procedure to check the optical module 1 Disconnect catheter from optical module 2 Closethe optical module s lid and remove from direct light a If status message clears the catheter is damaged and should be replaced b If the status message does not dear the optical module or SvO2 module is faulty Contact service Problem Solutions X displayed in SVO2 m Optical module has just been connected and catheter is
189. ce a popup menu is open the menu option is referred to as the anchor menu option For example in the illustration on the previous page the ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVEL option is the anchor menu option The anchor menu option can be touched as an equivalent to pressing the Trim Knob control This is the second step of the selecting process F or example in the illustration on the previous page after moving the cursor in front of V BRADY with the down arrow option you would touch the ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVEL anchor menu option The V Brady alarm level CRISIS would then be highlighted so the alarm level could be adjusted RETURN Menu Option Touch the RETURN menu option in any popup menu to close the popup menu When an information window is displayed touch the RETURN menu option in the popup menu at any time to close the information window It is also possible to select the RETURN option in an information window by using the touchscreen arrows to place the cursor in front of it then touching the anchor menu option The information window and popup menu will close However the RETURN option in the information window is not directly touch sensitive itself Only the RETURN option in the popup menu is directly touch sensitive When you are finished making changes select the RETURN option to close the popup menu and information window 1 20 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 The Basics Common Operations Ent
190. ce and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information Cardiac output washout curve information Clinical techniques that can help obtain an accurate cardiac output Patient preparation bath probe setup and in line setup Cardiac calculations program information Clinical level troubleshooting Connect the cardiac output patient cable to the TEMP CO connector on the front of the Tram module or the CO connector on the BP CO module NOTE The connector on the Tram module is used for both temperature monitoring and cardiac output measurements but they cannot be monitored at the same time When using a Tram module for cardiac output you need a separate temperature module to do temperature monitoring 15 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Introduction TEMP CO Cable Connector CO Cable Connector 826A BP CO Module 545A Tram 451N Module NOTE The BP CO module must be used with a Solar ECG Resp module NOTE The signal input is a high insulation port and it is defibrillator proof 49 The insulated input ensures patient safety and protects the device during defibrillation and electrosurgery Influencing Factors Some of the factors that affect cardiac output are The technique used in performing a cardiac output Temperature of the injectate solution Volume of injectate solution Patient s baseline blood temperature Patient s inspiratory
191. ce the pressure has been zeroed 2 Select the desired scale size Selecting AUTO calculates a scale based on the patient s current arterial blood pressure NOTE Auto scaled waveforms graph on a slightly different scale than displayed Full Scales If the waveform is on a full scale the menu option reads FULL SCALES and the popup menu looks like this example 40 300 L 60 L 160 R 200 L 40 L 100 R 160 L 300 R 60 R T4 100 L 200 R gt 40 R 662A Full Scales Popup Menu Use this popup menu to place the waveform on a right or left L scale as desired 12 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Pressures Pressure Menu Options Cursor Using this option places a cursor dashed horizontal line across the pressure waveform The cursor is moveable and is used to give accurate pressure values at selected points on the pressure waveform A numeric value is displayed on the screen to the right of the cursor 1 Select CVP CURSOR from the CVP menu A popup menu opens When displaying the pressure waveforms on individual scales the monitor automatically calculates a scale The new scale and cursor are displayed with the waveform New Scale Cursor Cursor Value 25 eee a aa a 1 664A Cursor on CVP Waveform 2 With the popup menu open rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to move the cursor The cursor value changes as the cursor moves
192. chanical WT weight X X multiplier when used with a number 2X denotes invalid data when used in place of a value on the display Symbols 12SL 12 lead ECG analysis amp and t degree s gt greater than lt less than minus number percent plus or minus inches u micro Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 49 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols For your notes 21 50 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Index Numerics 12 lead ECG analysis 11 33 A Abbreviations 21 37 Acquisition modules Installing and removing 2 17 Single parameter ECG Resp module 2 11 Single parameter modules 2 11 Tram modules 2 6 Admit menus 6 5 Combo 6 8 Menu options 6 10 Rover 6 7 Rover Combo 6 9 Standard 6 6 Alarm control menu 8 12 Alarm histories 8 11 Alarm history 10 3 Alarm pause breakthrough 8 8 Alarm volume 8 15 Alarm volume off 8 16 Minimum alarm volume 8 16 Alarm window 8 10 Alarms Alarm help 8 17 Alarm pause 8 19 Alarm volume 8 15 Arrhythmia alarm level 8 14 Artifact 11 16 Clear alarms 8 18 Clearing alarms 8 10 Display off alarm pause 8 18 On screen help 8 5 Parameter alarm level 8 15 Patient status alarms 8 3 Pausing alarms 8 7 Remote silencing 8 8 Setting alarm limits 1 23 Silencing alarms 8 6 Smart alarms 8 2 System status alarms 8 5 Alphanumeric characters Entering 1 21 Analog output 21 27 from ECG acquisition modules 21 27 from Tram rac hous
193. choose to use the monitor for triggering you must follow the instructions below Failure to follow these instructions may result in an incompatible analog output signal which may contribute to patient injury 1 Contact the balloon pump manufacturer for interface requirements GE Medical Systems Information Technologies ECG analog output delay specification is shown in the table below Maximum ECG Analog Output Delay Spec with Diagnostic Product Mart ECG Filter Tram module less than 25 milliseconds ECG module less than 25 milliseconds Refer to Step 2 2 Cable connection and ECG filter Usethe appropriate compatible analog output cable from GE Medical Systems I nformation T echnologies Cable the balloon pump to the monitor through the DEFIB SYNC connector on the Tram module or the ECG module 3 Primary displayed ECG lead f the balloon pump triggers off the R wave of the QRS complex review the patient s ECG leads and place the one with the greatest amplitude in the top primary position on the monitor s screen 4 Pacemaker Detection f the patient has a pacemaker be sure pacemaker detection is on selected from the ECG menu Failure to turn pacemaker detection ON may cause poor beat detection which may result in inadequate triggering of the balloon pump 5 BP Filter f blood pressure is used to trigger the balloon pump use the 40 Hz pressure filter Selected from the pressure menu
194. ck that the sensor is securely snapped onto the adapter m Check for possible obstructions in the adapter and clean if required m f message persists calibrate adapter refer to the Capnostat Adapter Calibration section in this chapter CHECK SAMPLE LINE Cause Sample line is disconnected or sample line used is of a different type than the type used when adapter was last calibrated Solution Be sure the sample line is securely connected If the sample line is different recalibrate the adapter using the new type of sample line INCOMPATIBLE SENSOR Cause Capnostat sensor is of older type and not supported by module software Solution Use only a Capnostat 3 sensor NO BREATH DETECTED Cause No breath detected or sensor is disconnected from patient airway Solution Check the patient and all patient connections 19 18 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 C02 Capnostat Sensor Troubleshooting NOT CALIBRATED Cause Sensor signal is out of tolerance Solution Calibrate the sensor using the Zero Capnostat Sensor instructions in this chapter SERVICE CO2 MODULE Cause Module failure Type of failure is displayed in the message CPU ROM RAM 2uP TMP Solution Note the specific error message and call GE Medical Systems Information Technologies for service or contact your sales service representative UNKNOWN ERROR Cause Module failure type unknown Solution Call GE Medical Systems Info
195. column choice 12 HR to 90 MIN means one analysis is done every X hours minutes until you turn it off A second column choice means one analysis is done every X minutes for X hours and then it turns off automatically Select OFF at any time to turn off 12 lead analysis NOTE Y ou can do a manual analysis in between scheduled automatic analyses without interrupting the sequence Press the Trim Knob control or touch the 12 LEAD AUTO option to make the selection The first analysis begins immediately With the lead analysis option you can choose single lead analysis or multi lead analysis for ECG and arrhythmia analysis Multi Lead Analysis Multi lead analysis examines ECG leads I II 111 and the V lead whether they are displayed or not to help eliminate false alarms and improve the ability of the system to Detect beats that occur isoelectric to a single chest lead Discriminate artifact that appears in one lead compared to the other lead vectors Providea smart lead fail feature where the failed lead is identified and if available another lead is provided for display Continue arrhythmia processing even after a lead change Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 37 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Single Lead Analysis Changing Lead Analysis Single lead analysis uses only the lead displayed in the top position on the screen to process ECG and arrhythmia information When monitoring an adult
196. ct SIZE from the SPO2 menu a popup menu opens displaying the following choices 8X 4X 2X 1X The default size is 1X Usethe Trim Knob control or touchscreen to select the desired size Rate A pulserate is derived from the SPO2 signal and is displayed in the parameter window Toturn this displayed rate off and on simply select the RATE option from the SPO2 menu This is a direct action menu option Rate Volume Therate volume option turns on a tone that sounds each time an SPO2 pulse is detected This is a variable pitch tone which changes as the patient s saturation level changes as the saturation level decreases the pitch of the tone also decreases The volume of this tone can be adjusted Select the RATE VOL option from the SPO2 menu A popup menu opens 100 60 20 90 50 10 80 60 OFF T 70 30 Rate Vol Popup Menu 692A Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to select an option You will hear the tone volume when an option is highlighted When you have selected the desired volume level press the Trim K nob control or touch the RATE VOL option to close the popup menu NOTE Turning the rate volume on automatically turns the QRS volume off If monitoring two SPO2 sites rate volume can only be turned on for one site at a time 14 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 SPO2 SPO2 Menu Options SPO2 Limits Persistent Speed When in the Operating R
197. cted to the heart isolated from ground if possible do not use tube fittings or stopcocks made of metal During intracardiac application of a device a defibrillator and pacemaker whose proper functioning has been verified must be kept at hand Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 3 5 2026265 001 Safety For Your Safety WARNINGS LEAKAGE CURRENT TEST When interfacing with other equipment a test for leakage current must be performed by qualified biomedical engineering personnel before using with patients POWER SUPPLY The device must be connected to a properly installed power outlet with protective earth contacts only If the installation does not provide for a protective earth conductor disconnect the monitor from the power line and operate it on battery power if possible All devices of a system must be connected to the same power supply circuit Devices which are not connected to the same circuit must be electrically isolated when operated electrically isolated RS232 interface PROTECTED LEADWIRES Only use protected leadwires and patient cables with this monitor The use of unprotected leadwires and patient cables creates the potential for making an electrical connection to ground or to a high voltage power source which can cause serious injury or death to the patient 322C RATE METERS Keep pacemaker patients under close observation Rate meters may continue to count the pacem
198. ctromyograph EMI electromagnetic interference ENF enflurane e02Cl estimated oxygen consumption e02DI estimated oxygen delivery e02R estimated oxygen extraction ratio eQs Qt estimated shunt fraction Esopho esophageal ESU electrosurgical cautery unit 21 40 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols etal EtCO2 ETCO2 ETO EX Exp EXT FE FEM 02 FR 9 GB GE Gluc GTT CC 9 and others end tidal carbon dioxide Ethylene Oxide expired external Fahrenheit femoral fraction of inspired oxygen French catheter size gram gigabyte General Electric glucose drops per cubic centimeter H HAL halothane Hb hemoglobin 2 oxyhemoglobin HCO3 bicarbonate Hct hematocrit HE helium Hgb hemoglobin HIS hospital information system HR heart rate HR hour HRS hours HT height Hz hertz Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 41 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols inspired IABP intra aortic balloon pump iCa ionized calcium iCa ionized calcium normalized to pH 7 4 ICG impedance cardiography ICP intracranial pressure ICU intensive care unit ie that is IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IEC International Electrotechnical Commission in inch IN inspired Inc incorporated INF infusion inferior INIT initialization Inj INJ ECT injectate Insp inspired P
199. d AVF This assumes that you are using five electrodes on your patient Press the Trim Knob control or touch the VIEW ALL ECG option to close the popup menu and return to the normal display Toprint all ECG waveforms press the Graph Go Stop button on the keypad when the view all ECG option is selected The information is printed to the writer selected as the print window location Refer to the Graph Setup section in Chapter 5 Monitor Setup There may be instances when you use the 10 leadwire cable for routine monitoring In these instances you may only use the standard 5 leadwire portion of the cable The monitor displays the message V2 V6 FAIL when it does not detected the extra V leads Use the CLEAR V2 V6 FAIL menu option to clear this message from the screen Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 17 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Arrhythmia WARNINGS VENTRICULAR ARRHYTHMIAS The arrhythmia analysis program is intended to detect ventricular arrhythmias It is not designed to detect atrial or supra ventricular arrhythmias Occasionally it may incorrectly identify the presence or absence of an arrhythmia Therefore a physician must analyze the arrhythmia information in conjunction with other clinical findings SUSPENDED ANALYSIS Certain conditions suspend arrhythmia analysis When suspended arrhythmia conditions are not detected and alarms associated with arrhythmias do not occur The messages wh
200. d cardiac output trials You can delete any or all of the displayed trials Follow these steps 1 Select the DELETE CO TRIALS option from the Cardiac Output menu A popup menu opens The numbers shown in the popup menu correspond to the numbers at the top of each column in thetrials window 2 Select thetrial number you wish to delete The number highlights and the popup menu remains open so you can select additional trials to delete if desired If you decide you do not want to delete a highlighted trial simply select it again to unhighlight deselect it 3 When you have selected highlighted all the trials you want to delete select RETURN to close the popup menu and delete thetrials from the Cardiac Output Trials window 4 Select the CARDIAC CALCS option 15 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Menu Options Cardiac Calcs To enter the cardiac calculations program upon completion of cardiac output trials select the CARDIAC CALCS option from the CO menu An information window is displayed on the screen and a new set of menu options is displayed in the menu area NOTE If you have an Adult or Operating Room keypad or remote control you can also access Cardiac Calcs using the Cardiac Calcs button CARDIAC CALCULATIONS 25 FEB 10 52 MONITORED CO 6 9 HR 70 MAP 86 CVP 10 PAM 18 PAW 12 10 45 WEIGHT 75 0 HEIGHT 1680 CALCULATED BSA 1 85 37 SV 98 6
201. default is 25 mmysec 12 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Pressures Special Features Special Features IABP Triggering The features described in this section are not common to all pressures Some of these features are only available with certain software packages as noted NOTE This option is part of the Cardiopulmonary software package NOTE ThelABP feature is NOT available when the monitor is set for the Neonatal lCU mode IMPORTANT GE Medical Systems I nformation Technologies recommends that the signal source used to trigger an intra aortic balloon pump should be the balloon pump itself This insures that the trigger signal is compatible with all modes of the IABP An extra set of ECG electrodes or an additional connection from the arterial line can be connected to the monitor to produce waveforms on the monitor s display for consolidated waveform viewing WARNING PATIENT HAZARD If you choose to trigger the balloon pump from the monitor contact the balloon pump manufacturer directly for interface requirements as they vary among manufacturers Some trigger modes on certain balloon pump devices may not be compatible with GE Medical Systems I nformation Technologies analog output signal and use may contribute to patient injury or sub optimal pumping results Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 12 13 2026265 001 Pressures S pecial Features If you
202. diac output regardless of whether the Store Estimated Calcs option is on or off If you want to turn this software feature off or change the storage time interval select the STORE ESTIMATED CALCS option from the Pulmonary Calcs menu A popup menu with the options OFF 1HR 30 MINS and 15 MINS opens Make your selection using the Trim Knob control or touchscreen and close the popup menu 10 20 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Dose Calcs NOTE Refer to GE Medical Systems I nformation Technologies Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for more information about dose calculations To enter the dose calculations program select DOSE CAL CS from the Patient Data menu An information window and a new set of menu options are displayed DOSE CALCULATIONS DRUG NAME WEIGHT SOL VOLUME 500 CC DRUG QTY DOSE MIN DOSE HR DOSE KG MIN DOSE KG HR INF RATE DRIP RATE DROP SIZE 60 GTT CC INF TIME MAIN CHANGE SAVE RECALL DELETE TITRATION MENU VALUE CALC SAVED CALC CALC TABLE PREVIOUS WEIGHT DRUG UNITS DRUG QTY RESUSCITATION MENU KG MCG MG RANGE MEDICATIONS 615A Dose Calcs Menu and Information Window m CHANGE VALUE Used to enter or change values in the information window m SAVE CALC Saves the set of calculations Up to four sets ca
203. dow to select the patient s race SECONDARY ID If you need to enter a secondary ID usethis popup menu to enter up to 13 characters REF PHYSICIAN Enter upto 16 characters for the referring physician s name and or number Admit information is stored in the Tram module The information stored includes the patient s name ID sex date of birth height and weight This information remains in the Tram module until patient discharge If the Tram module is used for transport the admit information automatically transfers with the module to the new bedside as long as the patient ID has been entered Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 11 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Admit Menu Options Multiple Patient IDs When using the Tram module for transport the patient ID number transferred with the Tram module must match the patient ID number at the bedside If the numbers do not match a multiple patient ID information window is displayed There are three choices available in the multiple patient ID information window They are CLEAR ADMIT INFORMATION This selection clears the admit information stored at both the bedside and the Tram module Y ou can then enter the correct patient identification information using the Change Admit I nfo menu option Patient name and ID number stored in the Tram module If you want to use the patient name and I D number that are currently stored the Tram module select the
204. drug A C or D since the normal measurement of the drug you labeled is unknown Selecting this menu option opens a popup menu from which you can deter mine the default used when entering a value for drug quantity This option is used when labeling a drug A B C or D m Select 0 01 100 to enter 1 0 MG or units for the drug quantity m Select 100 1000 to enter 10 0 MG or units for the drug quantity m Select 1000 10 000 to enter 100 0 MG or units for the drug quantity m Select 210 000 to enter 1000 0 MG or units for the drug quantity This option appears only when the monitor is set for Neonatal I CU mode Selecting this menu option opens a popup menu and information window which provides information and dosages for neonatal resuscitation medi cations NOTE The patient s weight must be entered before this option can be selected Select RETURN in the popup menu to close the popup menu and information window NOTE This option is part of the High Resolution CRG Trends software package Selecting this option creates a high resolution trend window for up to three CRG Plus parameters A new menu is also displayed with this window Refer to Chapter 9 CRG Plus Display for more information 10 26 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Lab Data If your monitoring system includes a Solar Lab Access Server and an interface to the lab information system LIS you can access
205. dule turns off The PWR indicator light is not illuminated when the module is off NOTE When used with a powered Tram rac housing the patient isolated circuitry voltage is enabled by the host monitor as indicated by the PWR indicator light 14 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Revision A 5 02 5 02 Monitoring Features SPO2 Monitoring Features SPO2 Information A waveform labeled SPO2 is displayed on the monitor when the patient cable is connected to the module Numerics are also displayed in the SPO2 parameter windows on the right side of the screen NOTE Visual indication of the patient s pulse is not proportional to the pulse amplitude Strength of Signal Indicator SPO2 Value Dn REN 2100 Pulse Rate Value 689B SPO2 Parameter Window The current SPO2 value and the derived pulse rate RATE are displayed The asterisks indicate the signal strength three asterisks indicate the strongest signal NOTE When monitoring SpO2 using Nellcor Oxismart technology Tram x51N modules and the Sat Seconds feature is active the signal strength asterisks are not displayed Signal strength may be determined by the amplitude of the SpO2 waveform 683A SPO2 Parameter Window with Sat Seconds active Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 14 9 2026265 001 5 02 5 02 Monitoring Features Two SPO2 Sites GE and Ohmeda SPO2 measurements are averaged over a 6 second period of time i
206. e NOT the split screen view or the accompanying audible alarm To avoid this limitation verify that all viewing beds in the watch list have Send Auto Views set to On TheALERT TONE menu option can be used to set the view on alarm audio notification to OFF notone ON tone sounds once or REPEAT tone sounds at regular intervals This menu option overrides the default setting for VOA Alert Tone but reverts to the default setting when the patient is discharged from the monitor 6 34 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient View Other Patients Menu Configure Auto View On Alarm The CONFIGURE AUTO VIEW ON ALARM menu option opens two information windows The first information window SELECT A CARE UNIT allows you to select a care unit to view All available care units on the network are listed As soon as you select a care unit the information window changes to the Select a Bed to Auto View information window The care unit you selected is listed at the top of this information window The second information window SELECT A BED TO AUTO VIEW allows you to arrange the automatic view on alarm level settings for individual beds in the selected unit or use one setting for all beds in the unit SELECT A BED TO AUTO VIEW CARE UNIT CCU3 gt RETURN ALL BEDS WARNING BED1 WARNING BED2 WARNING BED3 WARNING BED4 WARNING BEDS WARNING BED6 WARNING BED7 WARNING BED8 WAR
207. e Cursor section below NEW WEDGE Restarts the wedge process and returns to the PA Insert Wedge menu This option is available in the Review Wedge menu from the PA I nsert Wedge option Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 12 21 2026265 001 Pressures PA Wedge Move Wedge Cursor If you are not satisfied with the placement of the cursor the PA wedge pressure value you can changeit While the PA wedge review information is displayed select the MOVE WEDGE CURSOR option from the Review Wedge menu A popup menu opens and a solid line cursor is placed on top of the dashed program cursor in the review window NOTE If you placed a cursor on the waveform during balloon inflation the solid line cursor represents that cursor t may or may not match the program cursor PA WEDGE REVIEW 35 The solid line cursor moves and this pas Wi 27 wr CURSOR value changes when the 9 ROLDE f cursor is repositioned on the CURSOR 15 waveform PA WEDGE 15 13 31 MAIN CARDIAC MOVEWEDGE MENU OUTPUT CURSOR aaron CURSOR ON ERE WAVEFORM Move Wedge Cursor Popup Menu from the PA Wedge Menu Option 677A Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to move the cursor As the cursor moves the CURSOR value displayed at the bottom of the information window changes Note that the original cursor position dashed line remains marked as a reference point
208. e Reusable Capnostat Adapters An adapter can be cleaned by rinsing it in a warm soapy solution followed by soaking it in a liquid disinfectant by pasteurizing it or cold sterilizing glutaraldehyde it It should then be rinsed with sterile water and dried NOTE The sidestream adapter should only be cold cleaned The interior of the tubing can be dried by flushing with air or oxygen The adult and low volume dead space adapters may be sterilized using the ETO ethylene oxide gas method They may also be sterilized using a steam autoclave method but lifetime could be affected Before reusing any adapter ensure that the windows are dry and residue free and that the adapter has NOT been damaged during handling or by the cleaning sterilization process 19 16 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 C02 Capnostat Sensor Troubleshooting Capnostat Sensor Troubleshooting Messages Following is a list of some of the messages that may appear on the monitor when monitoring CO2 The message should clear when normal operating criteria are met or a solution is found If a message persists call GE Medical Systems Information Technologies for service at 1 800 558 7044 U S only Outside the United States please contact your sales service office NOTE The actual message that appears on your monitor depends on the module being used and the installed software version BLOCKED LINE Cause Nasal cannula moistu
209. e Weight and Height options in the Cardiac Calcs menu allow you to switch the units of measure between kilograms and pounds for weight and centimeters and inches for height These are direct action menu options Pulmonary Calcs NOTE This option is part of the Cardiopulmonary software package All aspects of oxygen uptake transport and delivery are necessary in the assessment of the critically ill patient These parameters cannot be directly measured but are derived from monitored cardiopulmonary variables Monitored Measured Parameters The monitored values are measured data from arterial blood gases and monitored ventilator parameters These values are entered manually and then used to derive pulmonary calculations The chart below shows the monitored measured parameters the labels used to identify these and the units of measure Monitored Measured Parameters Parameter Label Unit Weight WEIGHT kg or lbs Height HEIGHT cm or inches Fractional inspired oxygen 02 Positive end expiratory pressure PEEP cmH20 Respiration rate RR bpm Tidal volume TV mL End inspiratory pressure PIP cmH20 Cardiac output CO L min Barometric pressure PBAR mmHg Hemoglobin Hb gm 100ml Partial pressure of CO2 in arterial blood PaC02 mmHg Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 10 15 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Partial pressure of 02 in arterial blood 02 Arterial oxygen saturation
210. e alphanumeric characters rotate the Trim Knob control in either direction or use the up down touchscreen arrows Press the Trim Knob control when the desired character appears NOTE It is not necessary to touch the anchor menu option or press the Trim Knob control when using the touchscreen Simply use the left right arrow keys to move to the next character block after you have reached the desired character After the character is selected move to the next character block and repeat the procedure Continue until you have entered all the characters NOTE Alphanumeric popup menus have character limits In this manual these limits are indicated wherever such popup menus are described Select the CHANGE LAST NAME option with the Trim Knob control or touchscreen You can then select another option from the information window if desired When you are finished making changes select the RETURN option to close the popup menu and information window NOTE When no information window appears on the display step 8 is not necessary Upon selecting the menu option in the popup menu step 7 the popup menu closes and function of the Trim Knob control returns to the menu 1 22 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 The Basics Common Operations Setting Alarm Limits Each parameter menu has an option to set the alarm limits for the monitored aspects of that parameter The monitor s response when a limit is violat
211. e information about the Vital Signs and Graphic Trends menus refer to Chapter 10 Patient Data 6 30 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient View Other Patients Menu View On Alarm Options Select VIEW ON ALARM OPTIONS to display a new menu with options for viewing other beds on alarm SEND AUTO VIEWS OFF ALERT MAIN VIEW OTHER BEDS TONE OFF MENU ON ALARM OFF CONFIGURE CURRENT MENU AUTO VIEW ON ALARM CONFIGURATION PREVIOUS 586A The choices in the menu are VIEW OTHER BEDS ON ALARM opens a popup menu that allows you to turn this feature and OFF or usethe AUTOMATIC VIEW ON ALARM feature The AVOA feature will only be functional if you have the AutoView XM feature enabled or the separate U nity Network Information Server SEND AUTO VIEWS toggles ON and OFF the option to trigger automatic viewing of the local bed in alarm throughout the care unit ALERT TONE toggles ON and OFF the AUTOMATIC VIEW ON ALARM audio signal CONFIGURE AUTO VIEW ON ALARM opens information windows that allow you to select a care unit and bed s to view automatically on alarm CURRENT CONFIGURATION opens an information window that displays the current view on alarm information for each bed in the care unit currently selected to view NOTE The optional Autoview XM must be installed for the CONFIGURE AUTO
212. e waveform and the parameter window from the display Alarms are off and data is not collected in vital signs for that parameter NOTE ECG cannot be turned off When the Parameters On Off menu option is selected an information window opens The first column in the information window shows the parameter name the second indicates the data source and the third column indicates whether the parameter is on or off AVAILABLE PARAMETERS gt RETURN ECG TRAM ON NBP ON ARTI TRAM ON PA2 ON ALRM ON CO2 MODULE ON SPO2 ON CO TRAM ON RR TRAM OFF MAIN DISPLAY GRAPH MONITOR MENU ON OFF FULL ON OFF SETUP DEFAULTS PREVIOUS PRINT TOUCH VOL RETURN T 4 SOFTWARE SERVICE MENU CRG PLUS 10 COMPATIBILITY MODE 540C Parameters On Off Information Window If a parameter is on selecting it turns it off and vice versa The change takes effect immediately The information window remains open so you can select another parameter if desired To close the information window and popup menu select RETURN 5 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Graph Setup Selecting the Graph Setup menu option opens a new menu from which you can change certain graphing features WAVEFORM 4 OFF GRAPH LOCATION MAIN ECG 1 WAVEFORM 2 WAVEFORM 3 MENU LEAD Il ART 1 OFF ALARM GRAPH ON
213. earn the new ECG pattern to correct arrhythmia calls and heart rate value and to restore ST measurements Select the RELEARN option from the ECG menu This is a direct action menu option During the learning process an X replaces the heart rate valuein the ECG values window and the message LEARNING appears on the display NOTE Whenever arrhythmia is turned on a relearn automatically takes place 11 22 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu ST Analysis Numerics The ST analysis program is performed on multiple leads simultaneously It identifies the ST segment of the QRS complex as beginning at the point and ending PREDETERMINED milliseconds following the point Refer to the Adjust ST section in this chapter The displayed ST numerics indicate either a positive or negative deviation in relation to the isoelectric reference point I which is also determined by the program When ST analysis is on the lead with the greatest deviation is displayed in the ECG parameter window Pk 70 ECG PVC 0 150 Lead with the J I 0 2 mm i greatest deviation 882A ECG Parameter Window with ST Analysis On Or if your monitor defaults havethe second priority parameter set to ST the ST values for all leads are displayed Theleads are classified in groups anterior lateral and inferior Pom v ECG This is the ST data from a PVC 0 150 5 leadwire cable J 60ms 50 I 0 2 mm If
214. ece a a 18 5 Getting to SVO2 Menu eee eeen 18 6 SVO2 Menu Options 18 7 SMVO DELMEE Meter Adda 18 7 SVO2 Help EN 18 7 Preinsertion Calibration 18 7 Light Intensity 18 7 S VOZ Cal HISTO is angus deni ded c nb ote p da 18 8 Calibration i oce us ru ead date pta DIL 18 9 Preinsertion Calibration 18 9 Light Intensity 18 11 Calibrate to Venous Blood Gas 18 12 SV 02 Cal HISUOLY soi cotes Mex E Ros coca qi RR RODA Rx 18 14 Troubleshooting eee em ree ne emn nne xen 18 16 1 9 2 sss bede ed 19 1 INTPOODUCHON c illuc a ee BED 19 2 Safety LE 19 3 CO2 Monitoring Features 19 5 ce ea tena eo Nn a 19 5 Capnostat Modules 19 7 General Information 19 7 CO2 Menu Options Capnostat Modules 19 10 Getting to the CO2 19 10 PUMPE to ier MEN e eo ioo fec LE aH GUN 19 11 22 e t
215. ection sensitivity because of varying amplitudes or artifact select the SENSITIVITY option from the respiration menu A popup menu opens showing the options 90 80 70 60 50 40 30 20 and 10 Select a sensitivity percentage The markers on the waveform will move to reflect the new percentage The lower the percentage the greater the detection sensitivity Select RESPIRATION LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the following m Respiration RESP rate high and low limits m Apnea limit Refer to the Setting Alarm Limits section in Chapter 1 The Basics for information about how to adjust alarm limits NOTE The size of the waveform has no effect on the detection capability of the program During the learning process the displayed waveform is automatically sized to fit a predetermined area of the screen During monitoring the size may have been changed manually See the Manual Size section in this chapter Select the AUTO SIZE option to automatically resize the waveform to fit the predetermined area This is a direct action menu option 16 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Respiration Respiration Menu Options Manual Size You can manually change the size of the respiration waveform Select the MANUAL SIZE option from the respiration menu A popup menu opens displaying the size options 10X 5X MANUAL SIZE ox 4X 8x 8X 3X 7X 2X 1x
216. ed by a particular host monitor F or example in a large care unit one nurse may be responsible for several beds The nurse can choose one bed as the host monitor then set up the other beds he she is responsible for to be viewed on alarm at the host monitor These settings are temporary and will be replaced by the default setting upon discharge of a patient from the host monitor NOTE U pon monitor discharge all beds in the watch list that are NOT in the monitor s same care unit are cleared All beds in the watch list that ARE in the monitor s same care unit return to the default View On Alarm alarm levels Refer tothe View On Alarm Options section in this chapter for information about using these menu options 6 28 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient View Other Patients Menu View Other Patients Menu Select VIEW OTHER PATIENTS from the Main menu to display the View Other Patients menu MAIN VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ALARM VIEW ON ALARM MENU OPTIONS PREVIOUS SELECT A BED SELECT ANOTHER GRAPH VIEWED MENU TO VIEW CARE UNIT VIEWED BED PATIENT DATA ALARMS 572B View Other Patients Menu You can use the options in this menu to view the data for an alarming bed or to view bed that is not alarming addition this menu appears when an alarming bed is displayed via the automatic view
217. ed depends on the alarm level for which the parameter is set Refer to Chapter 8 Alarm Control for details on the alarm levels and the monitor s response Regardless of the parameter all alarm limits are adjusted in the same way The procedure below describes how to set alarm limits for the ART parameter F ollow this procedure to set all other parameter alarm limits 1 Select the ART parameter label The ART menu appears at the bottom of the screen 2 Select the ART LIMITS option from the ART menu An information window and a new set of menu options are displayed Pressure Parameter ART LIMITS mmHg SYS DIA MEAN RATE 350 350 350 300 Se High Range m 140 150 gt 80 gt 20 a 50 Jess Low Range 99 99 99 1 High Limit Setting Low Limit Setting MAIN SYS HIGH MENU LIMIT SYS LOW DIA HIGH LIMIT LIMIT DIA LOW LIMIT PREVIOUS MENU MEAN HIGH LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT MEAN LOW RATE HIGH RATE LOW 665 ART Limits Menu and Information Window The information window shows the limit ranges and the current set limits The pointer gt indicates the current value of that parameter for the monitored patient The pointer moves as the current value of that parameter changes Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 1 23 2026265 001 The Basics Common Operations 3 Tochangea limit for example the
218. ed only parts when used with prah applied ded TYPE BF APPLIED PART Isolated floating applied part suitable for intentional external and Men 1 internal application to the patient excluding direct cardiac application Paddles outside the 22 box indicate the applied partis defibrillator proof Information Medical Standard Definition F type applied part floating isolated complying with the Technologies specified requirements of IEC 60601 1 UL 60601 1 CSA 601 1 Medical Standards to provide a higher degree of protection against electric shock than that provided by type B applied parts e TYPE B APPLIED PART Non isolated applied part suitable for intentional external and internal application to the patient excluding direct cardiac application Medical Standard Definition Applied part complying with the specified requirements of IEC 60601 1 UL 60601 1 CSA 601 1 Medical Standards to provide protection against electric shock particularly regarding allowable leakage current Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 3 13 2026265 001 Safety For Your Safety Fuse quipotential Stud A ground wire from another device can be tied here to ensure the devices share a common reference Alternating current AC Power ON 0 OFF This symbol indicates that the waste of electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed as unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately Please contact an a
219. efaults Following arethe monitor defaults for the Operating Display Defaults Room mode Y ou can change these using the monitor defaults feature Monitor defaults are recalled upon ART Disconnect Off discharge Refer to Chapter 5 Monitor Setup This Smart BP On table includes options available with all software Arterial Scale 160 packages Your institution may not have purchased all software packages PA Scale 60 CVP RA UVC Scale 30 Display Defaults LA Scale 30 Patient Age Adult ICP Scale 30 Display Mode INDV 6 WFS SP Scale 160 Color Format Transducer BP WF Speed 25 Primary ECG IT 02 Scale 50 ECG Waveform 2 ST CO2 WF Speed 6 25 Min Arrhyth Level Off 02 Scale 15 100 Arrhythmia Full NBP Auto Off Lethal for Basic Adult Cuff Press 160 mmHg Detect Pace Off Ped Cuff Pressure 140 mmHg Arterial Rate On Neo Cuff Pressure 110 mmHg Lead Analysis Multi lead CO Catheter Edwards ST Analysis On CO Inj Temp In Line ST Templates On CO Size Z5 ST V Lead V5 CO Inj Vol 1OCC ST Template 1 IT CO Auto Mode Off ST Template 2 V5 N20 Compensation 0 40 N20 ST Template 3 I 02 Compensation 0 60 O2 Adjust ST Point J 60MS RR Parameter Off 12 LD on ST History Off RR Lead IT ECG WF Speed 25 RR WF Speed 25 Graph Waveform 2 ART SPO2 WF Speed 25 Graph Waveform 3 Off View On Alarm O
220. eform is printing If you don t see the message immediately it simply means you requested the graph early in the process The monitor retains your request and will start printing when the measurement is complete NOTE If you press the Graph Go Stop button during a measurement only the information window data is printed You must select the PRINT CO CURVE option to print the washout curve Select the AUTO MODE menu option to open a popup menu from which you can turn the Auto Mode off and on This can be set as a monitor default The factory default is On When Auto Modeis on the monitor automatically searches for a stable baseline temperature by averaging approximately 8 5 seconds of the patient s blood temperature Once a stable baseline is established the message INJ ECT WHEN READY is displayed and you can proceed 15 16 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Menu Options Use PAW PAD LA This option allows you to select one of three pressure values pulmonary artery wedge PAW pulmonary artery diastolic PAD or left atrial LA to be used in the calculations Select PAW PAD or LA The popup menu closes and the change takes effect NOTE It is recommended that you adjust the pressure selection before injection is begun If you make change after one or more cardiac output trials have been done the trials will be deleted This does not affect any calcu
221. eforms to be synchronous If absolute synchronicity is desired Combo mode should be discontinued and the ECG waveforms should be acquired via the hardwired bedside monitor Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 3 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient About Admitting For Which Application is the Monitor Set F ollow these instructions to determine the application for which the monitor is set 1 Select MORE MENUS from the main display 2 Select MONITOR SETUP 3 Select REVISION AND ID A popup menu and information window are displayed SOFTWARE REVISION DISPLAY MONITOR MAIN PROCESSOR 2002131 014 VER 4E 22SEP04 m This line shows the application RAC 1 COMM for which your monitor is set 404669 007 VER 6C 06SEP96 RAC 1 DAS 404671 008 VER 6C 31JUL96 RAC 2 COMM RAC 2 DAS TRAM MODULE 407027 035 VER 11C 3E 3 18Mar02 Copyright 2003 GEMS Information Technologies All rights reserved MAIN WAVEFORMS DISPLAY 1 4 GRAPH MONITOR MENU ON OFF INDIVIDUAL SETUP DEFAULTS PREVIOUS PRINT TOUCH VOL gt QUT REVISION SOFTWARE SERVICE MENU CRG PLUS 10 ANDID COMPATIBILI MODE 563F Software Revision Information Window Select NEXT in the popup menu to view more software information or select QUIT to close the popup menu and information window Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Admit Menus Admit Menus The o
222. eginning of this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 20 11 Interfaces Displayed Data Parameters As stated previously the parameters displayed at the monitor froma peripheral device vary from device to device Ventilators gas analyzers continuous cardiac output devices and anesthesia machines are capable of sending a number of parameters to the patient monitor In some cases not all can be displayed at one time To view a list of available parameters look for a menu option such as SELECT PARAMETERS or DISPLAY PARAMETER Select the menu option to open a popup list of the parameters that the peripheral device sends to the monitor You can then select parameters for display from this popup list Parameter Windows and Menus Pulse Oximeters Examples of parameter windows and menus are shown below for the different device types The data displayed in the parameter window may vary with each device Not all menu options are available with all devices The SPO2 parameter window displays a saturation value and a pulse rate The EXT indicates the data is from an external source There is no associated waveform or parameter menu SPO 70 100 861A External SpO2 Parameter Window 20 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Interfaces Displayed Data Transcutaneous Monitors A transcutaneous monitor s parameter window is labeled TCX There is no p
223. ely relearn the patient s ECG rhythm These processes cannot be stopped as they are short term and stop automatically Therefore the menu option label does not change as it does in on off cases 1 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 The Basics Windows Windows Parameter Windows There are two types of windows found on the Solar 8000i display They are described below Parameter windows are displayed on the right side of the display and when necessary along the bottom of the display Every monitored parameter has a parameter window Each parameter window has two parts a parameter label and a digital values area Depending on your default settings limits and units of measure may be displayed under the parameter label Digital Values Parameter Label Limits Units of 1 36 12 Measure wr70 04 5 529A ART Parameter Window Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 1 13 2026265 001 The Basics Windows If many parameters are being monitored some of the parameter windows at the bottom of the display may be reduced in size Below is an example of a parameter window at its normal size and at its reduced size 36 1 LAST AVG 30 0 CO63L 15 25 530 CO Parameter Window Normal Size 36 15 30 0 CO 6 3L C 531A CO Parameter Window Reduced Size The parameters that may be displayed at reduced size when positioned at the bottom of the displa
224. emote Control Adult Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2 23 2026265 001 Equipment Overview utting the Monitor Into Operation Putting the Monitor Into Operation Monitor Installation and Connection WARNING Before using the monitor for the first time read the information in Chapter 3 Safety m Theoperating position of the processing unit does not influence the performance of the monitor in any way m Choose a location that affords an unobstructed view of the display and easy access to the operating controls m Set up the monitor in a location that affords sufficient ventilation The ventilation openings of the device must not be obstructed by equipment walls or blankets for example m Theambient conditions specified in the technical specifications must be ensured at all times m Themonitor is designed to comply with the requirements of IEC 60601 1 EN 60601 1 m Using the power cord supplied with the monitor connect it to the power line Use only the original cord WARNING To reduce the risk of electric shock the monitor must only be connected to a properly installed power outlet with protective ground contacts m For measurements in or near the heart we recommend connecting the monitor to the potential equalization system Use the green and yellow potential equalization cable and connect it to the pin labeled with the symbol m GE Medical Systems Information Technologies
225. emperature sensors may be used The module calculates the monitored temperatures and displays their values on the screen The temperature sites are identified in the values window as T1 and T2 17 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Temperature Temperature Monitoring Features The Tram module is compatible with both Y SI series 400 and 700 probes If you are using the dual temperature cable you must select 400 or 700 depending on the type of probe for correct operation The switch is located on the cable See the figures below Slide Switch YSI 2 OOS OKO SERIES 400 729A 880A YSI 400 Series Temperature Dual Temperature Cable Cable Selection Switch The temperature cable is plugged into the TE MP CO cable connector on the module The temperature monitoring features are found in the temperature parameter menu Getting to the Temperature Menu To display the temperature menu select the TP parameter label The temperature menu is displayed at the bottom of the screen MENU CELSIUS LIMITS _ 1 1 Temperature Menu MAIN Tt T2 UNITS TEMPERATURE ON ON 730A m 1 Turnsthe T1 temperature site off and on T2 Turns the T2 temperature site off and on UNITS Switches the units of measurement between Celsius and Fahrenheit m TEMPERATURE LIMITS Displays a new menu and an information window to adjust alarm limits
226. ent complex v2 2 0 3 7 B al 0 2 2 0 el M 658A ST Trends and Complexes Display NOTE When data falls outside the upper or lower scale boundaries the trend appears as a straight line at the end of the scale Adjust the scale so the data is within the scale to see the true trend The reference complex is gray and the real time complex is amber or green depending on your color setup Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 25 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Turn ST On and Off Toturn ST analysis on select the ST ANALYSIS option from the ECG menu Y our software package determines what action occurs With the Basic software package selecting ST ANALYSIS is a direct action option that turns the program on and off When on ST values are displayed under each ECG lead label The lead with the greatest deviation and its value are displayed in the ECG parameter window If your monitor defaults are configured with ST as parameter 2 values for all leads are displayed in the ECG parameter window With the Cardiac software package selecting the ST ANALYSIS option turns on the program and displays the ST menu Seethe ST Analysis Menu section below for more details ST Analysis Menu NOTE This option is part of the Cardiac software package In the Cardiac software package a new menu is displayed when ST ANALYSIS is turned on ST trends and complexes may also be displayed see above MAIN TUR
227. ent digital CD ROM compact disk read only memory CDT coherent digital telemetry CDYN compliance dynamic CE Conformit Europ ene CEd effective dynamic compliance CH channel CI cardiac index CIC Clinical Information Center CISPR International S pecial Committee on Radio Interference cm CM centimeter CO carbon monoxide CO cardiac output C02 carbon dioxide COHb carboxyhemoglobin COMM communication COMP compliance CP cardiopulmonary CPLT couplet CPP cerebral perfusion pressure CPU central processing unit CRG cardiorespirogram CRT cathode ray tube CS central station CSA Canadian Standards Association CSA compressed spectral array CV central venous 02 mixed venous oxygen content difference CVP central venous pressure D D diastolic Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 39 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols dB decibel DC direct current DDW Direct Digital Writer DEFIB Defib defibrillator DES desflurane DIA diastolic DISCH discharge DIV division DSA density modulated spectral array DSC digital signal converter dyn dyne E E expired ea v02 estimated arterial venous oxygen content difference EC European Economic Community eCa02 estimated arterial oxygen content ECG electrocardiograph eCv02 estimated mixed venous oxygen content 021 estimated delivered oxygen index EEG electroencephalograph eg for example EMC electromagnetic compatibility EMG ele
228. entral station or at the alarming bed cause all automatic views to be terminated If the alarm condition exists after the silence period or if a new alarm occurs all other beds return tothe automatic view Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 33 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient View Other Patients Menu Send Auto Views Alert Tone When SILENCED is selected for the AVOA SILENCE default setting in Monitor Defaults the bed which initially silenced the alarm will only view new alarms after the automatic view on alarm popup menu is closed When NEW ALARM is selected for the AVOA SILENCE default setting in Monitor Defaults the bed which initially silenced the alarm will view new alarms as they occur NOTE For more information about the Vital Signs and Graphic Trends menus refer to Chapter 10 Patient Data TheSEND AUTO VIEWS menu option is a direct action menu option that can be set to on or off When on the monitor will broadcast its advisory warning and crisis alarms over the network for viewing on other monitors on the network that have selected this bed to be automatically viewed on alarm When off no alarms are broadcast This can be set as a monitor default using the VOA BROADCAST setting in the Monitor Defaults menu WARNING ALARM NOTIFICATION LIMITATION If a viewing bed is configured to AutoView a bed that has its Send Auto Views Set to Off the viewing bed will ONLY receive the alarm line messag
229. enu Units display a CO2 menu select the CO2 parameter label The CO2 menu is displayed at the bottom of the screen MAIN UNITS CO2 SCALE CO2 N20 COMPENSATION MENU MMHG 50 LIMITS gt 40 N20 UL 2 m UNITS Changes the units of measure for inspired and expired 2 2 SCALE Selects a scale for the displayed CO2 capnogram CO2 LIMITS Displays a new menu and information window to adjust expired CO2 inspired CO2 respiration rate and no breath limits m N20 COMPENSATION Compensates for the effect of N20 on CO2 readings Functional in Operating Room mode only m SPEED Changes the sweep speed of the displayed CO2 waveform Detailed information on each option is found in this chapter This option is used to select the units of measure for expired and inspired 2 Select the UNITS option from the CO2 menu A popup menu opens showing the options MMHG 96 and kPa Select the desired units of measure The popup menu doses and the menu option now indicates the units selected Theunits are also displayed in the limits parameter window NOTE Respiration is always measured in breaths per minute and No Breath is always measured in seconds Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 19 21 2026265 001 C02 CO2 Menu Options Non Capnostat Modules CO2 Scale CO2 Limits This option is used to select an appropriate scale for the dis
230. enu lets you customize the monitor to best suit your unit s and patients needs In some cases these changes can be saved as monitor defaults which are recalled each time you admit a patient To access the monitor setup menu select MORE MENUS from the main display then select MONITOR SETUP MAIN MENU DISPLAY COLOR INDV 6 WFS TRANSDUCER GRAPH SETUP MONITOR ON OFF ON OFF DEFAULTS en PREVIOUS MENU PRINT TOUCH VOL CRG PLUS 10 LEARN THE MONITOR REVISION AND ID SOFTWARE COMPATIBILITY SERVICE MODE 533C Monitor Setup Menu m WAVEFORMS ON OFF Reassigns waveform positions on the display or turn certain waveforms off m DISPLAY Chooses a display mode which puts pressure waveforms on an individual or full common scale COLOR Chooses a color configuration PARAMETERS ON OFF Clears unneeded parameter windows from the display and turn them back on again when needed m GRAPH SETUP Selects waveforms to be graphed graph speed and graph location CRG Plus graph options are included in this menu MONITOR DEFAULTS Configures alarms set alarm limits and establish monitor display defaults m PRINT CRG PLUS Prints CRG Plus waveforms as selected in the Graph Setup menu m TOUCH VOL Agjusts the volume of thetonethat sounds when the touchscreen is touched m LEARN THE MONITOR Displays inf
231. er a RE 9 6 CRG Plus Printing Options 9 6 CRG TrendS nn zater ders benen aN ae te aha Sg ed ade 9 9 CRG Trends Display e Ded eat 9 9 CRG Trends Event 9 11 CRG Trends Menu Options 9 12 Document CRG Events 9 15 Troubleshooting nn 9 17 1 Patient Dala nn ek tink ino in 10 1 Patient Data Menu 10 2 Alarni HIStory beras vaneen ED RE E 10 3 Vital SIGNS orca ttr 10 6 Graphic Trends deb non eer buon ein ttes 10 9 Cardiac Cales 4 5 ose ou e ORCI dores me ober ada 10 12 Pulmonary Cals rer A tne argues ABT AMS 10 15 DOSeCAlES EID 10 21 GROND eeen dennen 10 26 LONDE Le EEE ae ERR 10 27 1 1 EC en nde ga det 11 1 Introduction ovens ene eneen eneen eneen enn 11 2 NO EGG Comm Alam ones aoe rero Er itp ini MET PER 11 3 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor V 2026265 001 Checklist nnen ed ed ee ws Ga te 11 4 ECG Monitoring Features 11 5 ECG Display EEE 11 5 ECG wks ade 11 7 Getting to the ECG 11 7 Display Lead ich tennit Uere
232. er to the Move Cursor section in this chapter The FULL SCALE option lets you to change the scale of the full BP from its default scale of 40 mmHg Select this option to open a popup menu with the choices 300 L 200 L 160 L 100 L 60 L or 40 L mmHg NOTE This option is only found in the PA Insert Wedge menu Usethis menu option to open a popup menu to select a sweep speed for the displayed pressure waveform Y ou can change the waveform sweep speed of the second full and seventh pressure waveforms Choices are 6 25 12 5 25 default and 50 millimeters per second Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 12 25 2026265 001 Pressures PA Wedge Graph BP Invasive This menu option opens a popup menu that allows you to select the available BP waveform for graphing When this option is activated BP waveforms are the only parameters that can be graphed Waveforms are graphed on one scale using the full grid space You cannot change BP selection while graphing The graph will stop when the Graph Go Stop button on the keypad or writer is pressed If the Timed Graph option is set to a specific run time rather than a continuous graph the BP waveform will stop graphing when the specified time is up If another type of graph is currently active the graph BP invasive selection will be ignored BP graphing goes tothe manual graph window location Refer to the Graph BP Invasive section in Chapter 5 Monitor Setup for more details
233. ering Alphanumeric Characters Occasionally a popup menu or information window requires alphanumeric input such as patient information or a password The example below describes how to enter alphanumeric characters when changing admit information Use the same procedure in other alphanumeric situations 1 Access the Change Admit I nfo information window and popup menu a Select MORE MENUS from the main display b Select ADMIT MENU An information window and a new menu are displayed c Select CHANGE ADMIT INFO from the menu A popup menu opens MANUAL ADMIT INFORMATION gt RETURN LAST NAME FIRST NAME PATIENT ID SEX BIRTH DATE AGE HEIGHT WEIGHT RACE SECONDARY ID REF PHYSICIAN MAIN CHANGE RECALL ADMIT ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT PREVIOUS RETURN Change Admit Info Popup Menu and Information Window 556B Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 1 21 2026265 001 The Basics Common Operations Move the cursor in front of LAST NAME then press the Trim Knob control or touch the CHANGE ADMIT INFO option to select it If a name has already been entered the selected name appears in the Change Last Name popup menu as shown below CHANGE LAST NAME 1 RLEY 886B Change Last Name Popup Menu Select the first character block by rotating then pressing the Trim Knob control or by using the touchscreen arrows Toscroll through th
234. es displayed in the NBP parameter window select this option T he values are replaced with Xs T his action also removes those values from vital signs history 13 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 NBP NBP Menu Options Initial Inflation Pressure This option allows you to set the target inflation pressure for the first NBP measurement 1 Select the INITIAL INFLATION PRESSURE pressure from the NBP menu A popup menu opens in which you can scroll through a selection of inflation pressures The choices available depend on the cuff size selected For adult and pediatric cuff sizes the choices are 100 mmHg to 250 mmHg For the neonatal cuff size the choices are 100 mmHg to 140 mmHg Inflation pressures can be adjusted in increments of 5 mmHg within the inflation limits of the cuff size selected Select the desired initial inflation pressure and close the popup menu Cuff inflation thereafter is automatically determined by multiple factors including the cuff size selected and the previous NBP reading Initial inflation pressure can also be set in monitor defaults NOTE This option only appears when the Tram module is running software version 10B or later Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 13 13 2026265 001 NBP Troubleshooting Troubleshooting NBP Status Messages Status Message CUFF INFLATION OVER 5 MINS DEFLATION FAIL REMOVE CUFF NBP HARDWARE MALFUNCTION
235. esignated with an asterisk can be displayed at reduced size in order to accommodate up to eleven parameters The software automatically resizes a parameter window when necessary You can control the order in which parameters are displayed by first deselecting the highlighted parameters in the information window then reselecting them in the order you want them displayed first selected equals first displayed Here aresome additional points to remember regarding parameter priorities PARAMETER 1 cannot be changed It is always ECG If PARAMETER 2is set as ECG or ST the ECG parameter window is always displayed as a larger size This window occupies the space of TWO parameter windows m If six or fewer parameters are being monitored the parameter windows occupy the six positions on the right side of the display These windows are always normal size windows If more than six parameters are being monitored some will occupy space at the bottom of the display m maximum of 11 parameters be displayed when some half size parameters are chosen The software does not allow you to pick more parameters than can be displayed m If you are not monitoring a designated parameter the space is filled with the next prioritized parameter If you begin monitoring the designated parameter the display reconfigures so the parameter can occupy its designated space m Whenever possible waveforms align with their corresponding parameter window
236. et to WARNING then warning and advisory level alarms can be silenced remotely but crisis level alarms cannot be silenced remotely 8 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Alarm Control Controlling Audio Alarms Turning Alarm Volume Off Permanently Refer to the Alarm Volume section in this chapter for information about turning alarm volume off permanently Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 8 9 2026265 001 Alarm Control Alarm Window Alarm Window Clear Alarms NOTE This feature defaults off when the monitor is set for Operating Room mode It can be turned on with the Parameters On Off option in the Monitor Setup menu The alarm window which is displayed when you admit a patient to the monitor is used to automatically record any patient status alarm set for crisis warning or advisory level The four most recent alarms are displayed in chronological order along with the extreme parameter value and time stamp ART1 LO 126 11 33 ALRM HR LO 34 11 26 816A Alarm Window The extreme numerical value for all active displayed alarms is continuously updated Active alarms are displayed in red Upon resolution of an active alarm patient condition reverts to within set limits the alarm text is displayed in the color associated with that parameter Toturn off the display of this window use the Parameters On Off menu option in the Monitor Setup menu The alarm window always defaul
237. eter values window 136 72 Pulse Rate On 529A Pulse Rate Displayed in ART Parameter Window Toturn the pulse rate value on and off select PULSE RATE in the applicable pressure menu This is a direct action menu option This feature can be set in monitor defaults Disconnect Alarm The Disconnect Alarm feature is found in the ART and FEM pressure menus NOTE This feature is not available when the monitor is set for Neonatal CU mode If the mean pressure falls below 25 mmHg and the disconnect alarm featureis on a warning alarm sounds and the message DISCONNECTED is displayed in the values window The parameter name also appears in this message Check your patient immediately in the event the catheter has dislodged Toturn this feature on and off select DISCONNECT ALARM from the appropriate pressure menu This feature can be set in monitor defaults The alarm level cannot be changed it is always a warning alarm 12 16 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Pressures PA Wedge PA Wedge NOTE This option is part of the Cardiopulmonary software package PA Wedge is a feature found in the PA pressure menu There are two menu options for doing a PA Wedge measurement PA WEDGE and PAINSERT WEDGE The PA I nsert Wedge option is used to emphasize the PA waveform It offers two additional menu options There are two modes for doing PA Wedge measurement the Auto mode and the Manu
238. eter window displays the values for inspired and expired CO2 and a respiration rate Units of measure and limits for expired CO2 may also be displayed The CO2 monitoring features are found in the CO2 menu The features available depend on the CO2 module being used All features are described in this chapter 19 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 C02 Capnostat Modules Capnostat Modules General Information Therearetwo Capnostat CO2 modules onethat is strictly a mainstream module and one that is either a mainstream or a sidestream module Capnostat Mainstream CO2 Module Exhaust Port to Sidestream Inlet Scavenging System Port 790A Capnostat Dual CO2 Module NOTE Thesignal input is isolated but it is not defibrillator proof Revision Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 19 7 2026265 001 C02 Capnostat Modules CAUTIONS The Capnostat CO2 sensor should not be used in close proximity to wireless networking equipment or in the presence of strong electromagnetic fields such as those generated by radio station transmitters citizens band radios cellular phones etc Using the Capnostat sensor under the above conditions may cause one or all of the following to occur Artifact may be induced on the capnogram TheCO2 parameter values may be replaced by X Themessage CHECK ADAPTER may be displayed in the parameter window Normal operation will resume when the so
239. eters are usually affected A date and time are displayed when thefirst change is made Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 10 17 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Change Value Save Calc Review Calcs Weight and Height If a date and time are displayed with the values it means that the last set of calculations was never saved Use the SAVE CALC option to save the set to vital signs Exit the program using the Main Menu option then reenter This must be done to clear the date and time from the calculation Select CHANGE VALUE from the Pulmonary Calcs menu to enter or changed monitored values in the information window A popup menu opens and the pointer and RETURN option are displayed at the top of the information window Move the pointer tothe parameter you want to enter or change Press the Trim Knob control once or touch the CHANGE VALUE option If no previous value is displayed a default value is displayed Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to change the value Press the Trim Knob control or touch the CHANGE VALUE option to enter the value Calculated values are displayed as the data used to obtain them is entered Select RETURN when all desired values are entered The popup menu closes and the Return option clears from the information window Select the SAVE CALC option from the Pulmonary Calcs menu to save the displayed values to vital signs The message SAVE OPERATION CO
240. etup Monitor Setup Menu Learn the Monitor The Mentor educational program presents basic instructions right on the monitor Select LEARN information windows THE MONITOR to open the first of six OPERATING THE MONITOR ROTATE the Trim Knob to HIGHLIGHT parameter labels far right side of screen and menu options bottom of screen PRESS the Trim Knob to SELECT parameter labels and menu options Related menu options will appear A message line describing the highlighted menu option is displayed MAIN MENU Select to return to main menu END PREVIOUS 2 MENU Select to display previous menu Selecting HELP from a popup menu will display aninformation window NEXT CLOSE WINDOW WINDOW 562A Learn the Monitor Information Window The six Mentor information windows are Operating the Monitor Skin Prep and Electrode Placement Patient Status Alarms System Status Alarms Silencing Alarms and Graphing NBP Procedure and Zero Reference Procedure When the Mentor information window is open Trim Knob control and or touchscreen operation is in the information window NEXT WINDOW and PREVIOUS WINDOW enable movement forward and backward through the six windows CLOSE WINDOW closes the Mentor information window Mentor information windows cannot be printed Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 5 23 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Software Revision To find out what softwa
241. evel option allows you to view and reassign parameter alarms to other levels To move a parameter alarm to another level use PARAMETER ALARM LEVEL option and follow the procedure described in the Selecting Options from Scroll Lists section in Chapter 1 The Basics Any changes made with this menu option are temporary and revert to the default settings upon patient discharge NOTE No waveforms are stored in Alarm History for parameter alarms NOTE When adjusting alarm volume carefully consider the environmental noise level Adjust the volume so the clinician can adequately hear alarms To adjust alarm tone volume select ALARM VOL from the Alarm Control menu A popup menu opens displaying the volume settings 100 60 20 90 50 10 80 40 OFF 589A Alarm Volume Popup Menu Each time a different volume setting is highlighted you hear a tone at that volume The message ALARM VOLUME OFF is displayed at the top of the screen if OFF is selected NOTE The Alarm Volume options shown are dependent on the Min Alarm Volume and Alarm Volume Off settings in the Setup Display window found in Monitor Defaults In the Operating Room and N eonatal I CU modes the 10 volume tones are slightly quieter than the same tones in the Adult I CU mode Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 8 15 2026265 001 Alarm Control Alarm Control Menu Minimum Alarm Volume Alarm Volume Off When you are satisfied with
242. ewing beds via any networked monitor m Can view up to 40 beds on a hardwired network or up to 10 beds on a wireless network m Allows viewing beds from multiple care units Automatic View On Alarm AVOA Theoriginal automatic view on alarm AVOA feature can be used with any software version It requires the separate Unity Network Information Server to run NOTE To avoid confusion it is recommended that only one type of automatic view on alarm be used in a careunit i e a careunit using server AVOA should not use AutoView XM and vice versa 6 20 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Viewing Other Patients Functionality Comparison NOTE Some options and settings are only available with AutoView XM The monitor must have a continuous connection to the Unity Network VOA AVOA AutoView XM Maximum Number of Viewable Beds 40 100 40 None Unity Network None Separate Required Server Information Server V2 or greater Required Network Connection Continuous Viewable Units All beds in same care unit only Any care unit on the Unity Network Available Default Settings View on Alarm View on Alarm Broadcast View on Alarm Alert Tone Remote Silence Automatic View on Alarm Level Automatic View on Alarm Silence NOTE If a monitor exceeds the maximum number of viewable beds 41 or 101 beds while sending data to a host monitor the host monitor
243. fer to the Calibration section in this chapter for information about this option 18 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026259 001 SvO2 Calibration Calibration There are three different calibration procedures PREINSERTION CALIBRATION LIGHT INTENSITY CALIBRATION and CALIBRATE TO VENOUS BLOOD GAS Before valid data can be obtained either the blood gas calibration or the preinsertion calibration must be performed If you do the preinsertion calibration you must also do the light intensity calibration once the catheter is properly positioned in the patient You do not need to do the light intensity calibration if you perform a venous blood gas calibration It is done automatically Preinsertion Calibration The SVO2 module has been programmed for use with a standard optical reference that is packaged with the catheter To insure proper operation of the system each new catheter optical module should be calibrated to this reference before placing the catheter in the patient After the preinsertion calibration procedure described here is completed the system will be ready to use If the catheter is placed in a patient without calibrating the system a venous blood gas calibration must be performed To perform a preinsertion calibration follow this procedure 1 Connect all cables but leave the patient end of the catheter in the package 2 With the catheter still in the package select the PREINSERTION CALIBRATION
244. ff Graph Waveform 4 Off VOA Broadcast Off Alarm Graph Off VOA Alert Tone Off Timed Graph 20 seconds Remote Alarm Level Crisis Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 15 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults Display Defaults Display Defaults Alarm Volume Off Enable TC Units mmHg Min Alarm Volume 105 TC Severinghaus Off Alarm Volume 205 RM WF Speed 6 25 Silence Alarm Normal Vent WF Speed 6 25 QRS Volume Off Display MAC Value Off Rate Volume 20 Disable SAM Hal Off ECG Leads Fail Sys Advisory Disable SAM Enf Off 5 02 Probe Off Sys Warning ICG Primary Par CI SPO2 Pulse Search Sys Advisory ICG Secondary Parl CO Persistent SP02 Off ICG Secondary Par2 SVR Monitor ISO DES Isoflurane ICG Secondary Par3 TFC Display Limits Off Touch Volume 10 Display Units Off Pause Breakthru Crisis Units For Height CM Tech ID Field Off Units For Weight KG Masimo Averaging 8 secs Temperature Units CDEG Sat Seconds Off CO2 Units MMHG BIS Smooth Rate 15 sec 02 Units Spectral Update 2 sec Gas Units 2 EEG WF Scale 25 uV aiv NBP Limits Type Systolic EEG WF Speed 25 Arterial Limits Type Systolic Spectra Display CSA PA Limits Type Diastolic EEG Montage 2 Ch Ref Menu Timeout 5 minutes EEG Param Display SEF ECG F
245. ftware Options Display information window the word Enabled appears below CARDIOPULMONARY FEATURES and or HI RES GRAPHIC TRENDS if one or both options have been purchased and installed Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 1 5 2026265 001 The Basics Menus Menus There are several types of menus found on the Solar 8000i monitor They are described below Main Display The main display shows all monitored parameters and waveforms It also contains the main menu in the lower left corner of the screen The main menu consists of one menu option MORE MENUS You can access menus not related to specific parameters by selecting the MORE MENUS option You can also access parameter menus by selecting the parameter labels The main display is shown below 25 FEB 2000 10 21 ADULT 1 ICU BED5 MARTIN ECG 70 150 50 PE iede 5 37 3 39 1 WE Solar 8000i Main Display Menu Timeout The monitor automatically returns to the main display when you have displayed another menu and have not used the Trim Knob control or touchscreen for 5 minutes default time This is a monitor default display setting which can be set for a longer period of time or for no timeout at all Some menus such as Vital Signs and Trends are not affected by the timeout setting You must exit them using the MAIN MENU or PREVIOUS MENU option 1 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 The Basics Menus More
246. g Other Patients View On Alarm Setting The VIEW ON ALARM default setting is used to activate the view on alarms message line and to turn on the automatic view on alarm feature The AVOA feature will only be functional if you have the AutoView XM feature enabled or the separate Unity Network Information Server This default setting can be temporarily overridden by using the VIEW OTHER BEDS ON ALARM menu option m OFF Thedefault setting m ON Turns on the ALARMS message line m AUTO Turns on the ALARMS message line and the automatic view on alarm feature VOA Broadcast Setting The VOA BROADCAST setting can be set to or off When on the monitor will broadcast its advisory warning and crisis alarms over the network for viewing by other monitors on the network that have selected this bed to be automatically viewed on alarm When off no alarms are broadcast This default setting can be overridden for individual patients by using the SEND AUTO VIEWS menu option in the View Other Patients menu However upon discharge the monitor will return to the VOA Broadcast setting VOA Alert Tone Setting TheVOA ALERT TONE default setting is used to select the default alert tone that will sound when a viewable bed is alarming T he choices are m OFF Notone sounds This is the default selection m ON Upon detection of an alarming bed a tone sounds one time at the host monitor m REPEAT Upon detection of
247. ght intensity calibration is performed Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 18 11 2026259 001 SvO2 Calibration Calibrate to Venous Blood Gas Calibrate to venous blood gas for the following conditions Catheter is placed in a patient without performing the preinsertion calibration procedure Catheter has been disconnected from the optical module for an extended period of time and then reconnected Catheter has been in place for an extended period of time Fiberoptics have been damaged Thereis reason to suspect that the SvO2 value is incorrect If a venous blood gas calibration is performed it should be done when the patient s oxygen saturation is relatively stable and the light intensity signal is within normal limits three asterisks displayed in the SvO2 parameter window NOTE To achieve the accuracy ascribed to the SvO2 module calibration to blood gas should be done using measured oxyhemoglobin saturation values not calculated values Oxyhemoglobin saturation values that have been calculated on the basis of measurements of PO2 pH and temperature have been shown to be inaccurate Follow this procedure 1 Select the CALIBRATE TO VENOUS BLOOD GAS option from the SVO2 menu A new set of menu options is displayed CHANGE MAIN VALUE MENU SAVE 67 741A PREVIOUS MENU CANCEL CALIBRATION Calibrate to Venous Blood Gas Menu 18 12 Solar 8000
248. h each interface adapter Refer to these instructions for specific instructions regarding where the interface adapter is connected to the peripheral device as well as any special settings needed to facilitate communication with the peripheral device Interface Adapters MW 859A Interface Adapters Oncethe interface adapter is permanently connected to the peripheral device the cable can be plugged into any one of the eight serial ports on the connectivity device Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 20 9 2026265 001 Interfaces Connectivity Devices Serial Port Indicator Lights Each serial port on the connectivity devices has an indicator light located directly above it This light is used to determine the status of the serial port Serial Port Indicator Light Green State Yellow State Status Description Off Off No connection Nothing is connected to the associated serial port or the interface connector is not operational On Communication pending Cable and interface adapter are connected but the Supported device communication is not yet established Slow blinking Communications error Connected but communications error with supported once every 2 device seconds Fast blinking Other errors Indicates twice every 1 Too many supported devices of one type are connected second 2 Interface adapter is malfunctioning 3 Supported device software is not compatible with
249. h insulation port and it is defibrillator proof insulated input ensures patient safety and protects the device during defibrillation and electrosurgery Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 12 3 2026265 001 Pressures Zero Reference Zero Reference Zeroing the pressure transducers is very important for accurate pressure measurements Transducers should be zeroed frequently and always before initiating treatment changes based on the pressure data You can zero all transducers at one time or zero each one individually To zero all the pressure transducers at one time follow this procedure 1 2 3 4 5 Remove all excess tubing between the transducer and the patient Close the transducer stopcock s to the patient Open the venting stopcock s to air atmosphere Press the Zero All button on the keypad Verify that zero reference has been established Watch the pressure parameter windows for messages 6 Close the venting stopcock s to air atmosphere Open the transducer stopcock s to the patient Within seconds pressure numerics should be displayed in the pressure parameter windows NOTE It is recommended that you zero invasive pressure lines at the transducer stopcock only Zeroing invasive pressure lines with excessive amounts of tubing between the transducer and the stopcock can cause Pressure messages This delays obtaining invasive pressure parameter information Refer to t
250. harge Alert Off TC Site Time 4 00 TC Site Temp 450 C 21 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults Arrhythmia Alarm Levels Parameter Alarm Levels Crisis Warning Advisory Message SP02 v Asystole Y FEM Y VFib VTac Y UAC Y V Tach Y GAS Y gt 2 v VNT Y V Brady Y RA v Couplet v UVC Y LA v Acc Vent Y ICP Y Pause Y SP Y Trigeminy Y 5 02 v RonT v TC v PVC Y BIS Y Tachy v ART Rate Y Brady v 5 02 Rate Y Irregular Y BT Y Parameter Alarm Levels FEMME d UAC Rate Y Crisis Warning Advisory Message POC 7 d cco Y C02 No Breath Y NICO 7 RM No Resp 3 PVC RR 7 E Resp Apnea Y ART Y TMP gt Y CVP c02 Y NBP v NBP M Only Y Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 5 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults Parameter Limits Parameter Limits Low High Low High HR 50 150 CVP 99 350 PVC min 6 RA 99 350 ST I 20 20 UVC 99 350 ST II 20 20 LA 99 350 ST III 20 20 ICP 99 350
251. he Troubleshooting section in this chapter for more information NOTE Refer to the Pressure Menu Options section in this chapter for information about zeroing a single pressure transducer 12 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Pressures Checklist Checklist The module is securely inserted in the Tram rac housing Patient cable is attached to the BP connector on the module Transducers are leveled according to unit policy Recommended standard is level of right left atrium All transducers are zeroed Any entrapped air is removed from the system NOTE Refer to the transducer manufacturer s instructions for suggested means of removing entrapped air from the hydraulic system Pressure setup is adjusted if necessary Details are provided in this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 12 5 2026265 001 Pressures Pressure Monitoring Pressure Monitoring Pressure Information A labeled pressure waveform is displayed when the patient cable is connected to the module After a zero reference procedure is done numerics are displayed in the pressure parameter windows on the right side of the screen Systolic Value Diastolic Value W 36 72 RATE 70 041 9 30 Limits and Units 529A Pulse Rate Value Mean Value ART Pressure Parameter Window Mean Value CVP3 8 p p Limits and Units mmHg 659A CVP Pressure Parameter Window The curre
252. he time of the cardiac output Any cardiac rhythm disturbances row labeled RHY are also noted Additionally if the patient s height and weight have been entered in cardiac calcs other calculated parameters for example Cl are displayed To view all calculated parameters you need to enter cardiac calculations NOTE last average CO value and time are cleared from the parameter window after the first new CO trial is completed Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 15 9 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Monitoring Features Detailed information about the area of the screen where the waveform is displayed appears below Program messages and the washout The last CO trial value will be displayed here curve appear here until the next message is displayed INJECT WHEN READY CC 0 574 IT 8 0 BT 36 1 700A This is the baseline Look here following an injection to see what computation constant CC injectate temperature 7 and patient blood temperature BT were used to calculate CO CO Screen Information If Auto mode is and a stable baseline is detected the INJ ECT WHEN READY message is displayed Make your injection when you are ready f necessary you can make adjustments to the injectate volume temperature catheter and catheter size before beginning an injection Refer to the procedures for these options in this chapter If the manual mode is on the message PUSH CO N
253. hich opens an information window that provides additional information about BP filters Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 12 11 2026265 001 Pressures Pressure Menu Options Calibrate Transducer Speed The Calibrate Transducer option allows you to adjust the monitor for any transducer error NOTE Error is determined when pressure calibration is measured with another instrument such as a mercury manometer Select the CALIBRATE TRANSDUCER option from the pressure menu A new menu is displayed with two options Select one of the two menu options Adjusting one option automatically adjusts the other m CAL 100 Opens a popup menu to enter the percentage of error Usethis option when the calibration error is already known NOTE Always make sure that the CAL is at 100 when making a new adjustment For example if it is known that the transducer measures 296 high enter 102 When you close the popup menu the monitor compensates for theerror Or if you apply a known pressure such as 100 and the monitor displays 102 for that pressure site adjust the CAL to the number displayed NOTE You must dose the popup menu before a change is displayed in the values window m ADJUST TOMMHG Opens a popup menu to changethe millimeters of mercury error Usethis menu option to open a popup menu to select a sweep speed for all displayed pressure waveforms Choices are 6 25 12 5 25 and 50 millimeters per second The
254. hree pressure parameters simply unmark the unwanted ones This is also true for inspired and expired CO2 and gas parameters When the parameters you wish to plot as trends are all highlighted select RETURN The popup menu closes and the information reconfigures to display the selected trends 10 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Preset Trends View Older View Newer The Preset Trends menu option can be useful as a shortcut in plotting trends When you select PRESET TRENDS from the Graphic Trends menu a popup menu with preset combinations of parameters for trending opens The choices available vary with the patient monitor type for which your monitor is set Select a parameter combination if one suits your needs The information window immediately displays the parameters as graphic trends Select RETURN to close the popup menu Use these options to move backward and forward in time NOTE These options do not function when viewing in the 6 minute time period Time Period Use this option to open a popup menu used to select a time period for viewing the selected trends Options 24 HRS 12 HRS 6 HRS HRS 90 MINS 45 MINS 30 MINS 15 MINS and6 MINS Displayed trends update automatically The frequency of the update is depends on the time period selected 6MINS updates every 10 seconds m 15 30 45 and 90 MINS update every minute m 3and6HRS update ever
255. i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026259 001 SvO2 Calibration If light intensity levels are insufficient the message BLOOD GAS CAL FAIL is displayed in the SVO2 parameter window This message is also displayed if the optical module is not warmed up Wait one minute then select the CALIBRATE TO VENOUS BLOOD GAS option again NOTE If failure continues call Abbott service It is likely that there is a hardware failure in the optical module The message DRAW BLOOD is displayed in the SVO2 parameter window for 10 seconds Then the message WAITING FOR BLOOD GAS is displayed Also at this time the SvO2 module stores the preceding 5 seconds of oxygen saturation data and automatically performs the light intensity calibration 2 If you wish to cancel the blood gas calibration select the CANCEL CALIBRATION option Monitoring continues using the previously stored saturation value 3 Oncethelaboratory analysis is complete the results can be compared to the stored saturation value as displayed on the SAVE option If the laboratory valueis within four saturation units of the stored value select SAVE If the laboratory value differs from the stored value by morethan four saturation units select the CHANGE VALUE option and enter the laboratory value Then select the SAVE option When the WAITING FOR BLOOD GAS message is displayed it is possible to leave the menu by selecting MAIN MENU or PREVIOUS MENU The WAITING FOR BLOOD
256. ich alert you to the conditions causing suspended arrhythmia analysis are ARR OFF ARHY SUSPEND LEADS FAIL ALARM PAUSE ALL ALARMS OFF and DISCHARGED NOTE Arrhythmia messages are displayed when ALARM PAUSE ALL ALARMS OFF or DISCHARGED is displayed but there are no alarm tones or history storage TheEK Proalgorithm simultaneously uses leads I I1 111 and the V lead for ECG and arrhythmia analysis The Basic software package detects lethal arrhythmias only The Cardiac software package has full arrhythmia analysis 11 18 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Turning Arrhythmia On and Off To manually turn arrhythmia analysis off and on select the ARRHYTHMIA option from the ECG menu A popup menu opens The choices available are determined by the software package EE gt LETHAL ARRHYTHMIA OFF LETHAL 644B Arrhythmia Popup Menu Basic Software Package gt FULL LETHAL ARRHYTHMIA OFF FULL Arrhythmia Popup Menu Cardiac Software Package 645A Select your arrhythmia analysis choice The change does not take effect until the popup menu is closed NOTE The message ARR OFF appears in the ECG parameter window when arrhythmia is turned off This message is not displayed when the monitor is in Operating Room mode Turning arrhythmia on automatically starts a relearn procedure Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 19 2026265 001 EC
257. idual scales Full Grid Display The FULL GRID display mode is the same as the full display mode with additional graticules displayed on the screen The additional graticules do not print when waveforms are graphed NOTE When using the Full or Full Grid modes there are left and right scales Read ART FEM UAC and SP pressures using the left scale markers Read RA UVC LA and ICP pressures using the right scale markers Use the Scales menu option in the individual parameter menu to change pressures from one side to the other Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 5 5 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu CRG Full Display CRG Individual Display EEG Spectra Display BIS Spectra Display TheCRG FULL option provides a full scale CRG mode with left and right scales The CRG INDV option provides a CRG mode with individual scales for each parameter NOTE Refer to Chapter 9 CRG Plus Display for details on the CRG Plus full and individual display modes The EEG SPECTRA option displays two or four channel EEG spectra depending on the number of channels being monitored and the selecti on made in the EEG Spectra popup menu The BIS SPECTRA option displays either a single CSA spectrum or a single DSA spectrum depending on the selection made in the BIS Spectra Setup menu NOTE Refer tothe Patient Monitoring System Operator s Manual Supplement for the BIS EEG Module for details on BIS and EEG
258. ienes 16 7 Relearn Respiration 16 7 U En 16 8 Respiration Limits 3 25 cry rore eer bees Yo ene dal 16 8 SIZE ovs rta et eret Ar Sacrae M artan 16 8 Manual Size i E td la glade ROC 16 9 Cardiac Artifact Alarm red ers Weider eben bre Erbe Pr Epod 16 9 Speed cx pp ROO He EE e 16 10 Troubleshooting oven eeen evene eneen eneen ent 16 11 Messages nt cle Ed diede cds fee 16 11 1 1 Temperature z as meneren dentata ans 17 1 Introd ctlon 1 ze entend XE EN EE MER RR eee 17 2 ChecklisU 4o nscid ond cards re einai 17 3 Temperature Monitoring Features 17 4 Temperature Information 17 4 Getting to the Temperature Menu 17 5 Temperature Menu Options 17 6 prec E 17 6 Abt MA ar gamete AER NP armen artan 17 6 ere ate d ali ea e 17 6 Temperature Limits inurri niti tenie me 17 6 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor ix 2026265 001 Troubleshooting 17 7 MESSAGES esos nr arne ob hans han Maker ees MEE a 17 7 1 9 OV EN 18 1 Introduction ren eenander ee wate E 18 2 EEE 18 4 SVO2 Monitoring Features 18 5 SVO2 Information nena d
259. ient Monitor 5 9 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Graph Location The Graph Location menu option displays a menu that allows you to choose writers for alarm and manual graphs MAIN MANUAL GRAPH LOCATION ALARM GRAPH LOCATION PRINT WINDOW LOCATION MENU ICU CS1 WRITER ICU BEDS WRITER ICU CS2 LASER PREVIOUS 12 LEAD PRINT LOCATION SELECT ANOTHER MENU ICU CS2 LASER CARE UNIT 543B Graph Location Menu m MANUAL GRAPH LOCATION Designates to which printer a graph strip with patient waveforms is printed Manual graphs are started and stopped using the Graph Go Stop button on the keypad or remote control m ALARM GRAPH LOCATION Designates to which printer an alarm graph strip with patient waveforms is printed Alarm graphs start automatically when a crisis or warning alarm occurs m PRINT WINDOW LOCATION Designates to which printer the data from an information window is printed Other data always sent to this location includes CRG Plus ST All ECG Alarm histories ST history data only prints to a laser printer PA wedge Cardiac output waveforms PAW volume and flow volume loops 9 9 9 m 12LEAD PRINT LOCATION Designates to which laser printer a 12 SL analysis with patient waveforms is printed Laser printers are the only valid selections for this option If a laser printer does not exist on the network a location defined in the print window loc
260. ify that the V lead label is correct if using a 5 leadwire patient cable Refer to the Identify V Lead section in this chapter ECG setup is adjusted if necessary Follow the detailed procedures in this chapter Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Monitoring Features ECG Monitoring Features ECG Display An ECG waveform is always displayed at the top of the monitor s screen Depending on the default settings more may be displayed An ECG parameter window is also displayed The size of the ECG parameter window varies depending on the default parameter priority setting and the monitor display mode setting in monitor defaults Y our software package and parameter settings determine the information displayed in the window QRS Indicator Heart Rate Pace Detection Indicators Pp 2 Heart Rate Alarm sue T 150 Limits PVC Count Full J 60ms 102 50 Arrhythmia Only ZAMN ANT INE LAT I 02 00 ST Analysis Data ST Measurement Point AVF 0 0 V5 0 1 754A ECG Parameter Window Large Pk 70 ECG PVC 0 150 50 J 60ms 02mm 882A ECG Parameter Window Small The parameter window displays the current heart rate pacemaker indicators PVC count full arrhythmia only and the ECG lead with the greatest ST deviation when ST analysis is on NOTE The anterior ANT inferior INF and lateral LAT ST data as shown
261. igher priority set to Silenced NOTE alarm is present newer alarm will not displace an older alarm even if a higher priority alarm is present Automatically removed if a more recent higher priority alarm is received and the default setting AVOA SILENCE is set to New Alarm Viewed Patient Display The figure below is an example of the split screen display when viewing another patient A display similar to this will appear both when a bed has been manually selected to view and during an automatic view on alarm situation The monitor on which you are viewing is called the host The patient data for the host monitor is always shown on the right The viewed patient s data is always shown on the left The message VIEWED PATIENT appears at the bottom of the viewed patient portion of the display The unit and bed numbers as well as the patient name if entered are shown for both the host and viewed patient portions The first six parameter windows and up to four waveforms are displayed for the viewed patient NOTE The touchscreen option does not function on the viewed patient portion of the display Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 23 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Viewing Other Patients All functions are operational for the host monitor Two seconds of waveform data are displayed If you access a function with an information window e g limits the viewed patient data is tem
262. ilter Moderate EEG Trend 1 SEF BP Filter 12 Hz EEG Trend 2 MedF NO ECG Comm Alarm Off EEG Trend 3 SR QRS Width Normal EEG Trend 4 Amp 02 Display Mode Auto AVOA Alarm Level Warning RM Display Par 1 TVm Remote Silence Crisis RM Display Par 2 MVm AVOA Silence Silenced RM Display Par 3 PIP NBP Clock Sync Off RM Display Par 4 PEEP NBP M Only Alarm Sys Advisory Discharge Alert Off TC Site Time 4 00 TC Site Temp 45 0 C 21 16 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix C Operating Room Mode Defaults Arrhythmia Alarm Levels Parameter Alarm Levels Crisis Warning Advisory Message TC Asystole Y BIS VFib VTac Y ART rate V Tach Y SP O2 rate v BT Parameter Alarm Levels n FEM rate 4 Crisis Warning Advisory Message UAC rate RM no resp CCO PVC 5 Y ICG NBP RR v NBP M Only Y Resp apnea ART Y Parameter Limits C02 High 02 no breath Y HR 1 150 GAS Y PVC 6 SP02 ST I 2 0 20 vi ST ll 20 20 UAC 7 ST III 20 20 VNT ST V1 20 20 ST AVL 20 20 ii lt ST AVF 220 20 UVC id ST AVR 20 20 LA d ST V2 2 0 2 0 ICP v ST V3 20 20 SP v ST V
263. in the Tram rac housing and connecting the patient cable there is a warm up period of about two minutes The message WARMING is displayed in the CO2 parameter window After the warm up period when the patient is properly connected and breath is detected numerics are displayed in the CO2 parameter window and a CO2 waveform may be displayed on the screen NOTE The CO2 waveform sweep speed on the screen is set at 6 25 millimeters per second which is considerably slower than other displayed waveforms This is done in order to show several breaths on the screen at once You can change this speed if needed Capnostat modules After the initial warming up period when a new Capnostat sensor is connected the message CAL SENSOR TO ZERO CELL is displayed You must zero the Capnostat sensor before monitoring can start Refer to the Zero Capnostat Sensor section in this chapter To assure accuracy a zero cell calibration is also required whenever any sensor is first connected to the module whether a message is displayed or not CAUTION A zero cell calibration is required each time a sensor is connected Failure to do so can result in inaccurate CO2 values Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 19 5 2026265 001 C02 CO2 Monitoring Features Inspired and Expired CO2 Values Respiration Rate ea RR INSP EXP 12 1 35 e ae and mmHg 745A CO2 Parameter Window The param
264. in which they are available Refer to the appendices for a complete breakdown of the software packages by feature Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 The Basics Manual Conventions How can you tell what software package you have To determine whether you have the Basic software package or the Cardiac software package follow these steps 1 Select the ECG label The ECG menu is then displayed at the bottom of the screen 2 Select the ARRHYTHMIA option from the ECG menu If you have the Basic software package the Arrhythmia popup menu will look like this illustration gt LETHAL ARRHYTHMIA OFF LETHAL Arrhythmia Popup Menu Basic Software Package 644B If you have the Cardiac software package the Arrhythmia popup menu will look like this illustration gt FULL LETHAL ARRHYTHMIA OFF FULL Arrhythmia Popup Menu Cardiac Software Package 645A To determine if the Cardiopulmonary and or High Resolution CRG Trends options have been installed on your monitor follow these steps 1 Select MORE MENUS from the monitor s main display 2 Select MONITOR SETUP from the menu displayed 3 Select REVISION AND ID from the Monitor Setup menu A popup menu and information window appear 4 Select NEXT inthe popup menu as many times as necessary to scroll through the information windows until the SOFTWARE OPTIONS DISPLAY information window appears 5 the So
265. ing 21 28 Arrhythmia 11 18 11 21 Arrhythmia alarm level 8 12 8 14 Full 11 21 Lethal 11 20 Minimum 11 20 Arrhythmia conditions 11 21 Automatic view on alarm 6 20 6 33 Configuring 6 35 B Basic software package 1 4 Battery 4 7 Biocompatibility 4 2 C Capnostat adapter Calibrating 19 15 Capnostat modules 19 7 Capnostat sensor Troubleshooting 19 17 Zeroing 19 14 Capnostat sensor and adapter cleaning 19 16 Cardiac calculations 10 12 15 13 15 15 Cardiac output Suggested procedure 15 5 Troubleshooting 15 21 Cardiac output menu 15 11 Auto mode 15 16 BT limits 15 16 Cardiac output help 15 20 Cardiac output now 15 15 Catheter 15 17 Computation constant 15 20 Delete CO trials 15 12 Injectate temperature 15 18 Injectate volume 15 19 Print CO curve 15 16 Size 15 18 Use PAW PAD LA 15 17 Cardiac output trials 15 9 Cardiac output window 15 8 Cardiac software package 1 4 Cardiopulmonary software package 1 4 Cautions 3 7 3 10 CE marking Compliance CD 1 Exceptions CD 2 Classification 3 12 Cleaning Cables and leadwires 4 6 General 4 4 Other applied parts 4 6 Touchscreen 4 5 Clinical Information Center 2 18 2 Capnostat modules 19 7 Displayed information 19 5 Sidestream modules 19 20 CO2 menu options Capnostat modules 19 10 Cal sensor to zero cell 19 13 Calibrate adapter 19 13 CO2 averaging 19 13 CO2 scale 19 11 Limits 19 12 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Index 1 2026265 001 Index N20 compensati
266. intensity calibration 18 1 1 Preinsertion calibration 18 9 5 2 cal history 18 14 Troubleshooting 18 16 SVO2 menu 18 6 Calibrate to venous blood gas 18 8 Light intensity calibration 18 7 Limits 18 7 Preinsertion calibration 18 7 SVO2 cal history 18 8 SVO2 help 18 7 SVO2 window 18 5 Symbols 21 49 System components 2 2 Clinical Information Center 2 18 Display unit 2 5 Printer 2 18 Processing unit 2 3 Remote display 2 18 Solar 8000i 2 2 T Technical maintenance 4 8 Technical specifications 4 8 Temperature menu 17 5 T1 17 6 T2 17 6 Temperature limits 17 6 Units 17 6 Temperature troubleshooting 17 7 Temperature window 17 4 Index 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Index Touchscreen 1 18 Anchor menu option 1 20 Information windows 1 19 Popup menus 1 19 Return menu option 1 20 Touchscreen arrows 1 19 Tram modules 2 6 x51 series 2 7 Tram rac housing 2 13 Connectors 2 14 Slots 2 16 Trim Knob control 1 17 U Unit defaults worksheet 21 21 Unity Network ID connectivity device 20 6 V View on alarm 6 31 View other patients menu 6 29 Viewing other patients 6 19 Monitor setup 6 25 Default settings 6 25 Menu settings 6 28 Selecting a bed to view 6 36 Selecting another care unit 6 36 Vital signs 10 6 Warnings 3 3 3 7 Windows 1 13 Information windows 1 15 Parameter windows 1 13 Writers PRN 50 digital writer 7 2 Z Zero reference 12 4 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor I
267. ions for use All publications conform with the product specifications and applicable IEC publications on safety and essential performance of electromedical equipment as well as with applicable UL and CSA requirements and AHA recommendations valid at the time of printing The quality management system complies with the international standards ISO 9001 and ISO 13485 and the Council Directive on Medical Devices 93 42 EEC CE 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Contents Fhe BASICS En tinnen vene eenen ekke 1 1 About This 1 2 1 2 Intended AUdIENGE s rend tka 12 Revision HIStoTy 35s eer enke M 1 2 Ordering Manuals 1 2 Manual Conventions 1 3 Product Referenc s soo cate oen onteren Roa geh ac Pond ee 1 3 Definitions see nares eerte tco a ten en e et 1 3 Illustrations and Names 1 3 Software Packages tco tes erede ste e eon per eta 14 Menus ate ereen inenten en ern 1 6 Main Display iei ebat Rer SR CL RT e Laos Es 1 6 ado Gael ater ee dn hah o tte RR on 1 7 Popup Menus cues
268. ior to the first injection If you manually set this option to 0 000 you will not be able to complete a cardiac output trial When you manually enter a computation constant the other menu options Inject Vol Inject Temp and Size are not needed Y ou may change them to reflect your setup but they have no effect on the software Selecting this option opens a popup menu and an information window Theinformation window contains technique tips as well as some possible reasons for an unstable baseline message Press the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen to close the popup menu and the information window 15 20 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Procedural Prompts and Messages During the injection procedure you may see some of the following prompts and messages displayed on the screen They are listed alphabetically CO COMPLETE The numeric value of the CO has been calculated and is displayed on the screen COMPUTING CO CO waveform has been displayed and now the monitor is preparing the numeric results INJ ECT NOW The stat CARDI AC OUTPUT NOW option has been selected Make your injection immediately INJ ECT WHEN READY The Auto Mode is on and the monitor has detected a stable baseline temperature Make your injection when ready PLEASE WAIT The monitor is searching for a stable baseline temperature PUSH CO NOW OR TURN AUTO ON
269. ipheral device s alarms must not be turned off or the volume reduced in any way to diminish the importance of the peripheral device as the primary alarm sourcefor parameters monitored by the peripheral device CORRECT ADAPTER Use of the wrong interface adapter may cause improper operation of the supported peripheral device Verify that the correct interface adapter on the peripheral deviceis operational beforethe device is used on a patient INSTALLATION Qualified technical personnel must connect the interface adapter to the peripheral device and make any necessary adjustments to the peripheral device baud rate parity etc as described in the specific installation instructions for the interface adapter Insert cabling from the connectivity device only into specified interface adapters and specified peripheral devices To avoid inadvertent disconnection route all cables in a way to prevent a stumbling hazard Wrap and secure excess cabling to reduce risk of entanglement by patients and personnel Do not install in a location where the device may drop on a person SINGLE PATIENT USE All eight serial ports of the connectivity device must only be used by one patient Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 20 7 Interfaces Connectivity Devices CAUTIONS INSTALLATION avoid accidental ingress of liquids always mount the connectivity device in a vertical position with the co
270. is not listed select CREATE NEW BED A text entry popup menu opens in which you can enter the bed number manually NOTE If a bed number has not been entered X s appear at the top of the display where the bed number normally appears NOTE If the monitor is not on the network text entry popup menu opens You can enter the bed number manually Selecting the UNITS OF MEASURE option opens an information window that allows you to change the units of measure used for the patient s height and weight Options for HEIGHT are centimeters or inches Options for WEIGHT are kilograms or pounds The default settings arethe metric units Select either HEIGHT or WEIGHT and to select the desired unit of measure Select RETURN when you are finished In Neonatal I CU mode an additional option AGE also appears The options are DAYS WEEKS and YEARS The default setting is WEEKS Options for Admitting a Patient Admit Patient This menu option is found in all admit menus when the monitor mode is either Adult ICU or Neonatal I CU It indicates that no patient is admitted When this menu option is displayed the monitor is in a discharged state and there are no alarms Select ADMIT PATIENT to admit a patient This is a direct action menu option Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 15 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Admit Menu Options New Case Admit Help Quick Admit This menu option appears only when the monitor i
271. isplay the following information window and popup menu CRG EVENTS RETURN AWAKE SLEEPING QUIET FEEDING SUCTIONED CRYING STIMULATED MEDICATION RESPIRATORY THERAPY BATHING PROCEDURE DATE TIME 12 OCT 2000 10 35 M MAIN LOCATE VIEW RETURN MENY SURO OLDER PREVIOUS SELECT DELETE PRINT DOCUMENT MENU EVENT EVENT EVENTS CRG EVENTS 624 Document CRG Events Popup Menu and Information Window Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 9 15 CRG Plus Display Document CRG Events To edit events in the Document CRG Events information window follow this procedure Move the pointer gt in front of the DATE TIME selection 2 Highlight the date time selection see figure by pressing the Trim Knob control or touching the DOCUMENT CRG EVENTS option 3 Scroll toa specific time Press the Trim Knob control or touch the DOCUMENT CRG EVENTS option when the specific time you want to edit appears 4 Movethe pointer to an event then press the Trim Knob control or touch the DOCUMENT CRG EVENTS option to document that event Your selection will then appear in the CRG Trends directory 5 Select RETURN when all changes are completed The popup menu and information window close Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 CRG Plus Display Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Problem Impedance respiration waveform is too small or too la
272. iters and Printers Laser Printer An optional laser printer can be connected directly to the Solar 8000i monitor or connected to the Clinical Information Center central station When choosing a graph location a laser printer connected directly to the Solar 8000i is identified on the monitor as BED LSR A laser printer connected to the Clinical Information Center is identified on the monitor as LASER NOTE When connecting directly to the Solar 8000i monitor the laser printer must be connected to one of the M ports on the front of the monitor processing unit The laser printer must have a serial port and an interface adapter is required for the cable between the laser printer and the monitor Refer to the Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Service Manual for more details If more than one laser printer is connected to M port the message Too many devices of the same kind attached appears on the display and the laser printers will not be available as valid graph locations The laser printer prints the following information when it is selected for each graph location m Print window location Any printable information window being displayed is printed when the Graph Go Stop button is pressed Manual graph location The waveforms as selected in the Graph Setup menu are printed when the Graph Go Stop button is pressed Twenty seconds of waveforms per page are printed in cascade format when the graph speed is set to 25 millime
273. itoring call GE Medical Systems Information Technologies service at 1 800 558 7044 U S only Outside the United States please contact your sales service office NOTE When SPO2 errors occur values are not stored in patient trended data until the error is resolved Trending resumes when the message disappears from the screen ARTIFACT DETECTED No SPO2 data is displayed due to signal interference or too much ambient light Check the patient and the probe LOW QUALITY or LOW QUALITY SIGNAL SPO2 data continues to be displayed but the quality of the signal is questionable Check the patient and the probe PROBE IS OFF THE PATIENT The disposable or reusable probe is off the patient No SPO2 data is displayed Check the probe NOTE Thefactory default for this alarm is system warning You can set it to be a system advisory alarm in your Monitor Defaults 14 16 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 SPO2 Troubleshooting PROBE OR MODULE MALFUNCTION No SpO2 data is displayed due to an unrecognized or defective probe If using a Tram module try the following solutions in order 1 Change the probe 2 Change the cable 3 Change the module 4 Call service If using a single parameter module try the following solutions in order 1 Removeandreinsert the module 2 Removethe module change the probe then reinsert the module 3 Remove the module change the cable then reinsert the module 4 Cha
274. ker detection This window is shown below PACEMAKER HELP PROBLEMS Heart rate is double counting Alarming for low heart rate or asystole Pacemaker spikes are not detected SOLUTIONS Assign the lead with the best pace marker to the top trace position Try an alternate electrode placement Use the PACE 2 program for atrial or A V sequential paced patients Use the PACE 1 program for ventricular pacemakers with the stimulus occurring within a few milliseconds after the pacer spike VIEW ALL ECG CLEAR DETECT PACE OFF V 2 V6 FAIL OFF PACE 2 ST PACE 1 Pace Help Popup Menu and Information Window MAIN DISPLAY ECG SIZE MENU LEAD II 1X LD ANALYSIS MULTI LEAD ARRHYTHMIA RELEARN FULL MORE ECG 855A Selecting any of the options in the popup menu closes the popup menu and the information window Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 15 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu ECG Limits PVCs Per Minute Artifact Alarm Select ECG LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allows you to adjust the following m Heart rate HR high and low limits m PVC per minute limit m TurnthePVC per minute limit on and off NOTE PVC Limit is a feature in the Cardiac software package only Refer to the Setting Alarm Limits section in Chapter 1 The Basics for information about how
275. label you wish to change 2 Highlight the high or low limit 3 Changethelimit value 4 Press the Trim K nob control to complete the change The new limit takes effect immediately 5 RotatetheTrim Knob control tohighlight the lead label then press it tounhighlight You can now move to another lead if you want NOTE Steps 4 and 5 are not needed when using the optional touchscreen Simply use the touchscreen arrows to move around the informati on window 6 When you are finished making changes select RETURN to dosethe information window Theother adjust options ADJ UST ALL LIMITS ADJ UST INF LIMITS ADJ UST LAT LIMITS and ADJ UST ANT LIMITS adjust all leads or specific groups of leads When you select one of these options a popup menu opens The popup menu displays a deviation range for example 4 2mm Y ou can change this value Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 29 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Identify V Lead When you exit the popup menu the monitor adjusts the low and high limits around the current value of the lead s For example if lead II has a value of 0 3mm and the popup menu shows a deviation range of 2mm the monitor adjusts the low limit to 2 3mm and the high limit to 1 7mm The Adjust popup menus serve two purposes m Selecting causes an automatic adjustment of the limits on a group of leads based on the deviation range displayed in popup menu and the current ST value for each
276. lar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A Appendices Appendix G Software Packages Software Packages Capability or Feature Basic Software Package Cardiac Package Cardio pulmonary Package High Resolution CRG Trends EtCO2 monitoring support X 5 02 monitoring support SAM Smart Anesthesia Multi gas module TC module support Tabular trends 24 hr Graphic trending 24 hr X X X X X Pulmonary calculations w fick CO calculation Dose calculations adult neonate High low alarms all parameters Alarm window Multi level user programmable graded alarms package Laser printer support via CIC PRN 50 support View other patient float View on alarm Auto view on alarm requires P rism information server LAN combo telemetry hardwire monitoring Dual Tram racs Interfaces via Unity Network ID Interfaces via Octanet gt lt gt lt gt lt gt lt gt X X X X X x X gt Revision A 2026265 001 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 35 Appendices Appendix G Software Packages For your notes 21 36 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols Abbreviations and symbols that you may encounter while reading this manual or using the monitor a
277. lations already saved Catheter Use this option to change catheter types Selecting another catheter type causes the monitor to automatically guide you through the Inject Temp Size and I nject Vol options to assurethat your setup is the one you want You do not need to enter a computation constant because the software calculates one based on the manufacturer selected and the temperature size and volume settings The computation constant appears in the Cardiac Output window after the first CO injection is complete NOTE It is recommended that a catheter change be made before an injection is begun If you make a change after one or more cardiac output trials have been done the trials will be deleted This does not affect any calculations already saved Select CATHETER from the CO menu A popup menu opens Choices are EDWARDS ABBOTT BD ARROW and OTHER Select the manufacturer of choice The monitor automatically opens the I Temp Size and Volume popup menus NOTE Selecting OTHER opens the Computation Constant popup menu You must manually enter the computation constant found in the literature for the catheter you are using Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 15 17 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Menu Options Injectate Temperature Size The temperature of the injectate is determined by the type of sensor used either in line or bath probe It is important to have the monitor set for the type
278. lead in the group m Thedeviation range can be changed to tighten or loosen the limits Select thelDENTIFY V LEAD option to open a popup menu Its function varies depending on whether you are using a 5 leadwire cable or a 10 leadwire cable see below Select the V lead name of choice Press the Trim K nob control or touch thel DENTIFY V LEAD option toconfirm the change and close the popup menu NOTE Changing the V lead affects the displayed V waveform analog output the information sent over the network Holter MARS central station the ST trend and template graphing and histories Identify V Lead Option with a 5 Leadwire Cable With a standard 5 leadwire patient cable this menu option labels the V lead as placed in your electrode configuration This V lead is used in ST analysis as well as arrhythmia analysis With a 5 leadwire cable you only connect one V lead therefore you must place the electrode in the V position you want and then be certain that the label matches the position The monitor default is V5 but it can be changed here or in monitor defaults ST V LEAD If ST trends and complexes are displayed changing this label changes the label on the V lead trend and compl ex 11 30 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Trend Scale ST Display Identify V Lead Option with a 10 Leadwire Cable With a 10 leadwire patient cable and all V leads attached to the patient ST measure
279. lid data is represented by a buzz line The ST data is sent tothe writer designated as the print window location NOTE Trends displayed on a 2 or 4 mm scale print on a 3 mm scale Trends displayed on a 6 or 8 mm scales print on a 6 mm scales If you want to update the reference complexes shown on the display so they reflect current complexes select the STORE NEW REFERENCES option from the ST menu A popup menu opens with YES and NO options Select YES if you are sure you want to replace the reference complexes The current complexes become the reference complexes An ST reference history is created and can be viewed in alarm history NOTE Selecting STORE NEW REFERENCES does not affect actual ST processing It is for visual reference only Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 27 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu ST Limits The ST Limits option provides an information window and a new set of menu options The information lists all leads monitored the current value of each and the low and high ST alarm limit values ST is treated as a parameter therefore to change the alarm level use the parameter alarm level option in the Alarm Control menu Below is an example of an ST Limits information window when monitoring ST with a 5 leadwire ECG cable The factory default limits are 2 mm with the ST parameter set for an advisory alarm ST LIMITS 5 0 1 2 0 2 0 ST 0 0 20 2 0 8 0 0 2 0 2 0 ST V1
280. lus information can be displayed in a full mode common scale or individual mode separate scales Below is an example of the CRG Plus display portion of the monitor s screen All parameter windows continue to be displayed and three real time waveforms can also be displayed two above the CRG Plus display and one below SPO2 Trend ce 200 80 HR SPO2 150 60 Heart Rate 100 40 Trend 5o RR 20 Waveform CRG Plus Full Display 9 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 CRG Plus Display Parameters Displayed CRG Plus Full Display The figure on the previous page illustrates the full display mode which has left and right scales Parameter labels HR SPO2 etc are displayed on the same side as the scale used for that parameter For example the HR heart rate label is displayed on the left side therefore use the left scale to read the heart rate trend A maximum of four parameters can be displayed in the CRG Plus full display mode Respiration and CO2 cannot be displayed simultaneously NOTE When monitoring CO2 the CO2 waveform defaults on in place of impedance respiration if the unit of measure for CO2 is mmHg If the CO2 unit of measure is or kPa the impedance respiration waveform defaults on Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 9 3 2026265 001 CRG Plus Display Parameters Displayed CRG Plus Individual Display Below is an example of the CRG Plus individ
281. ly and whenever the integrity of the product is in doubt test all functions CABLES Route all cables away from patient s throat to avoid possible strangulation CONDUCTIVE CONNECTIONS Extreme care must be exercised when applying medical electrical equipment Many parts of the human machine circuit are conductive such as the patient connectors electrodes transducers Itis very important that these conductive parts do not come into contact with other grounded conducive parts when connected tothe isolated patient input of the device Such contact would bridge the patient s isolation and cancel the protection provided by the isolated input In particular there must be no contact of the neutral electrode and ground DEFIBRILLATION Do not come into contact with patients during defibrillation Otherwise serious injury or death could result DISCHARGE TO CLEAR PATIENT DATA When admitting a new patient you must dear all previous patient data from the system To accomplish this disconnect patient cables if you use a Tram module be sure the module is locked in placein the Tram rac housing then do a discharge DISCONNECTION FROM MAINS When disconnecting the system from the power line remove the plug from the wall outlet first Then you may disconnect the power cord from the device If you do not observe this sequence there is a risk of coming into contact with line voltage by inserting metal objects such as the pin
282. m alerts you to intermittent or complete loss of communication with all or some of the modules The factory default for this alarm is off but you can set it to be a system warning or a patient crisis alarm in monitor defaults Refer to the Setup Default Display section in Chapter 5 Monitor Setup It is identified as NO ECG COMM ALARM in the Setup Display information window When the alarm is set as SYS WARNING or CRISIS and the monitor loses communication a tone sounds and the message NO ECG is displayed on the monitor The alarm is also generated on the network for connected devices such as the clinical information center WARNING When communication is lost the patient is NOT being monitored In this state there are no data or alarms to alert you to the patient s condition Use alternate means of monitoring Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 3 2026265 001 ECG Checklist Checklist The module is securely inserted in the Tram rac housing Electrodes have been placed on the patient following proper skin preparation NOTE When using snap leadwires attach the leadwires to the electrodes first then apply the electrodes to the patient This prevents the gel from spreading and becoming ineffective as you attach the snaps to the electrodes Leadwires are attached to electrodes on the patient Leadwires are connected to patient cable and patient cable is connected to the module Ver
283. mean onl y system alarms when an NBP measurement results in a mean only reading This option generates an audible alarm and displays a MEAN ONLY warning in the NBP parameter window The warning is also sent to any CIC Clinical Information Center and can be viewed using View On Alarm It displays until a new measurement is taken or until CLEAR NBP READING is selected Refer to Chapter 5 Setup Default Limits for more information on setting system defaults Systolic Search NOTE The cuff target pressure must be higher than the patient s systolic pressure to obtain an accurate systolic and diastolic reading If a systolic blood pressure cannot be found the monitor will search for a systolic reading by re inflating the cuff at a higher pressure This systolic search may occur once per NBP determination During a systolic search the maximum cuff inflation pressure will not exceed the normal pressure range of the cuff Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 13 7 2026265 001 NBP NBP Monitoring Features NBP Go Stop Button The Go Stop button on the keypad or remote control is a quick way to take one measurement without going into the NBP menu It can also be used to stop a measurement already in progress Display On Off Button If you turn the display off with the Display On Off button on the keypad or remote control NBP is alsoturned off This applies to both auto NBP if running and manual NBP Turning the display
284. ment that does not support these languages M essages are received as a series of square boxes because the ability to display Cyrillic Russian alphabet and special Hungarian and Polish characters does not exist on this equipment This is also true when a patient name site name or location containing Cyrillic or special Hungarian or Polish characters is sent to the MUSE system Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 1 27 2026265 001 The Basics Language S pecific Information For your notes 1 28 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 2 E guipment Overview evision Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components Components Solar 8000i Patient Monitoring System The Solar 8000i monitoring system consists of the following standard components Solar 8000i processing unit Display Keypad and or remote control Acquisition module s Tram rac housing Additional optional components indude Touchscreen display Clinical Information Center central station Remote display Writer or printer Octanet connectivity device or Unity Network ID connectivity device iPanel computer The components of the system are discussed and illustrated on the following pages F or complete setup information refer to the service manual 2 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components Solar 8000i Processing Unit Connectors are l
285. ments are performed on all V leads However the arrhythmia analysis program only uses one V lead It is identified here Changes made with the IDENTIFY V LEAD option only affect the V lead used for arrhythmia analysis The monitor default for this option is V5 but it can be changed here or in monitor defaults ST V LEAD If you are displaying ST trends and complexes using this option does not change the label on the ST display Use the ST display option to change the label TheTREND SCALE option opens a popup menu with alternative scale choices for real time ST trends The popup menu options are 8 MM H 6 MM 4MM and 2 MM Usethe Trim Knob control or touchscreen to make your selection and close the popup menu NOTE Trends displayed on a 2 or 4 mm scale print on a 3 mm scale Trends displayed on a 6 or 8 mm scale print on a 6 mm scale TheST DISPLAY option opens a popup menu in which you can choose up to three leads for the ST trends and complexes display Options for a 5 leadwire patient cable are I II III the lead chosen in IDENTIFY V LEAD AVR AVL AVF Options for a 10 leadwire patient cable are Il V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 AVR AVL AVF The monitor defaults are leads I Il and V5 You are allowed three choices You must deselect one to select another NOTE When the monitor is set up for Operating Room mode the trends portion of the ST display is slightly different The third ST display choice is repl
286. meters for graphic trends choose the SELECT PARAMETERS option from the Graphic Trends menu A popup menu and the Vital Signs information window are displayed VITAL SIGNS 21 DEC 2000 13 10 21 DEC 21 DEC 21 DEC 21 DEC 21 DEC gt RETURN 12 00 12 15 12 30 1245 13 00 68 68 68 68 70 PVC 0 0 0 0 0 AR1 S 132 132 132 132 132 AR1 D 70 70 70 70 71 AR1 M 92 92 92 92 91 AR1 R_ 68 68 68 68 70 2 5 31 31 31 31 30 PA2 D 13 13 13 13 13 PA2 M 20 20 20 20 19 RR 5 2 SPO2 R TP1 1 TP1 2 ALARMS OFF PRESET VIEW VIEW SELECT MENU TRENDS OLDER NEWER PARAMETERS PREVIOUS RETURN MENU Select Parameters Popup Menu and Information Window 607B To mark a parameter for displaying or plotting select it with the Trim Knob control or touchscreen In the above example HR is highlighted because it is the default Up to three parameters can be selected Selected a fourth will unmark thefirst parameter chosen NOTE NBP or an invasive pressure with a systolic diastolic and mean value is considered one selection For example if you select AR 1 5 the other two parameters AR1 D and AR1 M will also highlight However the trends for all three of these parameters appear only in one trend window If you only want to plot one of the t
287. ms cannot be silenced remotely NOTE The optional AutoView XM feature must be installed for this setting to be functional The default setting AVOA SILENCE determines when the split view display of an alarming bed is removed from a host monitor after the alarm has been silenced at the host monitor The choices are SILENCED default and NEW ALARM When set to SILENCED the split view display of a silenced bed is NOT removed from the host monitor until RETURN or MAIN MENU is selected at the host monitor even if another bed is alarming and available for automatic view on alarm When set to NEW ALARM the split view display of a silenced bed 15 removed from the host monitor when another bed is alarming and available for automatic view on alarm The split view of the silenced bed is replaced by the split view of the newly alarming bed Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 27 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Monitor Setup for Viewing Other Patients View On Alarm Options Menu Settings The menu options in the View On Alarm Options menu can be used to override the default settings of a host monitor or to set up individual beds in a unit to be viewed differently than the default settings for the unit These settings are temporary and will be replaced by the default setting upon discharge of a patient from the host monitor Additionally these menu options can be used to create groups of beds also known as pods that are view
288. n accordance with EN 55011 The country of manufacture can be found on the equipment labeling The product complies with the requirements of standard EN 60601 1 2 Electromagnetic Compatibility Medical Electrical Equipment Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor CE 1 2026265 001 CE Marking Information General Information This manual is an integral part of the product and describes its intended use It should always be kept close to the equipment Observance of the manual is a prerequisite for proper product performance and correct operation and ensures patient and operator safety The symbol A means ATTENTION Consult accompanying documents Information which refers only to certain versions of the product is accompanied by the model number s of the product s concerned The model number is given on the nameplate of the product The warranty does not cover damages resulting from the use of accessories and consumables from other manufacturers GE Medical Systems nformation Technologies is responsible for the effects on safety reliability and performance of the product only if m assembly operations extensions readjustments modifications or repairs are carried out by persons authorized by GE Medical Systems Information Technologies m the electrical installation of the relevant room complies with the requirements of the appropriate regulations and m the device is used in accordance with the instruct
289. n be saved but only one set for each drug m RECALL SAVED CALC Opens a popup menu to select a set of saved calculations for display m DELETE CALC Opens a popup menu to choose one or more sets to delete m TITRATION TABLE Opens a popup menu and a new information window displaying a titration table for the drug WEIGHT Changes the units of measure for the patient s weight m DRUG UNITS Switches the drug units between grams and units for use with drugs labeled A B C or D Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 10 21 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu m DRUG RANGE Selects a range for quicker entry of a drug quantity value when using a drug unknown to the system for use with drugs labeled A B C or D m RESUSCITATION MEDICATIONS This option appears only when the monitor is set for N eonatal l CU mode Selecting it opens information window that provides information about neonatal resuscitation medications and dosages Change Value This option allows you to enter values in the information window With this option enter a drug name first 1 Select the CHANGE VALUE option from the Dose Calcs menu A popup menu opens and a pointer and RETURN option are displayed at the top of the information window DOSE CALCULATIONS gt RETURN DRUG NAME WEIGHT SOL VOLUME 500 CC DRUG QTY DOSE MIN DOSE HR DOSE KG MIN DOSE KG HR INF RATE DRIP RATE DROP SIZE
290. n due to space limitations Page Down moves down to the next page of data Page Up moves back up 10 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Graphic Trends Collected patient data can be displayed through trends A trendisa graphic representation of one parameter over a specified period of time Every non episodic parameter is sampled 30 times a minute A median value is determined from those samples and that value is stored for trend display at one minute resolution Episodic parameters NBP etc are stored every time one occurs To view graphic trends select GRAPHIC TRENDS from the Patient Data menu An information window and a new set of menu options are displayed GRAPHIC TRENDS 21 DEC 2000 14 38 150 13 08 13 38 14 08 h min MAIN PRESET VIEW VIEW TIME PERIOD SELECT MENU TRENDS OLDER NEWER 90 MINS PARAMETERS 604A Graphic Trends Menu and Information Window Graphic Trends for the last selected parameters are displayed Heart rate is the default if none were previously selected Thetrend data automatically updates while it is being displayed Refer to the T ime Period section in this chapter Press the Graph Go Stop button to print the displayed trends Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 10 9 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Select Parameters To select para
291. n the Adult I CU mode and a 12 second period of time in the N eonatal I CU mode The longer averaging time for the Neonatal ICU mode is to help decrease false alarms related to patient motion artifact NOTE The Tram x51M modules have adjustable averaging ti mes The Tram x51N modules use Nellcor s standard averaging for all monitoring modes The monitor display is updated every two seconds The SPO2 monitoring features are found in the SPO2 menu These features include waveform size alarm limit adjustment display of rate and rate volume With the Solar SPO2 module or the Masimo SET module and a Tram module it is possible to monitor two SPO2 sites at one time Y ou cannot however monitor two SpO2 sites using two single parameter SPO2 modules or two Tram modules When monitoring two sites the software identifies the SPO2 data from the module by displaying MODULE at the top of the values window and the associated waveform is labeled SPO2M NOTE When monitoring only one SPO2 site the identifiers described above are not present 14 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 5 02 5 02 Monitoring Features Getting to the SPO2 Menu display the SPO2 menu select the SPO2 parameter label The SPO2 menu is then displayed at the bottom of the screen The menu options that appear are dependent on the type of module and probe used MAIN SIZE RATE RATE VOL SPO2 MENU 1X ON OFF LIMITS 690B
292. nd ends with the least critical type of alarm Message Alarm Level Monitor Response Ei line 77 PY Alarm Tone CRISIS 200 ger 3 2 1 beep S Flashing Visual Alert WARNING ce 200 Pe ATS Text or Parameter p E d Value AND Automatic ADVISORY 7200 Graph as le Stored in ROS Alarm History MESSAGE 222005 Arrhy Only Crisis Alarms must be silenced by the user 582A Patient Status Alarms Chart Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 8 3 2026265 001 Alarm Control Alarm Structure Remote Alarm Terminal Crisis Warning and Advisory alarms sound an alarm tone and display a flashing white on red visual alert No alarm tones sound for message alarms but the flashing white on red visual alert appears on the display NOTE For monitors without arrhythmia detection For patients at risk of asystole it is recommended that you assign the heart rate alarm to the Crisis level When assigned to the Warning level the HR alarm clears automatically after three minutes in cases of continued asystole The automatic graph on alarm feature can be set to on or off as a monitor default Refer to Chapter 5 Monitor Setup If a remote alarm terminal nurse call system is connected to an M port it will be activated when a patient status alarm occurs The alarm level that activates the remote alarm terminal is determined by the Remote Alarm Level setting in Monitor Defaults u
293. nder the Setup Default Display option m Crisis default Only Crisis level alarms activate the remote alarm terminal m Warning Both Crisis and Warning level alarms activate the remote alarm terminal m Advisory Either a Crisis Warning or an Advisory level alarm activates the remote alarm terminal 8 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Alarm Control Alarm Structure System Status Alarms System status alarms are triggered by mechanical or electrical problems and are of lesser priority than patient status alarms The levels within the system status alarm category and how the monitor responds to each are shown in the following chart Alarm Level Monitor Response l2 WARNING QE Alarm Text af ke Fog horn 2 he ADVISORY 8 Alarm Text Alarm Text Flashing 5 2 ZS Warning sounds continuously Advisory sounds only once 583A System Status Alarms Chart System status alarms cannot in most cases be moved from one level to another Warning alarms sound continuously and must be silenced by the user NOTE If a remote alarm terminal nurse call system is connected to an M port it will be activated when a Warning level system status alarm occurs On screen Alarm Help The alarm structure information can be displayed on the monitor and you can hear the tones associated with each level Refe
294. ndex 5 2026265 001 Index For your notes Index 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 GE Medical Systems 0459 Information Technologies gemedical com World Headquarters GE Medical Systems Information Technologies Inc 8200 West Tower Avenue Milwaukee WI 53223 USA Tel 1 414 355 5000 1 800 558 5120 US only Fax 1 414 355 3790 European Representative GE Medical Systems Information Technologies GmbH Munzinger StraBe 3 5 D 79111 Freiburg Germany Tel 49 761 45 43 0 Fax 49 761 45 43 233 Asia Headquarters GE Medical Systems Information Technologies Asia GE China Co Ltd 24th Floor Shanghai MAXDO Center 8 Xing Yi Road Hong Qiao Development Zone Shanghai 200336 P R China Tel 86 21 5257 4650 Fax 86 21 5208 2008
295. ngethe module 5 Call service POOR SIGNAL QUALITY DETECTED The SPO2 signal is too low No SPO2 data is displayed This be due to a low patient pulse patient motion or some other interference Check the patient and the probe PULSE SEARCH One of the following conditions is indicated m Defective or damaged probe m Defective or damaged cable m Probeis off the patient or m Detection of a repeatable pulse has ceased Check the probe and cable reposition or replace as needed Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 14 17 2026265 001 SPO2 Troubleshooting For your notes 14 18 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 15 Cardiac Output 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Introduction Introduction NOTE This option is part of the Cardiopulmonary software package The cardiac output CO program measures cardiac output by use of a thermodilution catheter with information processed by a Tram module or a BP CO module A numeric value and during measurement a real time cardiac output washout curve are displayed on the monitor The program allows you to perform multiple measurements and to delete those not wanted Up to four measurements are retained The program will automatically average these and when saved enter the averaged values into cardiac calculations and vital signs NOTE Refer to GE Medical Systems I nformation Technologies Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Referen
296. nical Information Center Operator s Manual for operating instructions Clinical Information Center Optional Writers and Printers For information about writers and printers available for the Solar 8000i monitor refer to Chapter 7 Printing Optional Remote Display An optional remote display can be connected to the system to provide enhanced visibility 2 18 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components Optional Connectivity Devices For information about the Unity Network ID connectivity device and the Octanet remote connectivity device refer to Chapter 20 Interfaces Optional iPanel Computer For information about the iPanel computer refer to the iPanel computer operator s instructions and or administrator s manual Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2 19 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Controls Controls Keypad The Solar 8000i monitor keypad has a Trim Knob control as well as 18 buttons that can be used to access various operational features of the monitor Some buttons are also labeled with numbers and can be used for direct numeric data entry The keypad may be mounted in convenient location using an optional holster not shown and connected by cable to the processing unit There are three versions of the keypad Adult Neonatal and Operating Room Each version features buttons that allow easy access to commonly performed functions for tha
297. nitor only Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 20 3 2026265 001 Interfaces Introduction Device Connectivity Chart 2026265 001 Unity Device Type Manufacturer and Model Octanet Network Waveforms Alarms ID Transcutaneous Radiometer TINA TCM3 Yes Yes na Yes monitor Transcutaneous Linde MicroGas 7650 Yes Yes na Yes monitor Not for sale in the United States Urometer Bard CritiCore Yes Yes na Status messages Ventilator Allied Health Care Bear 1000 Yes Yes Pressure Flow Yes Ventilator Bird 6400ST 8400ST Yes Yes None Yes Ventilator neonatal Bird VIP Yes Yes None Yes Ventilator neonatal Drager Babylog 8000 Yes Yes Pressure Flow Only with TIA Ventilator Drager Evita Yes Yes Pressure Yes Ventilator Drager Evita XL Yes Yes VNT C02 Yes Ventilator Dr ger Evita 2 Evita 2 Dura Evita 4 Yes Yes Pressure C02 Yes Ventilator Dr ger Fabuis GS Yes Yes VNT Yes Ventilator Dr ger Savina Yes Yes VNT Yes Ventilator Hamilton Amadeus Veolar Yes Yes Pressure Flow Yes Ventilator Hamilton Galileo Yes Yes Pressure Flow Yes Ventilator Nellcor Puritan Bennett Adult Star Adult Yes Yes Pressure TIA only Yes Star 1500 2000 Ventilator neonatal Nellcor Puritan Bennett Infant Star Infant Yes Yes Pressure TIA only Yes Star 500 950 Ventilator Nellcor Puritan Bennett 7200SPE AE E Yes Yes Pressure Flow TIA Yes only
298. nitoring respiration has failed You can manually switch respiration detection to the other lead or it may be necessary to re prep the patient s skin and change the electrodes LEADS FAIL LDS FAIL CHECK THE PATIENT This is an alarm condition that requires action It may be necessary to re prep the patient s skin and change the electrodes Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 16 11 2026265 001 Respiration Troubleshooting For your notes 16 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 1 Temperature Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Temperature Introduction Introduction Two temperature sites be monitored with any of the following acquisition modules m Tram module YSI series 400 or 700 probes Dual Temperature module Y SI 700 probes BP Dual Temperature module Y SI 700 probes Dual Temperature module series 400 Y SI 400 probes BP Dual Temperature module series 400 Y SI 400 probes TEMP CO Cable Connector 827A Dual Temperature Module BP Dual Temperature Module NOTE The signal input is a high insulation port and it is defibrillator proof 1 The insulated input ensures patient safety protects the device during defibrillation and electrosurgery 17 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Temperature Checklist Checklist The module is securely inserted in the Tram rac housing The temperature
299. nnectors at the bottom TREATMENT Do not treat the patient based solely on the alarm messages and or numerics presented via the Unity Network ID connectivity device You must verify the accuracy of thealarm message and or numerics at the peripheral device itself before initiating treatment treatment should be based on the information presented at the peripheral device NOTE assure proper operation we recommend that you permanently connect each interface adapter to each peripheral device that will communicate with the connectivity device 20 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Interfaces Connectivity Devices Interconnection The Octanet connectivity device connects to the Solar 8000i monitor via one of the Tram net connectors on the back of the Solar 8000i processing unit The Unity Network ID connectivity device connects to the Solar 8000i monitor via one of the M Port connectors on the front of the Solar 8000i processing unit For complete system interconnection instructions refer to the appropriate connectivity device operator and service documentation Both connectivity devices can interface with up to eight different peripheral devices for one patient Each peripheral device connected to the connectivity device must use a special interface adapter that is factory programmed to allow communication between the two devices Communication setup and installation instructions are provided wit
300. nt directory refer to line5 in the example below NOTE When more than one alarm is grouped on a text line each alarm counts as a single event Each event can be viewed separately and three separate events are recorded in the event directory CRG TRENDS 2 MINUTE TREND 12 0CT 2000 10 35 51 Y gt 3 APNEA 10 with BRADY and DESAT 74 12 OCT 2000 10 35 51 lt 4 LO MAP 85 10 18 14 3 LO TC 02 40 10 12 18 2 BRADY 09 29 37 1 DESAT 65 11 OCT 2000 23 48 19 100 5 02 1 1 L 10 36 51 623B 60 1 10 34 51 10SEC DIV 10 35 51 CRG Trends Window with Event Directory Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 9 11 2026265 001 CRG Plus Display CRG Trends For alarms to be stored in the event directory alarms must be resol ved patient condition has returned to within set limits and have an alarm level greater than message The CRG trends directory is automatically updated when a valid alarm is resolved The directory can hold up to 100 events Once the directory is full and a new event occurs the oldest event in the directory is removed and the new event is added However the trend traces are only stored for 24 hours Therefore it is possible to have events stored in the directory for which traces are no longer available All events in the event directory may be selected Once an event is selected a 2 minute trend of the event is displayed in the trace area with
301. nt systolic diastolic and mean values are displayed Some pressures only display a mean value Limits and the units of measurement may also be displayed For pressures with multiple values the limits are labeled S systolic D diastolic M mean For sites labeled ART FEM and UAC a pulserate value can beturned on The pressure monitoring features are found in the pressure menu All pressure menus indudes scales cursor site name limits zero and calibration There are additional options in the ART and PA menus which are detailed in the Special Features section of this chapter 12 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Pressures Pressure Monitoring CPP Pressure When both ART and ICP are monitored a cerebral perfusion pressure CPP value is calculated and displayed the ICP values window The formula for this is the mean ART pressure value minus the CP pressure value Getting to the Pressure Menu To display a pressure menu select the pressure parameter label This example uses the CVP menu After selecting the CVP label the CVP menu appears at the bottom of the screen CHANGE NAME CVP ZERO CVP MAIN CVP SCALES CVP CLEAR MENU 30 CURSOR CURSOR 111 CVP LIMITS BP FILTER 12 Hz CALIBRATE TRANSDUCER SPEED 25 660A You can now select any of the displayed options m SCALES Changes the dis
302. nter 7 5 PRN 50 digital writer 7 2 Product references 1 3 Pulmonary calcs 10 15 R Remote alarm terminal 8 4 Remote control 2 23 Respiration General information 16 3 Troubleshooting 16 11 Respiration menu 16 6 Auto size 16 8 Cardiac artifact alarm 16 9 Lead 16 7 Limits 16 8 Manual size 16 9 Relearn respiration 16 7 Sensitivity 16 8 Speed 16 10 Respiration window 16 5 Revision history 1 2 Safety Cautions 3 7 3 10 Classification 3 12 Equipment symbols 3 13 Intended use 3 2 Terminology 3 2 Underwriters Laboratories Inc 3 13 Warnings 3 3 3 7 Scroll lists 1 25 Service menu 5 25 Patient monitor type 5 26 Silencing alarms 8 6 Software compatibility 5 24 Software packages 1 4 21 33 What package do you have 1 5 Software revision 5 24 SPO2 Neonates and infants 14 6 Probe off patient condition 14 15 Pulse search condition 14 15 Safety 14 4 Troubleshooting 14 16 SPO2 menu 14 11 Averaging 14 14 Persistent 14 13 Rate 14 12 Rate volume 14 12 Sat seconds 14 14 Sensitivity 14 14 Size 14 12 Speed 14 13 SPO2 limits 14 13 SPO2 window 14 9 ST analysis 11 23 Numerics 11 23 Trends and complexes 11 24 Turn ST on and off 11 26 ST analysis menu 11 26 Adjust ST point 11 32 Identify V lead 11 30 Initiate 12 lead on ST history 11 32 Print ST 11 27 ST display 11 31 ST limits 11 28 Store new references 11 27 Trend scale 11 31 Supplies information 21 31 SVO2 Calibration 18 9 Calibrate to venous blood gas 18 12 Light
303. nternal calibration No temperature value is displayed Service on the module is required SENSOR No sensor is detected Either no sensor is present or a sensor has failed If no sensor is present turn the temperature site OFF to clear the message Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 17 7 2026265 001 Temperature Troubleshooting For your notes 17 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 18 SvO2 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026259 001 SvO2 Introduction Introduction Mixed venous oxygen saturation SvO2 monitoring is done with the GE Medical Systems Information Technologies Mixed Venous Oxygen Saturation SvO2 module The module is used in conjunction with Abbott s Oximetrix catheter and Optical module to provide mixed venous oxygen saturation values NOTE Refer to GE Medical Systems nformation Technologies Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information How SvO2 is measured Signal strength indicators Clinical level troubleshooting GE Medical Systems Information Technologies SvO2 Module Abbott Oximetrix Catheter Cable Abbott Optical Module 733A GE Medical Systems Information Technologies SvO2 Module and Abbott Optical Module 18 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026259 001 SvO2 Introduction NOTE The signal input is isolated but it is not defibrillator pr
304. ntervals CAUTION PROBE APPLICATION Tissue damage can be caused by incorrect application or use of an LNOP probe for example by wrapping the probe too tightly Inspect the probe site as directed in the probe s directions for useto ensure skin integrity and correct positioning and adhesion of the probe Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 SPO2 Safety Measurements Neonates and Infants If theaccuracy of any measurement does not seem reasonable first check the patient s vital signs by alternate means then check the SpO2 module for proper functioning NOTE Refer tothe Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for conditions that may cause inaccurate SpO2 readings The SpO2 modules can be used during defibrillation but the readings may be inaccurate for a short time NOTE This section is not applicableto monitoring SpO2 with the M asimo SET module and probes or with Tram x51M modules WARNING The display of inaccurate pulse oximetry SPO2 values has been linked to the presence of poor signal strength or artifact due to patient motion during signal analysis This condition is most likely to be encountered when the monitor is used on neonates or infants These same conditions in adults do not impact the SPO2 values tothe same extent When using pulse oxi metry on neonates and infants always observe the following precautions PREC
305. nu and an information window that lists all care units on the network In the information window select the care unit you want The popup menu and information window close You must then designate the bed to view using the Select A Bed To View menu option Refer to the Select a Bed to View section in this chapter 6 36 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient View Other Patients Menu Graph Viewed Bed Viewed Patient Data Select this option to start a 20 second graph of the viewed patient data The waveforms that appear on this graph are those selected in the Graph Setup menu on the viewed patient s monitor If there is a local printer attached to the host bed the graph prints there Otherwise the graph is printed to the device selected for manual graph location on the viewed patient s monitor Selecting the VIEWED PATIENT DATA option opens a popup menu with the following options for the viewed patient LAST EVENT Opens a popup menu and an information window displaying the last arrhythmia event for the viewed patient Select OK from the popup menu to close the information window VITAL SIGNS Opens the standard Vital Signs menu and information window for the viewed patient s vital signs data Thereis no Main Menu option Select PREVIOUS MENU from the Vital Signs menu to close the information window and return tothe Viewed Patient Data popup menu GRAPHIC TRENDS Opens the standard
306. o save the set to Vital Signs 10 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Change Value Select CHANGE VALUE from the Cardiac Calcs menu to enter or changed monitored values in the information window A popup menu opens and the pointer and RETURN option are displayed at the top of the information window Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to move the pointer in front of CO Press the Trim Knob control once or touch the CHANGE VALUE option A default value of 6 0 is displayed Rotate the Trim Knob control to change the value then press it to enter the value and display the calculated values Or use the touchscreen arrows to change the value then touch the RETURN option in the popup menu to enter the value and display the calculated values CARDIAC CALCULATIONS 25 FEB 10 52 RETURN MONITORED gt CO 6 0 HR MAP Note that the current date is assigned to the set of calculations when the first wd a value is entered and calculated HEIGHT 168 0 CM 3 CALCULATED BSA 1 77 values are displayed cl 34 SV SVR SVRI PVR PVRI LVSWI RVSWI MENU VALUE KG CM EL 610B MAIN CHANGE WEIGHT HEIGHT Cardiac Output Value Entered Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 10 13 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Save Calc Review Calcs Enter other value
307. o view additional data if there is any You can also press the Graph Go Stop button to print the information window to the print window location Example 1 is a list of reports associated with the selected group MICROBIOLOGY 15 NOV09 55 333 33 3333 DAYTON RAY AN BC9600266 C BLOOD BLOOD CULTURE AUTOMATE A CULTURE gt 100 000 CFU ML PRESUMPTIVE PROTEUS MIRABILIS gt 100 000 CFU ML PRESUMPTIVE ESCHERICHIA COLI MAIN LAB VIEW VIEW MENU DATA OLDER NEWER PAGE PAGE DOWN UP 841A Lab Report Example 1 10 28 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Example 2 is a list of associated reports presented in a tabular format In this example the view ranges and units feature is off CELL COUNT 333 33 3333 DAYTON RAY 16 NOV 17 NOV 17 NOV 10 00 10 00 12 10 WBC 213 213 MCHC 54 50 MCH 43 40 PLATELET 23 150 RDW 53 14 LYMPH ABS 43 HCT 49 MAIN LAB VIEW VIEW VIEW RANGES AND MENU DATA OLDER NEWER UNITS OF MEASURE OFF PAGE PAGE DOWN UP 842A Lab Report Example 2 Ranges and Units Off Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 10 29 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Example 3 is the same lab report as shown in Example 2 only the View Ranges And Units of Measure option is turned on
308. ocated on the processing unit Patient data is displayed on a separate display unit M ports 890C Front View of the Processing Unit M Ports There are four M ports on the front of the 8000i processing unit The M ports are used to connect external devices to the Solar 8000i monitor The following devices can be directly connected to the M ports m Solar 8000i keypad m Solar 8000i remote control m PRN 50 M digital writer m Laser printer m Unity Network ID connectivity device m Respiratory mechanics module RM M module m RAMS M 200 system NOTE If the PRN 50 writer respiratory mechanics module or RAMS system does not function when connected to an M port you may need an AutoPort to M port adapter Refer to Chapter 7 Printing for connection information for the PRN 50 writer and tothe Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Service Manual for additional information about all three devices Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2 3 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components Ethernet RS 232 connectors connector gom Video display connectors Tram net connectors NOTE The number of video connectors varies by Back View of the Processing Unit 2 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Revision A Equipment Overview Components Solar 8000i Display Unit The Solar 8000i display unit is connected by cable to a video connector on the processing unit A selection of different color displays is offered
309. of the curve if requested is printed In addition the first column in the chart is filled with values relevant to the cardiac output just performed Note also that an average is displayed in the AVG column Perform another injection when prompted You can do as many injections as you want however the monitor only retains four When a fifth injection is done the first is deleted etc When all injections done select the DELETE CO TRIALS option if you want to edit delete any of the displayed trials The monitor will recalculate the average CO If you want a printed copy of the cardiac output trials information press the Graph Go Stop button on the keypad NOTE The washout curves on the screen s chart do not print with the rest of the information When editing is complete select the CARDIAC CALCS option The cardiac output information window is replaced with the cardiac calculations information window The average from the cardiac output trials appears in the list of calculations necessary use the CHANGE VALUE option to edit any of the monitored parameter values Press Graph Go Stop button if you want a copy of this set of cardiac calculations IMPORTANT When satisfied with the set of cardiac calculations select the SAVE CALC option This stores the set of calculations You can view all saved sets in vital signs Select REVIEW CALCS to enter the vital signs program and see the cardiac calculations data
310. of sensor being used to assure a valid CO reading Changing this option causes the monitor to calculate a new computation constant when the next trial is done Tochange this option select INJ ECT TEMP from the CO menu A popup menu opens displaying the options IN LINE and BATH PROBE Select an option NOTE It is recommended that you make this adjustment before an injection is begun If you make a change after one or more cardiac output trials have been done the trials will be deleted This does not affect any calculations already saved This option allows you to select the catheter size Changing this option causes the monitor to calculate a new computation constant when the next trial is done Tochange this option select SIZE from the CO menu A popup menu opens Options are 8 7 5 7 6 and 5 Select an option NOTE It is recommended that you make this adjustment before an injection is begun If you make a change after one or more cardiac output trials have been done the trials will be deleted This does not affect any calculations already saved 15 18 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Menu Options Injectate Volume When using an Edwards Abbott BD or Arrow catheter setup changing this option causes the monitor to calculate a new computation constant when the next trial is done To change the injectate volume select INJ ECT VOL from the CO menu A popup menu
311. off or repositioned through the waveforms on off option in the monitor setup menu ST Trend Display These are 30 minute real time trends Each trend is marked with the appropriate lead label The leftmost trend shows scaling information the default is 2mm There are three other scale choices available in the trend scale menu option in the ST menu NOTE In Operating Room mode the third trend is always a summation SUM trend of the absolute values of all monitored leads not just those in the ST trend display 11 24 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu ST Complex Display A reference complex for each of the selected leads is displayed for visual reference purposes when ST is on After a short time the program displays a current ST complex for each lead The current complex is superimposed over the reference complex These current complexes are updated every 16 beats and can visually be compared to the reference complex to see ST segment changes The isoelectric reference point 1 and ST reference point are determined by the program and marked with a vertical tick gray color The appropriate lead label is displayed next to each complex Use the Store N ew References option to make the current complexes the reference complexes This does not affect ST analysis or arrhythmia analysis Data is outside the displayed The reference complex is in scale See note below back of the curr
312. om NICO does not include PEE Pi or WOB m CI 34 NICO SV 82 PCBF 5 3 6 2 593A NICO Parameter Window MAIN CARDIAC GC LL 594 NICO Parameter Menu CARDIAC CALCS Enter the cardiac calculations program 20 18 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Interfaces Displayed Data POC Blood Gas Monitor A parameter window labeled POC is displayed for point of care testing devices pO2 pCO2 pH POC p02 pCO2 pH 158 50 9 7 26 158 49 7 7 27 14 40 HCO3 22 4 14 07 1 54 598A 602A POC Parameter Window POC Parameter Window Normal with Alarms NOTE POC alarm data is displayed in bold numerics in the POC parameter window POC alarms cannot be changed from a message alarm level MAIN VIEW FAST MENU DATA LOOK 000 En SE POC Parameter Menu 603A m VIEW DATA Enter the vital signs program to view stored POC data m FAST LOOK Open an information window with all POC data at that point in time In the fast look information window POC data is displayed with a HI or LO value indicated Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 20 19 2026265 001 Interfaces S oftware Compatibility Software Compatibility Each Octanet cable interface adapter and Unity Network ID cable interface adapter is developed with specific peripheral device software This software
313. on However you can adjust these settings at the monitor When monitoring from telemetry neither SpO2 data nor NBP data is sent to the monitor from the telemetry transmitter If you wish to see telemetry SpO2 or NBP data you must view the telemetry patient Refer to the Viewing Other Patients section in this chapter Arrhythmia alarm histories from the monitor are merged in the telemetry system when switching ECG monitoring from module to telemetry ApexPro software version 1 or later or CD Telemetry LAN software version 5 or later is required When ECG monitoring is switched from telemetry toa Tram module telemetry is automatically discharged and the 36 most recent alarm histories are transferred to the monitor When ECG monitoring is switched from telemetry to an ECG Resp module the 36 most recent alarm histories are transferred to the monitor When ECG monitoring is switched from telemetry to a module the ECG limits arrhythmia alarm levels and display formats are recalled from monitor defaults When monitoring from telemetry second V lead data is not sent to the monitor from the telemetry transmitter If you wish to see telemetry second V lead data you must view the telemetry patient Refer to the Viewing Other Patients section in this chapter Users should be aware of a possible time discrepancy between the waveforms from the telemetry device and the waveforms hardwired to the monitor Users should not consider these wav
314. on 19 12 O2 compensation 19 13 Pump 19 11 Speed 19 13 Units 19 11 CO2 menu options non Capnostat modules 19 21 CO2 limits 19 22 CO2 scale 19 22 N20 compensation 19 23 Speed 19 23 Units 19 21 CO2 window 19 6 Connectivity devices 20 6 Octanet connectivity device 20 6 Unity Network ID connectivity device 20 6 CRG Plus Full display 9 3 Individual display 9 4 Parameters displayed 9 2 Printing CRG Plus parameters 9 6 Troubleshooting 9 17 CRG trends 9 9 CRG trends display 9 9 CRG trends menu 9 12 Event directory 9 11 Printing trends 9 14 Definitions 1 3 Detect pace 11 11 Pace help 11 15 Device Specific Information 20 21 Alaris Medical Systems 7130 and 7230 20 22 Drager Fabius GS 20 21 Linde Microgas 7650 20 22 Siemens Servo 900C D E 20 21 Siemens Servo i 20 21 Discharging a patient 6 17 Dose calcs 10 21 ECG Artifact alarm 11 16 Display 11 5 Limits 11 16 Smart lead fail 11 9 Troubleshooting 11 41 ECG menu 11 7 12 lead analysis 11 33 Arrhythmia 11 18 Clear V2 V6 fail 11 17 Detect pace 11 11 Display lead 11 8 ECG filter 11 32 ECG size 11 10 Lead analysis 11 37 Limits 11 16 More ECG 11 38 QRS volume 11 39 QRS width 11 40 Speed 11 40 Relearn 11 22 ST analysis 11 23 View all ECG 11 17 Equipment symbols 3 13 ESU ECG filters 11 5 Full patient view 6 38 Graphic trends 10 9 Graphing 7 6 Alarm graphs 7 7 Graphing messages 7 8 Manual graphs 7 6 H High Resolution CRG Trends software package 1 4 IABP 1
315. on the screen select TITRATION TABLE from the Dose Calcs menu A popup menu and the titration table appear TITRATION TABLE DOPAMINE MCG KG M MG M CC HR DROPS M 0 53 0 0 1 5 2 0 67 0 1 1 9 2 0 80 0 1 2 3 2 0 93 0 1 2 6 3 1 07 0 1 3 0 3 1 20 0 1 3 4 3 1 33 0 1 3 8 4 1 47 0 1 4 1 4 1 60 0 1 4 5 5 1 73 0 1 4 9 5 1 86 0 1 5 3 5 2 00 0 2 5 6 6 2 13 0 2 6 0 6 RECALL MAIN MENU CHANGE SAVE VALUE V TITRATION TABLE Titration Table Popup Menu and Information Window CALC SAVED CALC DRUG UNITS MCG MG DRUG QTY RANGE PREVIOUS WEIGHT MENU KG HE 619A Toclose the titration table and popup menu press the Trim Knob control or touch RETURN The drug calculation set is redisplayed in the information window Selecting this option switches units for the patient s weight between kilograms and pounds Changing this does not affect any calculations as drug dosage is always calculated per kilogram of weight If the patient s weight is entered in pounds the program converts to kilograms before calculating not seen by the user Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 10 25 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Drug Units Drug Quantity Range Resuscitation Medications CRG Trends Selecting this option switches the drug units between grams MCG MG and UNITS This option is used when labeling a
316. one The service manuals contain detailed information Follow these guidelines when inspecting the equipment m Inspect the equipment for obvious physical damage and replace damaged items m Inspect all cords for fraying or other damage Inspect all plugs and connectors for bent prongs or pins Repair or replacement must be performed by qualified service personnel m Inspect all cable insulation Qualified service personnel should repair or replace damaged or deteriorated cables In the United States GE Medical Systems I nformation Technologies Service is available 24 hours a day by calling 800 558 7044 Outside the United States please contact your sales service office NOTE Refer to the service manuals for more comprehensive checkout procedures Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 4 3 2026265 001 Maintenance General Cleaning General Cleaning WARNING Disconnect the monitor from the power line before cleaning or disinfecting its surface The equipment should be cleaned on a regular basis Comply with the policies of your institution s infection control unit and or biomedical department The exterior surfaces of the equipment may be cleaned with a dampened lint free cloth Use one of the following approved solutions m ammonia diluted m Cidex m sodium hypochlorite bleach diluted or m mild soap diluted To avoid damage to the equipment follow these rules CAUTION Fail
317. onitor defaults The discharge alert sounds periodically when the monitor is in a discharged state and the display is on The monitor can be used in four ways STANDARD This application uses a monitor mounted in a room It does not accommodate telemetry A network connection is not required unless you have a central station ROVER This application allows you to move rove the monitor tothe patient rather than moving the patient to a monitored room It does not accommodate telemetry A network connection is not required unless you have a central station COMBO With this application ECG data can be acquired from either a moduleor a telemetry receiver system A network connection is required ROVER COMBO This application combines the mobility feature of Rover monitoring with the telemetry compatibility of Combo monitoring A network connection is required NOTE The monitor s application is determined at installation It is set using a menu option in the Service menu Refer to the Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Service Manual for more information 6 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient About Admitting Guidelines for Combination Monitoring Here are some guidelines to remember when doing combination Combo and Rover Combo monitoring When monitoring from telemetry limits and alarm levels are the telemetry defaults or telemetry defaults modified at the central stati
318. onnected or when admitting a new patient there can be up to a two minute delay before data is displayed Data is displayed on an even minute boundary in either two minute or six hour segments The display will update automatically every two minutes when the most recent data segment is currently displayed Viewing Mode 18 OCT 2000 14 16 NEO 0 CRG Event Directory 6 HOUR SUMMARY A maximum of three trends can be displayed Cursor Tic Mark Increments Message Area CRG Trends Window and Menu This display and menu not affected by the Menu Timeout feature in monitor defaults They do not time out To redisplay all waveforms and parameter windows you must select MAIN MENU 9 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 CRG Plus Display CRG Trends CRG Trends Event Directory The top portion of the CRG trends window is used to display a directory of stored CRG events A maxi mum of six events can be displayed in the directory Each event has an associated number a minimum maximum alarm value based on low or high alarm type and an event start time An asterisk indicates that you cannot access the trend trace data for this event the event may have just occurred and data may not be available yet When the monitor is set for Neonatal I CU mode and an apnea brady or desaturation alarm occurs within 30 seconds of the first alarm the monitor groups the alarms on onetext linein the eve
319. onnector Do not attempt to plug it into any other connector it will not function The Y adapter cable can ONLY be used with Tram 451 series modules It cannot be used with any other Tram module series 2 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components Other Tram Module Series There are several other series of Tram modules Refer to the table below to determine the monitoring features of your non x51 series module om LEE ewe Tempco wor sor a 100A v v v 2 v 200A v 4 v 2 v v 200SL v v v v 2 v v 250SL 4 v v v 2 4 v 400A v v v 3 v v 400SL v v 4 v 3 v v 450SL v v v v 3 v v 500A v v 4 v 600A v v 4 v v 600SL v v v 4 v 4 650SL v v v 4 v v 800A v v 4 4 v 800SL v v v v v v 850A v 4 v v v 850SL v v v v v v Tram module software versions 10B and later usethe Dinamap NBP algorithm Software versions 10A and earlier use the GE Medical Systems I nformation Technologies NBP algorithm Tram x00 x00A and xO0SL modules with SpO2 are compatible with Ohmeda probes Tram x50SL modules are compatible with Nellcor and GE Medical Systems Information Technologies probes Although not shown in thetable above Tram x00 modules havethe same features as the x00A modules However Tram x00 modules are not compatible with the selectable lead 3 lead ECG cable Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monito
320. ontaneous minute volume N N2 nitrogen N20 nitrous oxide Nat sodium NBP noninvasive blood pressure NC non capture NEO Neo neonatal NET network NICO non invasive cardiac output NS non sense 0 02 02Cl oxygen consumption index O2DI oxygen delivery index O2R oxygen extraction ratio O2sat oxygen saturation O2set oxygen setting OEM original equipment manufacturer OR operating room 02 ounce P PA pulmonary artery PaC02 partial pressure of carbon dioxide in arterial blood PAD pulmonary artery diastolic 21 44 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols 02 oxygenation ratio PAM pulmonary artery mean pressure Pa02 partial pressure of oxygen in arterial blood PAO2 alveolar pressure PAUS pause PAW PAWP pulmonary artery wedge pressure PBAR barometric pressure PC personal computer PCBF pulmonary capillary blood flow PCO2 pCO2 partial pressure of arterial carbon dioxide PEAKP end inspiratory pressure PED pediatric PEEP positive end expiratory pressure PEEPi intrinsic positive end expiratory pressure PEF peak expiratory flow PEP pre ejection period pH hydrogen ion concentration PIP peak inspiratory pressure p02 partial pressure of oxygen 02 partial pressure of arterial oxygen POC point of care PPLAT plateau pressure PT RR patient respiration rate PULM pulmonary Pulm Calc pulmonary calculations PVC premature ventricular complex Pv02 partial p
321. oof T NOTE The software shows SvO2 as SVO2 References in this manual are shown as SVO2 or SvO2 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 18 3 2026259 001 SvO2 Checklist Checklist TheSvO2 module is securely inserted the Tram rac housing 2 The Abbott optical module s cable is connected to the GE Medical Systems nformation Technologies SvO2 module 3 TheAbbott Oximetrix catheter is connected to the Abbott optical module 4 A preinsertion calibration procedure is done before the catheter is inserted in the patient Refer to details in this chapter 5 The Abbott catheter is inserted in the patient Follow all guidelines specified in the Abbott literature 6 Any other necessary calibration procedures are done Refer to details in this chapter 18 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026259 001 SvO2 SVO2 Monitoring Features SVO2 Monitoring Features SVO2 Information When all connections are properly made SVO2 information is displayed in the SVO2 parameter window on the right side or bottom of the screen Signal Strength SVO2 Value Indicator SVO 78 80 D Uns and 60 Units a vO2 3 3 734A Arterial Venous Oxygen Content Difference SVO2 Parameter Window The parameter window displays the SvO2 value and a signal strength indicator SVO2 limits and units of measure may also be displayed An arterial venous oxygen content difference a vO2 is displayed if
322. oom mode the 1096 and 2096 volume tones are slightly quieter than the 10 and 2096 volume tones in the Adult I CU or Neonatal I CU modes Select SPO2LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the following m SPO2high low limits m Ratehigh and low limits Refer tothe Setting Alarm Limits section in Chapter 1 The Basics for information about how to adjust alarm limits NOTE This menu option only appears when using a Tram module Persistent SPO2 is a default setting in the SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY menu The default setting is OFF You can override the Persistent SPO2 default setting for the current patient in the TRAM SPO2 parameter menu UsetheTrim Knob control or touchscreen to select the desired option When this option is turned ON and the SPO2 cable or sensor probe is disconnected the SPO2 parameter box will remain displayed on the monitor an audible alarm will sound and the PROBE IS OFF THE PATIENT will alarm at both the monitor and the central station When this option is turned OFF and the SPO2 cable or sensor probe is disconnected the parameter box does not display and there is no alarm When the patient is discharged the Persistent SPO2 setting returns to the system default Usethis menu option to open a popup menu to select a sweep speed for the displayed SPO2 waveform Choices are 6 25 12 5 25 default and 50 millimeters per second Revision A Solar 800
323. option The popup menu closes and the menu option now indicates the scale of your choice The scale lines on the screen also reflect the new scale Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 19 11 2026265 001 C02 C02 Menu Options Capnostat Modules CO2 Limits Select CO2 LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the following m Expired EXP high and low limits m Inspired INSP high limit m Respiration RESP high and low limits m Nobreath limit Refer tothe Setting Alarm Limits section in Chapter 1 The Basics for information about how to adjust alarm limits N20 Compensation NOTE This feature functions only when the monitor is in the Operating Room mode The presence of nitrous oxide causes the CO2 value to appear higher than the actual value Usethis option to compensate for the presence of N2O This is a direct action menu option that switches between 0 4096 N2O and 24096 N 20 Y our selection depends on the amount of 20 present The 0 4096 N20 range does not require compensation When 24096 N 20 is chosen compensation is calculated using the following formula Displayed CO2 Measured CO2 x 0 974 The correction is applied to the displayed values of end tidal CO2 and inspired CO2 The waveform is also adjusted NOTE N20 concentration can be obtained from the anesthesia machine 19 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 C02 CO2 Menu Options
324. option from the SVO2 menu A popup menu opens showing YES CATHETER IN PACKAGE and NO CATHETER IN PATIENT choices 3 Select NO CATHETER IN PATIENT if you do not want to do the preinsertion calibration The popup menu will close Select YES CATHETER IN PACKAGE if you wish to proceed with the calibration If the optical module has been plugged in within the last minute the message WARMING UP may appear in the SVO2 parameter window Wait for one minute then select the PREINSERTION CALIBRATION option again and repeat the yes selection Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 18 9 2026259 001 SvO2 Calibration Oncethe preinsertion calibration has started the message CAL TAKES UP TO 60 SECONDS is displayed The length of the preinsertion calibration is dependent on the quality of the signal being received 4 When the preinsertion calibration is complete one of two messages is displayed DOLIGHT CALIBRATION The preinsertion calibration was successful proceed to the light intensity calibration NOTE After a preinsertion calibration there are no light intensity alarms until a light intensity calibration has been performed PREINSERT CAL FAIL The calibration was unsuccessful Verify that the catheter has been properly connected to the optical module and repeat the preinsertion calibration procedure If the failure message still appears use another catheter Continued failure may indicate that the Abb
325. opup Menu and Information Window You can print a copy of this calibration history by pressing the Graph Go Stop button while the window is open Press the Trim Knob control or touch the RETURN option to close the popup menu and information window 18 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026259 001 SvO2 Calibration These arethe calibration events that are stored in the SVO2 Calibration History information window OP MOD CONNECT The Abbott optical module was connected to the GE Medical Systems Information Technologies SvO2 module PREINS CAL DONE A successful preinsertion calibration was done PREINS CAL FAIL A preinsertion calibration failed LIGHT INT CAL A light intensity calibration was done BLOOD CAL START A calibration to venous blood gas was started BLOOD CAL DONE A calibration to venous blood gas was done BLOOD CAL CANCEL A calibration to venous blood gas was cancelled BLOOD CAL FAIL A calibration to venous blood gas failed Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 18 15 2026259 001 SvO2 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Problem PREINSERT CAL FAIL message is displayed Problem LOW LIGHT or NO LIGHT message is displayed Solution xu WN Preinsertion calibration was unsuccessful Check connections between the optical module and the SvO2 module Check connections between the optical module and the catheter Verify that the tip of the
326. or defaults worksheet in Chapter 21 Appendices You can use this worksheet to record your default settings If the monitor mode is changed e g Adult ICU to Neonatal I CU any monitor defaults you have set up revert to the factory default settings However the monitor mode is usually established at the time of monitor installation and can only be changed in the Service menu CAUTION If you disconnect a parameter cable at any point along the cable or disconnect it from the module and the parameter window is removed from the monitor display all alarm limits may revert to the set monitor default alarm limits when the cable is reconnected NOTE Monitor defaults can only be changed when the monitor is in a discharged state Any changes made are effective immediately but a patient must be admitted to the monitor for fully functional alarms MAIN SETUP DEFAULT SETUP DEFAULT SETUP DEFAULT MENU ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS PARAMETER ALARM LEVELS LIMITS PREVIOUS SETUP DEFAULT SETUP DEFAULT RECALL CUSTOM MENU DISPLAY PARAMETER PRIORITY DEFAULT DEFAULTS 550A Monitor Defaults Menu m SETUP DEFAULT ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS Adjusts arrhythmia alarms to other alarm levels m SETUP DEFAULT PARAMETER ALARM LEVELS Adjusts parameter alarms to other alarm levels SETUP DEFAULT LIMITS Sets alarm limits for all parameters SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY Determines display settings such as waveforms graphed etc
327. ormation windows containing basic operating instructions m REVISION AND ID Displays a list of the software versions currently installed for the various components of the monitor m SOFTWARE COMPATIBILITY Displays a software compatibility list m SERVICE MODE Used by qualified service personnel to access the service mode Detailed information on each option is found in this chapter 5 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Waveforms On Off Individual Display Mode The Waveforms On Off menu option allows you to reassign waveforms on the display or turn an individual waveform off To access the Waveforms On Off menu select WAVEFORMS ON OFF from the Monitor Setup menu Y our display mode Individual Full CRG Plus determines the menu options available Refer tothe Display section in this chapter for display mode details If you are using the individual display mode the Waveforms On Off menu looks like this MAIN ECG 1 WAVEFORM 2 WAVEFORM3 WAVEFORM 4 MENU LEAD II V5 AR1 PA2 WAVEFORM 5 OFF WAVEFORM 6 OFF 534 MENU WAVEFORMS PREVIOUS ALIGN Waveforms On Off Menu Individual Mode To change displayed waveform select WAVEFORM menu option to display a popup menu In the popup menu move the pointer to the waveform you want to display then select i
328. ot acceptable CARDIAC CALCS Enters the cardiac calculations program CARDIAC OUTPUT NOW Performs one measurement each time this option is selected Use this option when the auto mode is off m BT LIMITS A new menu is displayed with an information window to adjust blood temperature limits There is also a menu option to change units between Celsius and Fahrenheit m PRINT CO CURVE Prints a copy of the cardiac output washout curve AUTO MODE Turns Auto Mode off and on USE PAW Select PAW PAD or LA to be factored in the cardiac calculations CATHETER Selects the catheter type m INJ ECT TEMP Selects the injectate temperature probe in line or bath SIZE Changes the catheter French size INJ ECT VOL Adjusts the injectate volume COMPUTATION CONSTANT Used to enter a different computation constant m CARDIAC OUTPUT HELP Displays an information window with troubleshooting information Changing these after one or more trials have been performed will erase the trials Detailed information on each option in found in this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 15 11 2026265 001 Cardiac Output Cardiac Output Menu Options Cardiac Output Menu Options Delete CO Trials The monitor displays up to four cardiac output trials If a fifth trial is made the oldest trial is deleted and so on The AVG average column keeps a running average of the displaye
329. ot apply external pressure against the cuff while monitoring Doing so may cause inaccurate blood pressure values Use care when placing the cuff on an extremity used to monitor other patient parameters Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 NBP Safety CAUTIONS Accuracy of NBP measurement depends on using a cuff of the proper size It is essential to measure the circumference of the limb and choose the proper size cuff The pulse rate derived from an NBP determination measurement may differ from the heart rate derived from an ECG waveform because the NBP parameter measures actual peripheral pulses not electrical signals or contraction from the heart Differences may occur because electrical signals at the heart occasionally fail to produce a peripheral pulse or the patient may have poor peripheral perfusion Also if a patient s beat to beat pulse amplitude varies significantly e g because of pulsus alternans atrial fibrillation or the use of a rapid cycling artificial ventilator blood pressure and pulse rate readings can be erratic and an alternate measuring method should be used for confirmation NOTE A patient s vital signs may vary dramatically during the use of cardiovascular agents such as those that raise or lower blood pressure or those that increase or decrease heart rate 13 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 NBP Checklist Checklist A
330. ott optical moduleis defective 18 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026259 001 SvO2 Calibration Light Intensity Calibration The light intensity calibration calibrates the SvO2 module to the light intensity signal being received from the patient A light intensity calibration must be performed after proper positioning is achieved following catheter insertion The catheter should be positioned such that all three asterisks appear in the SVO2 parameter window In addition if any significant change in light intensity occurs that cannot be corrected such as might happen with damage to the catheter fiberoptics a light intensity calibration is necessary To perform a light intensity calibration simply select the LIGHT INTENSITY CALIBRATION option from the SVO2 menu This is a direct action menu option The calibration takes place immediately NOTE A light intensity calibration occurs automatically when a venous blood gas calibration is performed Refer to the Calibrate to Venous Blood Gas section in this chapter Once the light intensity calibration has been performed all light intensity signals are compared to the stored signal If the detected light intensity signal becomes significantly different from the stored value an alarm occurs and one of the following messages is displayed in the SVO2 parameter window DAMPED INTENSITY HIGH INTENSITY LOW INTENSITY NOTE There are no light intensity alarms until a li
331. ou to view the high and low alarm limits and unit of measure for each parameter currently monitored You can change the limits for any monitored parameter without having to go into each individual parameter menu To view the All Limits information window select ALL LIMITS fromthe Alarm Control menu An information window is displayed showing a list of patient parameters currently being monitored their units of measure and their current high and low limits Only parameters currently being monitored are listed To change one or more limits in the All Limits information window follow the procedure below All changes made with this menu option are temporary and revert to the default settings upon patient discharge 1 Select the parameter you wish to change 2 Highlight the high or low limit 3 Change thelimit value 4 Press the Trim Knob control to complete the change The new limit takes effect immediately 5 Rotate the Trim Knob control to highlight the parameter label then press it to unhighlight You can now move to another parameter if you want NOTE Steps 4 and 5 are not needed when using the optional touchscreen Simply use the touchscreen arrows to move around the information window 6 When you are finished making changes select RETURN to close the information window Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 8 13 2026265 001 Alarm Control Alarm Control Menu Arrhythmia Alarm Level arrhythmia c
332. ough it is not available You must change it to an available device The message SAVING is displayed when attempting to graph to an unavailable device This menu option turns automatic alarm graphs off and on This is direct action menu option Selecting it switches back and forth between off and on An arrhythmia alarm graph continues to run until a normal sinus rhythm is detected or until you manually stop it at the printer All other alarm graphs run for 20 seconds NOTE To convert an arrhythmia alarm graph to a manual graph you must stop the graph using the Graph Stop key on the writer then immediately restart the graph Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 5 11 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Speed Timed Graph CRG Plus Options Graph BP Invasive This menu option controls the speed at which a graph is printed The slower the speed the more condensed the data is This option affects manual graphs only It must be selected before starting the graph NOTE Alarm graphs always run at 25 millimeters per second Selecting the speed menu option opens a popup menu Choices are 0 1 0 5 1 5 10 12 5 25 and 50 millimeters per second NOTE Laser printers connected to a central station do not support the 0 1 millimeter per second speed Laser printers connected to the Solar 8000i monitor do not support the 0 1 0 5 or 1 millimeter per second speeds This menu option controls the dura
333. patient following proper skin preparation Leadwires are attached to electrodes on the patient Leadwires are connected to the patient cable and the patient cableis connected to the module 5 Respiration setup is adjusted if necessary Follow detailed procedures in this chapter 16 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Respiration Respiration Monitoring Features Respiration Monitoring Features Respiration Information When respiration monitoring is on a labeled respiration waveform is displayed after the learning process is complete Refer to the General Information section in this chapter The label includes the ECG lead used to derive the respiration waveform for example RR II Breath Indicator Respiration Rate Lead Monitored To RR Parameter Window The parameter window displays the current respiration rate and the ECG lead used to monitor respiration A flashing breath indicator lung symbol is displayed with each breath detection Alarm limits may be displayed for respiration rate and apnea Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 16 5 2026265 001 Respiration Respiration Monitoring Features Getting to the Respiration Menu To display the respiration menu select the RR parameter label NOTE If the parameter label is not displayed select the PARAMETERS ON OFF option in the Monitor Setup menu to turn respiration on Then select the RR parameter label re
334. perating Room OR The mode patient monitor type appears next tothe date and timeat the top of the display When you change the patient monitor type any monitor defaults that have been set are lost and the factory defaults are in effect again Other options that affect the monitor are found in the Menu Setup option Admit Menu The admit mode determines the menu options used when admitting a patient to the monitor The admit modes are m Standard m Rover m Combo m Rover Combo Monitor Defaults Password Monitor default password protection is used to restrict access to the Monitor Defaults menu This feature can be enabled or disabled using this option The choices areREQUIRED and NOT REQUIRED 5 26 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient evision Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient About Admitting About Admitting Monitor Applications WARNING ALARM ACTIVATION Noalarms sound or display on the monitor until a patient is admitted to the monitor The monitor will NOT alarm if an unadmitted patient enters an alarm condition You must admit the patient to activate alarms alarm graphs and the alarm history The following message displays near the middle of the screen to alert you to admit your patient ALL ALARMS OFF ADMIT PATIENT TO ACTIVATE ALARMS In addition to the message a discharge alert beep can be set in m
335. piratory rate RR on the monitor Depending on the module used the monitor can accommodate both intubated and non intubated patients CO2 monitoring is done with one of GE Medical Systems Information Technologies CO2 modules m Capnostat Mainstream CO2 module for intubated patients m Capnostat Dual CO2 module for either intubated or nonintubated patients m Sidestream CO2 module for either intubated or nonintubated patients NOTE Refer to GE Medical Systems I nformation Technologies Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information Capnostat Mainstream setup Capnostat Sidestream setup Sidestream CO2 module setup Clinical level troubleshooting 19 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 C02 Safety Safety CAUTIONS CONTAMINATION Besurethe pump is off before removing the Aqua K not water trap to prevent contamination of the internal gas measurement instruments CO2 SOURCE Do not attempt to use a combination of gas monitoring modules systems e g CO2 SAM TC CO2 RAMS at the sametime Only data from one acquisition source will be displayed EXHAUST LINE Donct allow the exhaust line to become kinked or blocked Back pressure may cause inaccurate gas readings and also may cause serious damage to the module s internal components INFECTIOUS DISEASE To avoid the spread of infectious disease do
336. played CO2 waveform The scale choices vary depending on the units of measure being used A waveform that exceeds the allowed display area on the screen will be flattened on top Adjust the scale to reduce the waveform size Selecting a large scale value reduces the size of the waveform Conversely a smaller scale value increases the size of the waveform To change the scale select the SCALE option from the CO2 menu A popup menu opens displaying the available options Select the desired option The popup menu closes and the menu option now indicates the scale of your choice The scale lines on the screen also reflect the new scale Select CO2 LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the following m Expired EXP high and low limits m Inspired INSP high limit m Respiration RESP high and low limits m Nobreath limit Refer to the Setting Alarm Limits section in Chapter 1 The Basics for information about how to adjust alarm limits 19 22 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 C02 CO2 Menu Options Non Capnostat Modules N20 Compensation Speed NOTE This feature functions only when the monitor is in the Operating Room mode The presence of nitrous oxide causes the CO2 value to be higher than the actual value Use this option to compensate for the presence of N20 This is a direct action menu option which switches between 0 40 N20 and gt 40 20 Y ou
337. played scale for this pressure CURSOR Displays a moveable cursor on the waveform CLEAR CURSOR Removes the cursor from the waveform LIMITS Displays a new menu and an information window to adjust alarm limits CHANGE NAME Changes the pressure site to another name ZERO Used to zero reference this transducer only BP FILTER Used to select a 12 or 40 Hz filter CALIBRATE TRANSDUCER Adjusts the transducer offset SPEED Changes the sweep speed for the displayed pressure waveform These menu options are found in all pressure menus The only difference is the site name for example CVP CURSOR PA CURSOR etc More details on each option are found in this chapter There are special features associated with ART and PA which are explained in the Special Features section found in this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 12 7 2026265 001 Pressures Pressure Menu Options Pressure Menu Options In most cases the CVP parameter and menu are used to demonstrate the pressure menu options Scales The Scales option allows you to change the scale on which the pressure waveform is displayed on the monitor Changing the scale changes the size of the waveform Scales can be set in Monitor Defaults 1 Select CVP SCALES from the CVP menu A popup menu opens showing the scale sizes available The scale currently being used is designated by a pointer gt NOTE AUTO is only an option on
338. popup menu that allows you to enter a specific time you wish to find and display in Vital Signs 10 DEC 2000 09 30 601A SPECIFIC TIME Specific Time Popup Menu 1 Rotatethe Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to move the highlight onto the date and time The popup menu opens showing the current date and time 2 Press the Trim Knob control when an element of the date or timeis highlighted NOTE This step is not necessary when using the touchscreen feature 3 Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to make a change Press the Trim Knob control to complete the change not necessary when using the touchscreen Repeat this procedure for the other elements of the date and time When finished close the popup menu The specific time you requested or the time closest to it if your time interval is set for other than one minute appears in the middle column of the information window Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 10 7 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Sort Data Selecting the SORT DATA menu option allows you to sort the data to display the collected data for an episodic parameter The options available in the popup menu are ALL DATA NBP GAS RM CARD CALC PULM CALC POC ICG and VENT Selecting ALL DATA redisplays all collected data Page Up Page Down These direct action menu options can be used to display any additional data not displayed on the scree
339. porarily overwritten by the information window 9 2002 10 00 SICU BED2 SICU BED5 MARTIN 2 7 708 136 T2 rate 70 94 33 15 23 5 8 32 45 T1 ec TAGS MAIN VIEW ON ALARM MENU OPTIONS PREVIOUS SELECT A BED SELECT ANOTHER GRAPH VIEWED MENU TO VIEW CARE UNIT VIEWED BED PATIENT DATA 570B Viewed Patient Display Here are some guidelines to remember when viewing another patient m Makesurethe monitor to be viewed is admitted If the monitor is discharged waveforms are not displayed Parameter windows and the message DISCHARGED are displayed m f monitoring CO2 on the host monitor be sure that the CO2 waveform is positioned in the sixth seventh or eighth waveform position on the host monitor Due to the slower CO2 waveform sweep speed waveforms adjacent to or beneath the CO2 waveform on the viewed patient display will not appear m f monitoring CO2 Vent and or RM on the viewed monitor the waveforms are not sent to the host monitor for viewing The parameter windows however are sent to the host monitor for display ST trends and complexes are not sent to the host monitor If the CRG Plus display is currently on at the viewed monitor two waveforms and six parameter windows are sent to the host monitor The CRG Plus display is not sent 6 24 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Monitor Setup for Viewing
340. probe s is correctly positioned on the patient Follow appropriate medical procedures The temperature cable switch is turned to 400 or 700 depending on the type of cable used The temperature cable is attached to the module The temperature setup is adjusted if necessary F ollow detailed procedures within this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 17 3 2026265 001 Temperature Temperature Monitoring Features Temperature Monitoring Features Temperature Information Temperature monitoring provides numerical information only No waveform is generated or displayed Numerics are displayed in the temperature TP parameter window on the right side of the screen Temp Values 36 7 34 5 TC T2 C Temp Limits for One Site Temp Sites and Units Temperature Parameter Window The temperature parameter label has a number with it that corresponds totheslot in the Tram rac housing where the module is located The parameter window displays the current temperature values along with the unit of measurement If the defaults are set up to display limits the T1 limits are displayed NOTE When both temperature sites are being monitored the alarm limits for the T1 site only are displayed in the limits window If the T1 site is turned off the displayed alarm limits automatically switch tothe T2 alarm limits Y ou can monitor a patient s temperature at multiple sites Both internal and external t
341. ptions available in the Admit menu vary depending on the application and patient monitor mode for which the monitor is set To access the Admit menu select MORE MENUS from the main display then select ADMIT MENU The Admit menu and information window are displayed MANUAL ADMIT INFORMATION LAST NAME FIRST NAME PATIENT ID SEX BIRTH DATE AGE HEIGHT WEIGHT RACE SECONDARY ID REF PHYSICIAN 4 Ar h MAIN CHANGE REQUEST RECALL ADMIT ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT PREVIOUS UNITS OF MENU MEASURE 535B Admit Menu and Information Window Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 6 5 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Admit Menus Standard Admit Menu In the Standard application the monitor is permanently assigned to a room The unit name and bed number are assigned during installation Below are the standard admit menus with options based on the patient monitor mode MAIN CHANGE REQUEST RECALL ADMIT ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT PREVIOUS UNITS OF MENU MEASURE 538A Adult ICU and Neonatal ICU Admit Menu Standard Application MAIN CHANGE REQUEST RECALL NEW MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT CASE PREVIOUS UNITS OF MENU MEASURE 542A Operating Room Admit Menu Standard Application All menu options are described in the
342. pup Menu with Dimmed Menu Options as it appears on the monitor s display ECG SIZE 4X ECG Size Popup Menu Only as it appears in this manual MAIN DISPLAY ECG SIZE MENU LEAD II 1X 12 LEAD ECG ANALYSIS LD ANALYSIS MULTI LEAD MORE ARRHYTHMIA ECG FULL 523A 1 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 The Basics Menus Scrolling Popup Menu Pointer Popup Menu E IZE oss 2X 887A Ld Scrolling Popup Menu In a scrolling popup menu all available selections appear with the current selection highlighted The Trim K nob control can be rotated or the touchscreen arrows can be touched to change the selection This is called scrolling The new selection is highlighted and the change appears on the display immediately allowing the user to see if the selection is appropriate Pressing the Trim K nob control or touching the anchor menu option selects the highlighted option and closes the popup menu DETECT PACE PACE2 PACE 1 T HELP 524A Pointer Popup Menu In a pointer popup menu all available selections and a pointer gt appear The Trim Knob control can be rotated or the touchscreen arrows can be touched to move the pointer to another selection Pressing the Trim Knob control or touching the anchor menu option implements the change and doses the popup menu Revision A Solar 8000i
343. r 2 9 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components Tram Module Front Panel Connectors Below two examples of Tram modules The connectors on the front of the module are labeled Some Tram modules have different NBP and SPO2 connectors but they are located in the same position as those shown below BP 1 BP2 BP 3 4 Temp CO ECG Resp Indicator Light Transport Display Defib Sync Front Panel of Tram 451N Module Temp CO NBP ECG Resp bM O8 E fp SPO2 2 Power Indicator 627A Light Transport Defib Sync Display Front Panel of Tram 850SL Module 2 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components The Defib Sync connector provides analog output signals an ECG signal and a blood pressure signal if available to user supplied equipment A 5 volt 2 millisecond artificial pacer spike is added to the analog output when PACE is on and detection occurs Refer to Chapter 21 Appendices for details on signal outputs and to the Tram module service manual for signal connector pin configuration Single Parameter Modules Single parameter acquisition modules also collect the patient s physiological data and send it to the monitor for display Single parameter acquisition modules are available to monitor a wide variety of parameters such as ECG NBP CO2 SpO2 and SvO2 Single Parameter ECG Resp Module Single parameter modules can be used
344. r 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components Tram x51 Series Modules The x51 series is the current series of Tram modules Refer to the table below to determine your Tram x51 series module s monitoring features Tram 12 Lead ECG Dinamap Invasive Masimo Nellcor Defib Module Analysis Pesp TempCO GESPOZ spoot spozt sync 45 v v v v 3 4 v v 451M v v v v 3 4 v v 451N v v v v 3 4 v v 851 v v v v v 4 851M v v v v v v 851N v v v v v v Y adapter cable is required to monitor four invasive blood pressures t Different SpO2 cables are required for each type of SpO2 processing The cable connectors are not interchangeable The Defib Sync connector on x51 series modules requires DIFFERENT cablethan the other Tram module series They are not interchangeable The cable for the x51 series modules has a 7 pin connector Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2 7 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components Tram Module Y Adapter Cable The Tram 451 series modules can monitor four invasive blood pressures when a Y adapter cable is used This cable plugs into the BP3 connector on the module and allows two separate invasive blood pressures to be monitored from that connector 539A Tram 451N Module with Y Adapter Cable Connected to BP3 Connector This cable is designed to fit only in the c
345. r default Invasive BP Only The user has the option to graph invasive blood pressures only In the graph BP invasive mode the BP waveforms are the only printable parameters The waveforms are graphed on one scale using the full grid space Refer to Chapter 5 Monitor Setup for more details Pressure Scales Invasive pressures are graphed on individual mode or full mode scales depending on the display of the waveforms If the BP waveform is displayed in full mode or full grid mode it is graphed in full mode If the BP waveform is not displayed or displayed in individual mode it is graphed in individual mode Invasive pressures are graphed on individual scales as follows Displayed Scale Graph Scale 30 0 45 PA CVP LA RA ICP 40 0 45 60 0 60 100 0 90 160 0 150 200 300 0 300 Auto 0 150 ART FEM UAC SP 0 45 PA CVP UVC RA LA ICP Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 7 7 2026265 001 Printing Graphing Graphing Messages The following messages may appear when graphing m SAVING The device to which you want to print is busy or inoperable If you are printing an alarm graph 20 seconds of data are saved until the device can print or another alarm graph occurs The monitor only saves the most recent alarm data for printing A manual graph is saved until you press the Graph Go Stop button or an alarm graph occurs GRAPHING BP Only invasive blood pressures are being graphed GRAPHING MANUAL
346. r extended periods of time This option allows you to program the monitor to automatically take NBP measurements at specific time intervals Select NBP AUTO from the NBP menu A popup menu opens showing all choices NBP AUTO 8 HRS 20 MINS 3 MINS OFF 4 HRS 15 MINS 2 5 MINS 2 HRS 10 MINS 2 MINS t L 1HR 5 MINS gt 1MIN 30 MINS 4 MINS OFF 681B NBP Auto Popup Menu Use the Trim Knob control or touchscreen to select the desired time interval NBP Auto Timing T he measurements taken using the NBP Auto option can be timed in two different ways m Regular timing where each measurement is taken at the specified interval regardless of the actual clock time m Clock sync timing where the measurements are synchronized to specific clock times NOTE Operating Room mode If an auto mode time is set in monitor defaults pressing the NBP Go Stop button starts the auto mode feature in either timing mode Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 13 9 2026265 001 NBP NBP Menu Options Refer to the Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for more information and examples of NBP auto timing How to turn on clock sync timing The default timing for NBP Autois regular timing To turn on clock sync timing you must change the monitor default setting F ollow these steps 1 Ifa patient is admitted to the monitor discharge the patient 2 Fromthe main menu select MONITOR DE
347. r second 16 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Respiration Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Messages Below is a list of the messages that may be displayed in the respiration parameter window during respiration monitoring The message meanings as well as actions to take are included These messages may appear in abbreviated form if the parameter window is sized smaller due to the number of parameters being monitored The abbreviated form if there is one is shown in parentheses LEARNING The monitor takes approximately eight breaths to learn the patient s respiration pattern before displaying a respiration value Learning automatically occurs whenever respiration is turned on and when the lead from which respiration is monitored is switched APNEA CHECK THE PATIENT This is an alarm condition that requires action Breathing has not been detected for a predetermined number of seconds necessary the apnea limit can be changed Refer to the Respiration Limits section in this chapter ARTIFACT CHECK THE PATIENT This is an alarm condition that requires action The monitor is unable to successfully determine respiration If it is determined that patient condition is not the cause it may be necessary to re prep the patient s skin and change the electrodes to resume monitoring of respiration LDI FAIL or LD FAIL CHECK THE PATIENT This is an alarm condition that requires action The lead mo
348. r selection depends on the amount of 20 present The 0 40 N20 range does not require compensation When gt 40 N20 is chosen compensation is calculated using the following formula Displayed CO2 Measured CO2 x 0 974 The correction is applied to the displayed values of end tidal CO2 and inspired CO2 The waveform is also adjusted NOTE N20 concentration can be obtained from the anesthesia machine Use this menu option to open a popup menu to select a sweep speed for the displayed CO2 waveform Choices are 6 25 default 12 5 25 and 50 millimeters per second Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 19 23 2026265 001 C02 C02 Menu Options Non Capnostat Modules For your notes 19 24 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 20 Interfaces Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Interfaces Introduction Introduction The monitor can interface with other manufacturers peripheral bedside devices such as ventilators and gas delivery systems to centralize patient data on one device An Octanet connectivity device or a Unity Network ID is used with the monitor to communicate with peripheral devices IMPORTANT The monitor can only display information that the peripheral device sends The parameters sent vary with each peripheral device and are subject to change without notice by the manufacturer of
349. r tothe Alarm Help section in this chapter for more details Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Revision A 8 5 Alarm Control Controlling Audio Alarms Controlling Audio Alarms Silencing Alarms Using the SETUP DEFAULT DISPLAY option in the monitor defaults menu the function of the Silence Alarm button can be set to NORMAL or SILENCE ONLY When set to SILENCE ONLY the Silence Alarm button works as a silence button m Press once to silence alarms m Press again to reactivate alarms m Pressing this button when no alarms are occurring has no effect The current alarm is silenced for 60 seconds and the message SILENCED is displayed on the screen The silence command is cancelled and the alarm tone will sound when any new ECG or arrhythmia alarm of an equal or higher level occurs An Alarm Pause menu option is available when SILENCE ONLY is selected Refer to the Pausing Alarms section in this chapter 8 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Alarm Control Controlling Audio Alarms Pausing Alarms When set to NORMAL the Silence Alarm button works as an alarm pause button WARNING Alarms do not sound alarm histories are not stored alarm graphs do not print and alarms are not sent tothe Clinical Information Center during an Alarm Pause condition NOTE When the crisis alarm pause breakthrough feature is turned on crisis alarms do sound during an ala
350. rdiac Calcs menu Cardiac Output Adult Operating Room Opens the Cardiac Output menu CRG Events Neonatal Opens the Document CRG Events window CRG Print Neonatal Prints the CRG waveforms CRG Recall Neonatal Opens the CRG Trends menu at the most recent CRG event Defaults Adult Neonatal Operating Room Opens the defaults menu Display On Off Adult Neonatal Operating Room Turns the monitor display and audio items off and on Operating power mains is still on and alarms remain active at the central station Also turns NBP off Dose Calcs Neonatal Enters the dose calculations program Graph Go Stop Adult Neonatal Operating Room Initiates a graph run of patient data Press the button again to stop Graphic Trends Adult Operating Room Opens the Graphic Trends menu Main Menu Adult Neonatal Operating Room Returns to the main display Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2 21 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Controls Button Keypad Type s Function NBP Auto Adult Operating Room Opens the NBP Auto menu NBP Go Stop Adult Neonatal Operating Room Initiates an NBP measurement Pressing this button while a measurementis in process stops that measurement NBP Stat Adult Operating Room Starts five minutes of continuous sequential NBP measurements New Case Operating Room Performs the direct action of discharging and then immediately admitting a p
351. re filter sidestream adapter tube or exhaust line is blocked Solution Check nasal cannula moisture filter sidestream adapter tube and exhaust lines for blockage and replace if necessary If the blocked line condition persists for a period of time the monitor s pump will automatically shut off The pump must then be restarted to clear the message To restart the pump select the PUMP option from the CO2 menu Repeat this process until the BLOCKED LINE message clears CABLE DISCONNECTED Cause Sensor cable is not connected to module Solution Check sensor cable connection CAL SENSOR TO ZERO CELL Cause A new sensor was introduced into the system or there is a possible signal drift in sensor electronics Solution Zero the CO2 sensor Refer to the Zero Capnostat Sensor section in this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 19 17 2026265 001 C02 Capnostat Sensor Troubleshooting CANNOT CALIBRATE Cause Message appears when attempting calibration in an unstable condition such as sensor still warming up or other error condition Solution Calibrate sensor when no error condition exists CHANGE AIRWAY ADAPTER Cause Sensor signal is out of tolerance Solution Check for obstructions in airway adapter or other defects CHECK ADAPTER ADAPTER CAL Cause Adapter is not attached to sensor adapter is obstructed or adapter used is of a different type than the one last calibrated to the sensor Solution m Che
352. re listed below with their meanings Abbreviations A A amps 02 alveolar arterial oxygen gradient ABG arterial blood gas AC alternating current ACCV accelerated ventricular ACC VENT accelerated ventricular ACI acceleration index ADT adult AHA American Heart Association ALRM alarm AMP ampere AMP amplitude ANT anterior A02 a02 arterial oxygen saturation AR argon AR arterial ARR arrhythmia ARRHY arrhythmia ART arterial Async asynchronous ASYS asystole Auto AUTO automatic AUX auxiliary Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 37 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols 02 arterial venous oxygen content difference AVF left foot augmented lead AVG average AVL left arm augmented lead AVR right arm augmented lead B Baro barometric pressure BE base excess BEecf base excess extracellular fluid BEb base excess blood BGMY bigeminy BIS bispectral index BP blood pressure BPM beats per minute BRAD bradycardia BSA body surface area BT blood temperature BTU British thermal unit C C Celsius CAL calibration CALC calculation CALCS calculations Ca02 arterial oxygen content CARD cardiac Card Calc cardiac calculations CC computation constant cc CC Cubic centimeter CCI continuous cardiac index CCO continuous cardiac output CCU critical care unit 21 38 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols CD coher
353. re revisions versions are installed in your system select the REVISION AND ID option from the Monitor Setup menu SOFTWARE REVISION DISPLAY ARD STAND MONITOR MAIN PROCESSOR 2002131 014 VER 4E 22SEP04 RAC 1 COMM 404669 007 VER 6C 065675 RAC 1 DAS 404671 008 VER 6C 31JUL96 24 RAC 2 COMM This is where to find your software version This line indicates that you have software version 4E RAC 2 DAS TRAM MODULE 407027 035 VER 11C 3E 3 18Mar02 Copyright 2003 GEMS Information Technologies All rights reserved MAIN WAVEFORMS DISPLAY 1 4 MENU ON OFF INDIVIDUAL NEXT PREVIOUS PRINT TOUCHVOL gt QUIT REVISION GRAPH MONITOR SETUP DEFAULTS MENU CRG PLUS 10 ANDID COMPATIBILI SOFTWARE SERVICE MODE 563F Software Revision Popup Menu and Information Window The other software information in the information window is most useful to service personnel Select QUIT to close the popup menu and information window when you are done Software Compatibility This menu option displays the monitor s main processor software and compatible component software It is useful to service personnel when troubleshooting 5 24 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Service Menu The Service menu is intended for qualified service personnel Therefore it is password protected Selecting the SERV
354. red lead The change occurs immediately on the screen When you are satisfied with the lead selection press the Trim Knob control or touch the DISPLAY LEAD option to close the popup menu Synchronized Cardioversion The lead displayed in the top trace position is the signal output to the DEFIB SYNC connector on the front of the module The software provides a defib sync pulse for digital synchronization and places a return marker on the ECG waveform If the defibrillator is to be synchronized with the analog ECG signal review the patient s ECG leads and place the one with the greatest amplitude in the top position on the monitor Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu Smart Lead Fail NOTE The smart lead fail feature works only when using a 5 leadwire or 10 leadwire configuration The smart lead fail feature continually checks the integrity of the electrodes to allow uninterrupted monitoring If the quality of an electrode signal degrades to an inadequate level a lead fail message is displayed If thelead fail affects the ECG waveform being monitored in the top trace position on the screen monitoring automatically switches to another lead Refer to the chart below Message New Lead Monitored RA FAIL Lead III LL FAIL Lead LA FAIL Lead II V FAIL Lead II LEADS FAIL No waveforms displayed right leg fail or leads fail If you are using a 10 leadwire electrode
355. reen arrow options and or a RETURN option may appear in the popup menu In addition the menu option selected now serves as an anchor menu option and is used as part of the selecting process ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS gt RETURN ASYSTOLE CRISIS V FIB V CRISIS V TACH CRISIS VT gt 2 CRISIS V BRADY CRISIS COUPLET MESSAGE BIGEMINY MESSAGE ACC VENT MESSAGE PAUSE MESSAGE TRIGEMINY MESSAGE RON T MESSAGE PVC MESSAGE TACHY MESSAGE BRADY MESSAGE IRREGULAR MESSAGE Anchor Menu Option MAIN ALL ARRHYTHMIA ALARM DISPLAY OFF MENU LIMITS ALARM LEVEL HELP ALARM PAUSE MENU ALARMS we N 587B Touchscreen RETURN option Arrows Arrhythmia Alarm Level Popup Menu and Information Window Touchscreen Arrows Touchscreen arrows can be touched to move up down left or right Touching an arrow once will move it to the next option Touching and holding your touch on an arrow will scroll through the options until you release your touch Popup menus may have both the up down arrows and the left right arrows or only one set may appear The currently active set of arrows is highlighted Touch the other set to activate it when needed For example in the illustration above touching the down arrow option once would move the cursor in the information window in front of ASYSTOLE Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 1 19 2026265 001 The Basics Common Operations Anchor Menu Option On
356. ressure of oxygen in mixed venous PVR pulmonary vascular resistance PVRI pulmonary vascular resistance index PWR power Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 45 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols Q QA quality assurance QRS interval of ventricular depolarization Qs Qt shunt fraction QTY quantity R R rate R right RA right arm RA right atrial RAM random access memory RAWe resistance airway expiratory REF reference RES resistance RESP respiration RF radio frequency RHb reduced hemoglobin RHY rhythm RL right leg RM respiratory mechanics RMT ALM remote alarm RMT VID remote video ROM read only memory RR respiration rate RRm mechanical respiration rate RRs Spontaneous respiration rate RTFC artifact RVSWI right ventricular stroke work index S S systolic a02 arterial oxygen saturation 21 46 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix H Abbreviations and Symbols sec SEF 5 501 SP SPEC SPO RR 5 02 501 SR ST STD VGA STR SUM SV Sv02 SVR SVRI SYNC Sync SYS T1 T2 TACH TC Tc TCCO2 TcC02 02 02 TCO2 Temp TEMP TFC TGMY second spectral edge frequency stroke index solution special spectrometer spontaneous respiration rate arterial oxygen saturation from pulse oximetry signal quality index suppression ratio interval of ventricular repolarization standard graphics array systolic time
357. rge for the CRG Plus display Solution In the Respiration menu use either the RELEARN RESPIRATION option or the AUTO SIZE option Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 9 17 CRG Plus Display Troubleshooting For your notes 9 18 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 10 Patient Data Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Patient Data Menu Select PATIENT DATA from the main menu to display the Patient Data menu MAIN ALARM VITAL GRAPHIC ee Beer DOSE MENU HISTORY SIGNS TRENDS CALCS PREVIOUS CRG LAB MENU TRENDS DATA 597B Patient Data Menu m ALARM HISTORY Displays stored arrhythmia alarm events ST references and ST alarm levels Cardiac software package only m VITAL SIGNS TABULAR TRENDS Displays the values for the patient s monitored parameters over the last 24 hours GRAPHIC TRENDS Plots trends for selected parameters CARDIAC CALCS Enters the cardiac calculations program Cardiopulmonary software package only m PULMONARY CALCS Enters the pulmonary calculations program Cardiopulmonary software package only DOSE CALCS Enters the dose calculations program CRG TRENDS Displays high resolution CRG trends High Resolution CRG Trends software package only m LAB DATA Accesses laboratory data for this patient from your hospital s lab information system
358. rithms are used for different pressure sites NOTE Pressure site names cannot be set in monitor defaults however upon discharge in the Operating Room mode pressure site names remain as last selected To change a name select the CHANGE NAME option from the pressure menu A popup menu opens listing all the choices The name presently assigned is designated with the pointer gt Select the desired name and close the popup menu This causes a change in the parameter window and the main menu is displayed 12 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Pressures Pressure Menu Options Zero Use the ZERO option to zero this transducer only Close the transducer stopcock to the patient 2 Open the venting stopcock to air atmosphere 3 Select the ZERO option in the pressure menu 4 Verify that zero reference has been established Watch the pressure parameter window messages 5 Close the venting stopcock to air atmosphere 6 Open the transducer stopcock to the patient Within seconds pressure numerics should be displayed in the pressure parameter window BP Filter Select the BP FILTER option to open a popup menu from which you can select a 12 or 40 Hz filter The 12 Hz Filter is recommended for typical monitoring applications The 40 Hz Filter allows higher frequency waveform components to be processed This may result in elevated pressure values This menu also offers a Help option w
359. rm pause condition Refer to the Alarm Pause Breakthrough section in this chapter m When pressed once it silences a current audible alarm for 60 seconds m When pressed twice during an alarm it starts a 5 minute alarm pause the Adult I CU mode 3 minutes in Neonatal I CU mode and when the monitor s country selection is set to France A countdown timer is displayed on the screen During the alarm pause press the button again to reactivate alarms m Ifnoalarmis sounding press it once to start an alarm pause as described above m Ifthe monitor is set up for Operating Room mode there are three levels of alarm pause Press the button once twice if an alarm is sounding to start a 5 minute alarm pause Press again to start a 15 minute alarm pause Press again to start a permanent alarm pause Press again to reactivate alarms Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 8 7 2026265 001 Alarm Control Controlling Audio Alarms Alarm Pause Breakthrough Remote Silencing The alarm pause breakthrough feature allows any crisis level alarm to break through interrupt an alarm pause with an audible alarm In other words when this feature is turned on set to CRISIS in the Setup Display Defaults window found in Monitor Defaults crisis level alarms will sound even if an alarm pause is in effect NOTE Only alarms set to crisis level can break through an alarm pause Alarms set to any other alarm level
360. rmation Technologies for service or contact your sales service representative WARMING UP Cause Appears whenever a sensor is first plugged in a module is placed ina Tram rac and when a sensor is first powered on Solution Message will clear when warmed up If it persists beyond 4 minutes call GE Medical Systems Information Technologies service or contact your sales service representative Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 19 19 2026265 001 CO2 Sidestream Modules Sidestream Modules These modules use a different technology and are not compatible with the Capnostat sensor and adapter NOTE Delivery of bronchodilators or mucolytics via aerosol and meter dose inhalers causes premature blockage of the Aqua K not water trap Discontinue gas analysis prior to treatment by switching the pump off and removing the airway adapter from the ventilator circuit or disconnecting the sample line from the Aqua K not water trap Pump Control Toturn the pump on and off standby mode press and release the pump switch located on the front of the module The green light just above the switch is illuminated when the pump is on NOTE With module software version 3 and subsequent the pump will automatically turn off after 20 minutes of no CO2 detection 19 20 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 C02 C02 Menu Options Non Capnostat Modules CO2 Menu Options Non Capnostat Modules Getting to the CO2 M
361. s in the same manner as above When all desired values are entered select RETURN to close the popup menu CARDIAC CALCULATIONS 25 FEB 10 52 MONITORED CO 6 0 HR 69 MAP 94 CVP 10 PAM 23 Press the Graph Go Stop PAW 10 button to print the displayed WEIGHT 70 0 KG HEIGHTS 1680 C calculations CALCULATED BSA 1 79 CI 33 SV 87 0 SVR 1119 SVRI 1980 PVR 173 PVRI 306 VSWI 56 1 RVSWI 87 MAIN CHANGE SAVE REVIEW WEIGHT HEIGHT MENU VALUE CALC CALCS KG CM Completed Set of Cardiac Calculations Select the SAVE CALC option from the Cardiac Calcs menu to savethe displayed values to Vital Signs The message SAVE OPERATION COMPLETE appears in the message line If the message SAVE OPERATION FAILED appears a CO value has not been entered you already saved this set of calculations or the ECG source module is not in the housing Toreview all saved calculations select the REVIEW CALCS option The Vital Signs information window is displayed The data is sorted so cardiac calculations appear first in the list Since you have entered the vital signs program the Vital Signs menu options are displayed However when sorted for cardiac calcs the Time Interval and Specific Time options are non functional Refer to the Vital Signs section in this chapter for more information 10 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Weight and Height Th
362. s of leadwires into the sockets of the power cord by mistake Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Safety For Your Safety WARNINGS DISPOSAL Dispose of the packaging material observing the applicable waste control regulations and keeping it out of children s reach EXPLOSION HAZARD Do not use this equipment the presence of flammable anesthetics vapors or liquids INTERFACING OTHER EQUIPMENT Devices may only be interconnected with each other or to parts of the system when it has been determined by qualified biomedical engineering personnel that there is no danger to the patient the operator or the environment as a result In those instances where there is any element of doubt concerning the safety of connected devices the user must contact the manufacturers concerned or other informed experts for proper use In all cases safe and proper operation should be verified with the applicable manufacturer s instructions for use and system standards 60601 1 1 EN 60601 1 1 must be complied with INTRACARDIAC APPLICATION When applying devices intracardially electrically conductive contact with parts connected to the heart pressure transducers metal tube connections and stopcocks guide wires etc must be avoided in all cases To prevent electrical contact we recommend the following always wear isolating rubber gloves keep parts that are conductively conne
363. s set for Operating Room mode It is a direct action menu option When selected both a discharge and an immediate admit are performed All patient data from the previous patient is erased the screen blanks for a few seconds and the monitor is then ready to monitor the next patient Selecting the ADMIT HELP option opens an information window that provides admit instructions and shows the application for which the monitor is set There are four admit help windows one for each type of admit menu Standard Rover Combo and Rover Combo The Quick Admit feature allows you to admit a patient by simply pressing the Admit Discharge button on the keypad or remote control NOTE This feature is only available in the Adult I CU and Neonatal Il CU monitoring modes 6 16 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient About Discharging About Discharging WARNING DISCHARGE TO CLEAR PATIENT DATA When admitting a new patient you must clear all previous patient data from the system To accomplish this disconnect patient cables and if you are using a Tram module be sure it is locked in place in the Tram rac housing then do a discharge When you have finished monitoring a patient a discharge procedure must be done to clear the system of all patient data Monitor defaults are always recalled when a discharge is done The last unit name and bed number used are also retained To discharge
364. se abnormal operation of other patient connected equipment such as cardiac pacemaker or other electrical stimulators Exceptions are noted in the pacemaker monitoring section if applicable This product is protected against the effects of cardiac defibrillator discharges to ensure proper recovery as required by test standards The screen may blank during a defibrillator discharge but recovers within seconds as required by test standards T his equipment is suitable for use in the presence of electrosurgery Users should be aware of a possible time discrepancy between the waveforms from the telemetry device and the waveforms hardwired to the monitor Users should not consider these waveforms to be synchronous If absolute synchronicity is desired Combo mode should be discontinued and the ECG waveforms should be acquired via the hardwired bedside monitor Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 3 11 2026265 001 Safety For Your Safety Classification Equipment components are classified according to 60601 1 as g P 5358 5E BEES 5 5 a ib 8 SE si ss SPP BIS 9 5 t 9 i8 5 52 i 5 Eg 5 2 v PH d g i B 22 5 83 Solar 80001 CPU NotMarked Ordinary ot Suitable A Continuous Tram modules
365. se the PUMP menu option to turn the module s pump on and off The pump must be on when using the sidestream method This is a direct action menu option that switches between on and off A blocked line condition may cause the pump to shut off automatically Torestart the pump clear or replace any blocked lines and select the PUMP option from the CO2 menu Refer tothe BLOCKED LINE message in the Troubleshooting section of this chapter This option is used to select the units of measure for expired and inspired CO2 Select the UNITS option from the CO2 menu A popup menu opens showing the options MMHG and kPa Select the desired units of measure The popup menu closes and the menu option now indicates the units selected The units are also displayed in the limits parameter window NOTE Respiration is always measured in breaths per minute and No Breath is always measured in seconds This option is used to select an appropriate scale for the displayed CO2 waveform The scale choices vary depending on the units of measure being used A waveform that exceeds the allowed display area on the screen will be flattened on top Adjust the scale to reduce the waveform size Selecting a large scale value reduces the size of the waveform Conversely a smaller scale value increases the size of the waveform To change the scale select the SCALE option from the CO2 menu A popup menu opens displaying the available options Select the desired
366. se tn ddp dut Ag en beoe lan Mea a nash 19 11 C02 Scale uenis wane er Maka UR Rad ERROR 19 11 N20 Compensation 19 12 02 Compensation 4 5 255 e dee Rb 19 13 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 COZ AVeradinig Sadek ake enen ga c ach Veda 19 13 Cal Sensor to Zero Gell aandere a why cones 19 13 Calibrate Adapter ie ters bee chads p an 19 13 Speedo Gerner NER Qaeda voc yes dte 19 13 Zero the Capnostat 19 14 Calibrate the Capnostat Adapter 19 15 Capnostat Sensor and Adapter Cleaning 19 16 Cleaning the Capnostat 5 19 16 Cleaning the Reusable Capnostat Adapters 19 16 Capnostat Sensor Troubleshooting 19 17 MESSAGES ino acd eet 19 17 Sidestream Modules 19 20 CO2 Menu Options Non Capnostat Modules 19 21 02 2 tenda ten ee lane 19 21 UIEN tac hace nace refe 19 21 rt 19 22 ERE P mE 19 22 N20 CompersSationz ue eee de e ota leen dde elt hos 19 23
367. single lead analysis is beneficial when m Using external temporary pacemaker with a Zoll interface cable m Troubleshooting pacemaker detection and or arrhythmia detection To change lead analysis select LD ANALYSIS from the ECG menu A popup menu opens displaying two options SINGLE LEAD and MULTI LEAD Select the desired option and close the popup menu NOTE ECG is relearned whenever lead analysis is changed NOTE Because of the lead configuration used when monitoring neonates single lead analysis defaults on with lead II in the top trace position when the monitor is set up for Neonatal I CU mode More ECG TheMORE ECG option opens a menu with additional ECG options MAIN QRS MENU OFF WIDTH PREVIOUS SPEED MENU 25 846A More ECG Menu 11 38 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu QRS Volume The QRS Volume option adjusts the tone that sounds each time a QRS complex is detected NOTE QRS Volumeis not available when monitoring ECG from a telemetry transmitter 1 Select QRS VOLUME from the ECG menu A popup menu opens displaying the volume choices 2 Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to change the volume You will hear a tone at each volume 3 When you are satisfied with the volume level press the Trim Knob control or touch the QRS VOLUME option to close the popup menu NOTE
368. sly increase SpO2 readings Thelevel of increase is approximately equal to the amount of carboxyhemoglobin present Dyes or any substance containing dyes that change usual arterial pigmentation may cause erroneous readings MRI INTERFERENCE Do not use SpO2 modules or probes during magnetic resonance imaging MRI scanning nduced current could potentially cause burns The module may affect the MRI image and the MRI unit may affect the accuracy of the oximetry measurements 14 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 SPO2 Safety WARNINGS PATIENT SAFETY Prolonged monitoring may require changing the probe site periodically Move the probe if there is any sign of skin irritation or impaired circulation Change the probe site at least every four hours to prevent ischemic skin necrosis Be particularly careful when monitoring neonates If required reduce the application periods to half the times recommended above PATIENT SAFETY If a probe is damaged any way discontinue use immediately SIGNAL QUALITY In the monitoring of patients the coincidence of adverse conditions may lead to a disturbed signal going unnoticed In this situation artifacts are capable of simulating a plausible parameter reading so that the monitor fails to sound an alarm In order to ensure reliable patient monitoring the proper application of the probe and the signal quality must be checked at regular i
369. spiration menu is displayed at the bottom of the screen MAIN LEAD RELEARN SENSITIVITY RESPIRATION AUTO MANUAL SIZE MENU ll RESPIRATION 40 LIMITS SIZE 6X CARDIAC ARTIFACT SPEED ALARM ON 25 718A Respiration Menu m LEAD Changes the lead from which the respiration rate is derived m RELEARN RESPIRATION Initiates a monitor relearn of the patient s respiration pattern SENSITIVITY Increases or decreases the sensitivity setting RESPIRATION LIMITS Displays a new menu and an information window to adjust respiration rate and apnea alarm limits m AUTO SIZE Automatically sizes the respiration waveform to fit in a predetermined area on the screen MANUAL SIZE Manually increases or decreases the size of the respiration waveform m CARDIAC ARTIFACT ALARM Turns the artifact alarm off and on m SPEED Changes the sweep speed of the displayed respiration waveform Detailed information on each option is found in this chapter 16 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Respiration Respiration Menu Options Respiration Menu Options Lead Relearn Respiration There two choices for the respiration lead lead and lead 11 This menu option when selected automatically switches the monitored lead for respiration The label of the lead currently being monitored I or 11 appears in the menu option the lower left corner
370. sunlikely that this application would be used when the monitor is set for Operating Room mode H owever the Operating Room admit menu is shown below for your reference MAIN CHANGE REQUEST RECALL ADMIT ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT PREVIOUS UNITS OF ECG SOURCE MENU MEASURE MONITOR 547A Adult ICU and Neonatal ICU Admit Menu Combo Application MAIN CHANGE REQUEST RECALL ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT PATIENT PREVIOUS UNITS OF ECG SOURCE MENU MEASURE MONITOR 549A Operating Room Admit Menu Combo Application All menu options are described in the Admit Menu Options section in this chapter 6 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient Admit Menus Rover Combo Admit Menu In the Rover Combo application the monitor can be moved from room to room and patient data can be obtained from a module or from telemetry NOTE A room must have network connection to use telemetry Below are the Rover Combo admit menus with options based on the patient monitor mode NOTE It is unlikely that this application would be used when the monitor is set for Operating Room mode However the Operating Room admit menu is shown below for your reference MAIN CHANGE REQUEST RECALL ADMIT ADMIT MENU ADMIT INFO ADMIT INFO DEFAULT HELP PATIENT PREVIOUS UNITS
371. surement For neonatal mode the status message will appear after 90 seconds A message will clear when the next measurement is initiated or a message can be cleared manually with the CLEAR NBP READING option in the NBP menu An NBP status message is also included in the graph header in an abbreviated form when applicable 13 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Revision A 14 SPQ2 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 SPO2 Introduction Introduction NOTE SpO2 and SPO2 are used interchangeably in this manual SpO2 pulse oximetry monitoring is done with a Tram module that has the SpO2 feature and or a single parameter SpO2 module There are two types of single parameter SpO2 modules the Solar SpO2 module and the Solar SpO2 module with Masimo SET referred to as the Masimo SET module It is possible to monitor two SPO2 sites when using a Tram module and a single parameter module This chapter provides guidelines for successful SPO2 monitoring NOTE Refer to GE Medical Systems I nformation Technologies Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information SpO2 sensor probe compatibility Signal and data validity Factors contributing to inaccurate measurements Patient preparation Masimo SET information Nellcor Sat Seconds alarm management information Clinical level troubleshooting 14 2 Solar 8000i Patient
372. sync feature Refer to the module s service manual for specifications The analog output from the Tram rac housing provides the following signals when using the analog output cable Refer to the service manual for the specific pin configuration NOTE The Solar ECG module does not support analog output from the Tram rac analog output connector When using the Solar ECG module analog output is only available from the optional Defib Sync connector on the front of the module ECG Analog Output NOTE Refer to the Tram rac Housing section in Chapter 2 Equipment Overview for location of the analog output connectors on the various housings 21 28 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix E Analog Output m Top displayed lead including augmented leads In the event of aLEAD FAIL refer to the following Lead Failed ECG Analog Out RA Ill LA Il LL V Il RL Buzz An RL lead fail causes an all LEADS FAIL on the screen and a buzz is output m ECG lead I Buzz if lead II fail m ECG lead V Buzz if lead V fail All ECG outputs are 1 volt per millivolt Referred To Input BP Analog Output NOTE For BPs coming from a Tram module a buzz is sent to the analog out if the BP is not zeroed If the BP source is other than a Tram module no buzz is sent instead the BP waveform is sent but it has an unknown DC voltage offset All BP outputs are 10 mV mmH g when zeroed First ART or
373. t Choose OFF if you do not want a waveform displayed in that position Align Waveforms When monitoring in the individual display mode waveforms automatically align with their respective parameter windows You can override alignment with the waveforms on off menu Use the ALIGN WAVEFORMS option in this menu to automatically realign waveforms with their parameter windows Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 5 3 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Full Display Mode CRG Plus Display Mode If you are using the full display mode the Waveforms On Off menu looks MAIN ECG 1 FULL BP like this MENU LEAD II V5 WAVEFORMS is E 536A WAVEFORM 7 OFF WAVEFORM 8 OFF PREVIOUS MENU Waveforms On Off Menu Full Mode TheFULL BP WAVEFORMS menu option allows you to select the pressure waveforms you want to display on the full scale FULLBP WAVEFORMS mu PA lt 537 Full BP Waveforms Popup Menu The pressures displayed in the popup menu are determined by the pressures being monitored The pressure waveforms that are currently on the full scale are highlighted Only four pressure waveforms can be displayed on the full scale at one time Use the Trim Knob control or touchscreen to select or deselect pressure waveforms There are left and right scales To position a waveform on a right or left scale use the Scales
374. t active until valid physiologic data is detected NOTE To properly use the smart alarm feature be sure to remove all patient cables connected to the monitor prior to discharging This assures that no data is seen after a discharge WARNING After an interruption of the electric power supply e g for an emergency power test you must check whether alarm processing is active again and whether an arrhythmia has occurred while the power supply was interrupted 8 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Alarm Control Alarm Structure Alarm Structure Patient Status Alarms The monitor s alarm structure is divided into two classifications m Patient status alarms m System status alarms Within each classification there are levels that correlate to the severity of the alarm causing condition The levels and how the monitor responds to each are described below n most cases patient status alarms can be moved from one level to another Refer to the Arrhythmia Alarm Level and Parameter Alarm Level sections in this chapter Patient status alarms are triggered by a patient condition that exceeds parameter limits or by an arrhythmia condition Patient status alarms provide you with the highest priority information The levels within the patient status alarm category and how the monitor responds to each are shown in the following chart The chart begins with the most critical type of alarm Crisis a
375. t arrhythmia alarm levels 5 14 Setup default display 5 17 Setup default limits 5 16 Setup default parameter alarm levels 5 15 Setup default parameter priority 5 17 Monitor defaults password 5 21 Parameters on off 5 8 Print CRG plus 5 22 Service menu 5 25 Software compatibility 5 24 Software revision 5 24 Touchscreen volume 5 22 Waveforms on off 5 3 M ports 2 3 N NBP Mean arterial pressure 13 7 Mean Only Alarm 13 7 NBP Go Stop button 13 8 NBP window 13 6 Systolic search 13 7 Troubleshooting 13 14 NBP menu 13 8 Clear NBP reading 13 12 Cuff size 13 12 Initial inflation pressure 13 13 NBP auto 13 9 NBP limits 13 11 NBP stat 13 10 Review NBPs 13 11 New case 6 16 6 18 Notification of equipment upgrade 20 23 Nurse call system 8 4 Octanet connectivity device 20 6 P PA wedge 12 17 12 26 PA insert wedge 12 19 Pacemaker detection 11 11 Pacemaker troubleshooting 11 43 Patient data menu 10 2 Patient monitor type 5 26 Pausing alarms 8 7 Performance check 2 26 Power Turning on 2 25 Pressure menu 12 7 BP filter 12 11 Calibrate transducer 12 12 Change name 12 10 Clear cursor 12 9 Cursor 12 9 Full scales 12 8 Limits 12 10 Scales 12 8 Speed 12 12 Zero 12 11 Pressure windows 12 6 Pressures Assigned BP names 12 4 IABP 12 13 PA wedge 12 17 12 26 Smart BP 12 15 Special features 12 13 Zero reference 12 4 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Index 3 2026265 001 Index Printers Laser pri
376. t mode For example the Neonatal keypad has CRG buttons while the Operating Room keypad has Airway Gases buttons The Operating Room keypad is shown below NOTE The message WARNING REMOTE MISMATCHED WITH MONITORING MODE is displayed if the keypad type does not match the monitoring mode For example if an Operating Room keypad were connected to a monitor set for the Adult I CU monitoring mode this message would appear However the monitor and keypad will continue to function Solar 8000i Remote Keypad Operating Room 2 20 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Controls Trim Knob Control Operation of the Trim Knob control is described in Chapter 1 The Basics Buttons The table below shows the buttons that appear on the keypads It also indicates which type s of keypad the button appears on and gives a brief description of its function Button Keypad Type s Function 12 Lead Adult Opens the 12 Lead ECG Analysis menu Admit Discharge Adult Neonatal Opens a menu to admit or discharge a patient Airway Gases CO2 Operating Room Opens the CO2 menu Airway Gases Gas Operating Room Opens the Gas menu Alarm Volume Neonatal Opens a menu to adjust the audio alarm volume All Limits Adult Neonatal Opens the All Limits menu to adjust the limits of currently monitored parameters Cardiac Calcs Adult Operating Room Opens the Ca
377. taining information regarding the width types The QRS width type defaults to Narrow for the N eonatal I CU mode and to Normal for Adult I CU and Operating Room modes QRS width type can be set in monitor defaults NOTE A Tram module with software version 9 or later is required to read the QRS width setting and apply the information to the ECG analysis algorithms This option opens a popup menu to select a sweep speed for all displayed ECG waveforms Choices are 6 25 12 5 25 and 50 millimeters per second The default is 25 mm sec NOTE Speeds of 50 mm sec and 6 25 mm sec are not possible when only ECG waveforms are displayed 11 40 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Problem Inaccurate heart rate and or false asystole Solution Check ECG signal from patient 1 2 3 Check adjust lead placement Check perform skin preparation Check replace electrodes Check amplitude of ECG waveform 1 2 Select ECG parameter label Select DISPLAY LEAD Scroll through all ECG leads and check for 0 5 mV amplitude at normal 1X size At least 0 5 mV amplitude is required for QRS detection For borderline signals validate on a graph If amplitudes are low electrodes may need to be repositioned or replaced Relearn arrhythmia 1 2 Select ECG parameter label Select RELEARN IF PROBLEM CONTINUES AND ECG AMPLITUDE IS LOW uF WN Ee
378. ted calculations can only be obtained when SpO2 and or SvO2 are monitored by GE Medical Systems nformation Technologies modules and a hemoglobin valueis entered Estimated values are obtained for a 12 hour period following a hemoglobin entry and are stored in vital signs with all data Refer to the Sort Data section in this chapter The following chart shows what is estimated the label used to identify it and the formula used An e preceding a label indicates that it is an esti mated value Estimated Calculations Stored in Vital Signs Estimated Parameter Label Formula Necessary Data Arterial oxygen content 0 5 0 Hb t terse eee 100 Mixed venous oxygen content eCvO SvO Hb 2 139 100 Arterial venous oxygen content difference ea V0 0 0 5 0 SvO Hb Shunt fraction eQs Qt Spo 5 0 5 0 Hb Hbx 1 39 x 1 168 x 100 SvO 1 39 x 1 a Oxygen extraction ratio eO ER eCaO eCvO SpO0 SvO Hb x 100 eCaO Oxygen delivery index eDO l eCa0 x CI x 10 5 Hb CO Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 10 19 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Estimated Parameter Label Formula Necessary Data Oxygen consumption index eVO l ea V05 x CI x 10 5 0 SvO Hb CO and values are automatically included in cardiac calculations with each car
379. ter windows at the bottom of the display only when there is no room at the side BIS 1 100 5 5 02 BIS X NBP CVP CO ALARMS ART RA CCO NICO FEM UVC RESP ICG UAC LA TEMP EEG PA ICP POC BIS C02 SP TC VENT SVO2 00 MAY BE DISPLAYED AS REDUCED SIZE determined by software Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 7 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults For your notes 21 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults Appendix B Neonatal ICU Mode Defaults Following are the monitor defaults for the N eonatal Display Defaults CU mode You can change these using the monitor defaults feature Monitor defaults are recalled upon Arterial Scale 100 discharge Refer to Chapter 5 Monitor Setup This PA Scale 60 table includes options available with all software CVP RA UVC Scale 30 packages Your institution may not have purchased all software packages LA Scale ag ICP Scale 30 Display Defaults SP Scale 160 Patient Age 0 2 years BP WF Speed 25 Display Mode INDV 6 WFS C02 Scale 50 Color Format CRG Plus 02 WF Speed 6 25 Primary ECG II 02 Scale 15 100 ECG Waveform 2 Off NBP Auto Off Min Arrhyth Level Off Adult Cuff Press 160 mmHg
380. ters per second The graph runs until all patient data is printed NOTE Thereis a delay of approximately 30 seconds until the first page is printed when a graph speed of 25 mm s is chosen This delay does not mean that the data printed is delayed This delay is simply the time it takes for the laser printer to process the information The amount of data printed and the length of the delay increase if a graph speed slower than 25 mmys is chosen m Alarm graph location alarm activated graph provides 20 seconds of waveforms per page in cascade format The graph runs for the duration of the alarm There is a delay before the first page is printed see note above Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 7 5 2026265 001 Printing Graphing Graphing Manual Graphs Exclusive Graph Control Patient waveforms and most information windows can be printed You choose which waveforms to print to which device to print graph duration and the speed at which manual graphs are printed The menu options for setting these are found in the Graph Setup menu Refer to Chapter 5 Monitor Setup for more information Waveforms and information windows are printed when the Graph Go Stop button on the keypad or remote control is pressed The message GRAPHING MANUAL or PRINTING WINDOW is displayed when a manual graph is requested The Graph Setup menu has an option that allows you to set the time for a manual graph run e g contin
381. the monitor software 4 Interface adapter is not supported by the monitor software On Working Communication with the supported device is good 20 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Interfaces Displayed Data Displayed Data The data from a peripheral device that is displayed at the monitor varies with each device The chart below gives some general information as to what data is availabletothe monitoring system and how it is handled trending alarm broadcast etc The Device Connectivity Chart at the beginning of this chapter has more detailed information regarding waveforms and alarms Peripheral Device Data and the Monitoring System Peripheral Device Type Waveforms 3 dnd Trends Alarm Broadcast Graphing Data to a Central Station Pulse Oximeters No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Transcutaneous No Yes Yes Yes Yes No monitors Ventilators Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Limited Gas Analyzers Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Continuous Cardiac No Yes Yes Yes Yes No Output IV Pumps No No No Yes No No Urometers No Yes Yes No Yes No Anesthesia Machines Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes BIS Monitor No Yes Yes No Yes No NICO Monitor Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Limited POC Blood Gas No Yes Yes No No No Monitors 10 ctanet and Unity Network ID support only digital waveforms 2CIC version 1 0 and subsequent Centralscope version 10B and subsequent 3Refer to Device Connectivity Chart at the b
382. tically do 12 lead ECG analysis at specified time intervals A MUSE system is required for automatic printing and storage or a local laser printer is required for automatic printing without a MUSE system ADMIT MENU Opens an information window to enter or change patient information name age ID etc 12 LEAD ECG HELP Displays an information window with a summary of the process for 12 lead ECG analysis along with a popup menu containing selections for additional 12 lead analysis help including skin prep and lead placement To obtain 12 lead analysis manually follow these steps 1 Select 12 LEAD ECG ANALYSIS from the ECG menu The waveform area of the screen displays 12 leads of ECG 11 34 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu 2 UsetheADMIT MENU option to Enter the patient s age and identification number Enter the location number if your hospital has a MUSE system The location number identifies the care unit where the system is located This information may already have been entered when the patient was admitted to the monitor 3 Select 12 LEAD ECG NOW from the 12 Lead ECG Analysis menu An information window opens from which you can enter TECHNICIAN ID ORDER NUMBER and OPTION FIELD information NOTE The TECHNICIAN ID option can be set to MANDATORY or OPTIONAL in the Setup Display Defaults window If it is set to MANDATORY a manual 12 lead analysis c
383. tient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 5 02 5 02 System Alarms SPO2 System Alarms Probe Off Patient Condition When using a reusable finger probe or a Masimo adhesive probe there is a system alarm to alert you when the probe is off the patient This Probe Off Patient condition defaults to a system warning alarm You can change it to a system advisory alarm in Monitor Defaults Refer to the Setup Default Display section in Chapter 5 Monitor Setup It is identified as SPO2 PROBE OFF in the Setup Display information window Pulse Search Condition When using a reusable finger probe or a Masimo adhesive probe there is a system alarm to alert you when detection of a repeatable pulse has ceased This Pulse Search condition defaults to a system advisory alarm Y ou can changeit to system warning alarm in Monitor Defaults Refer to the Setup Default Display section in Chapter 5 Monitor Setup It is identified as SPO2 PULSE SEARCH in the Setup Display information window Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 14 15 2026265 001 SPO2 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting SPO2 Messages Below is a list of system status alarm messages that may be displayed in the SPO2 parameter window during monitoring The messages displayed depend on the software installed in your monitoring system and the type of module you are using SPO2 messages appear in abbreviated form in graph headers If you are unable to resume SPO2 mon
384. tion They are Crisis most critical Warning Advisory and Message least critical Alarm Response 7 200 52 WARNING f gt 200 Ine ALARM 7 ADVISORY y erm ALARM f 200 MESSAGE ALARM 200 Crisis sounds continuously until SILENCE ALARM is pressed NEXT CLOSE WINDOW WINDOW MAIN ALL ARRHYTHMIA PARAMETER ALARM VOL ALARM DISPLAY OFF MENU LIMITS ALARM LEVEL ALARM LEVEL 70 HELP ALARM PAUSE PREVIOUS CLEAR ALARM CRG MENU ALARMS HISTORY TRENDS 590A Alarm Help Information Window Usethe Trim Knob control or touchscreen option to navigate through the information window To hear the tone assodated with an alarm type press the Trim Knob control when that alarm type is highlighted or touch the alarm type Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 8 17 Alarm Control Alarm Control Menu Display Off Alarm Pause Clear Alarms Alarm History When you need to temporarily disconnect a patient from the monitor you can use the Display Off Alarm Pause option to turn off the display and pause alarms at the monitor and or clinical information center This avoids having to discharge the patient and lose collected patient data and prevents alarms associated with disconnecting the patient from sounding at the monitor and or clinical information center NOTE Pressing the Displ
385. tion for which a manual graph is printed Selecting the Timed Graph menu option opens a popup menu Choices 10 SEC 20 SEC 30 SEC 60 SEC or CONTINUOUS This menu option lets you choose up to three CRG Plus parameters to be graphed at the print window location You can also choose to have an automatic CRG Plus graph run every two minutes or torun a CRG Plus graph on alarm Refer to Chapter 9 CRG Plus Display for details This menu option opens a popup menu that allows you to select currently monitored blood pressure waveforms for graphing When this option is activated blood pressure waveforms are the only parameters that can be graphed Waveforms are graphed on one scale using the full grid space You cannot change a Graph BP Invasive selection while a graph run is in progress The graph will stop when you press the Graph Go Stop button on the keypad or remote control or when the selected graph period expires If another type of graph is currently active the Graph BP Invasive selection is disregarded 5 12 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Monitor Defaults NOTE This option may be password protected See Monitor Defaults Password on page 5 21 for more details Alarm levels alarm limits and many other monitor settings can be set up as monitor defaults Multiple monitor defaults can be set and recalled while monitoring an admitted patient There is a monit
386. tn Customer Satisfaction Quality Assurance Department 414 362 2585 We will call the contact person designated below to get the necessary information to determine whether your GE Medical Systems nformati on Technologies equipment will still be compatible with the upgraded equipment Contact Person Please PRINT Name at Your Hospital I nstitution Phone Number of Contact Person Include Area Code and Extension Hours When Contact Person Can Be Reached Name of Hospital I nstitution Address of Hospital Institution Indude Country Peripheral Equipment Manufacturer and Model Name For GE Medical Systems Information Technologies U se Forwarded to Monitoring Marketing on Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 20 23 2026265 001 Interfaces Notification of Equipment Upgrade For your notes 20 24 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 2 Appendices Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 For your notes 21 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults Following are the monitor defaults for the Adult Display Defaults CU mode Y ou can change these using the monitor defaults feat
387. to accommodate different needs WARNING Do not connect a monochrome display to the Solar 8000i monitor Visual alarm indicators may not appear properly Display Items Regardless of the size or type of display unit you have the display items are the same The illustration below shows a typical display with items labeled Monitor Default Parameter Care Unit Bed Patient Name Waveforms Number Name Date and Time S8 P5 MAY 2000 10 21 ADULT ADULT 0 132 5815F Parameter Labels Limits and Vital Signs Menu Options 500A Solar 8000i Display Items Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2 5 2026265 001 Equipment Overview Components Tram Modules The Tram module is an acquisition module that collects the patient s physiological data and sends it to the monitor for display Tram modules are multi parameter acquisition modules Multi parameter modules are capable of monitoring more than one parameter simultaneously 0 ECG SpO2 and NBP The type of Tram module determines what parameters it monitors A label on the front of the monitor identifies the type of module The label is located on this panel Tram 451N Module These series of Tram modules are discussed in this document Tram x00 Tram x00A Tram 0051 Tram x50SL Tram x51 Tram x51M Tram x51N The x refers to the hundred series number of the module eg Tram 600SL Tram 851N 2 6 Sola
388. to adjust alarm limits NOTE This option is part of the Cardiac software package An alarm occurs if the PVC count limit is violated This is a PVC per minute limit This alarm feature defaults on with full arrhythmia If full arrhythmia is on the PVC limit alarm can be independently turned off using the PVC LIMIT ON menu option This is a direct action menu option that switches between on and off The number of PVCs detected over the last minute is displayed in the ECG values window when full arrhythmia is on ECG artifact generates an alarm All artifact alarms begin at level 1 and progress to level 2 when noise on the ECG lasts for 20 of the last 30 seconds m Level 1 Upon detection of artifact the message ARTIFACT is displayed There is no alarm tone NOTE Full arrhythmia processing is suspended when the level 1 ARTIFACT message is displayed Lethal arrhythmia is still active but its accuracy may be hindered by the artifact m Level 2 Heart rate and PVC values change to X an additional message ARRHY SUSPEND is displayed and a system warning alarm repeating foghorn tone sounds 11 16 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 ECG ECG Menu View All ECG Print All ECG Clear V2 V6 Fail To view six leads of ECG on the display select the VIEW ALL ECG option from the ECG menu A popup menu opens and the display is reconfigured to show six ECG leads I II III V AVL an
389. tory may be selected Once an event is selected a 2 minute trend of the event is displayed in the trace area with the event time centered Delete Event Events older than 24 hours and individual events with associated traces can be permanently deleted using this option Selecting the DELETE EVENT option opens a popup menu with the following options m NO Returns to the CRG Trends menu m YES Deletes the event selected highlighted in the event directory m gt 24HRS Deletes all events older than 24 hours and that no longer have CRG trend traces associated with them Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 9 13 2026265 001 CRG Plus Display CRG Trends Print Events Use this option to print all available event entries in the event directory Events are graphed at the print window location 9 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 CRG Plus Display Document CRG Events Document CRG Events The Document CRG Events feature is only available in N eonatal I CU mode when the patient is admitted to the monitor This option provides a list of events associated with the patient s condition at a specific time These events can be edited selected and stored in the event directory To access the Document CRG Events information window follow this procedure 1 2 3 4 Select MORE MENUS from the main display Select PATIENT DATA Select CRG TRENDS Select DOCUMENT CRG EVENTS to d
390. trol menu and the Admit menu cannot be accessed Parameter priorities as defined in the host monitor s default settings affect the order of parameter display m Touchscreen capabilities are not active From the host monitor you can m Select patients to view in any careunit m Graph patient data To initiate a graph do one of the following Select the GRAPH VIEWED BED option in the View Other Patients menu This starts a timed graph using waveform location and speed settings as set at the viewed patient s monitor Pressthe Graph Go Stop button This starts a graph using the location speed and timing settings at the host monitor The waveforms graphed are the monitor defaults at the host monitor NOTE To change the graph settings at the host monitor you must stop viewing the patient Once the changes are made you can view again 6 38 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Admit View A Patient F ull Patient View m Access most options in the Monitor Setup menu Print CRG Plus is not available Theoptions in this menu can be used to configure the host monitor differently However any changes made do not affect the viewed patient s monitor m Access the following patient data Alarm histories you cannot delete events Graphictrends Vital signs you cannot sort data m Scale size some waveforms If a waveform can be scaled or sized a scale size selection is available in the p
391. ts menu MAIN HR HIGH HRLOW PVC PVC LIMIT MENU LIMIT LIMIT LIMIT ON PREVIOUS MENU 526A ECG Limits Menu 3 Select PREVIOUS MENU toredisplay the ECG menu NOTE Many but not all subordinate menus havethe PREVIOUS MENU option to allow you to return tothe previously displayed menu Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 1 11 2026265 001 The Basics Menus Direct Action Menu Options A direct action menu option either turns a feature on or off or starts a processing function Some direct action menu options turn a feature on or off For example selecting the SMART BP ON option from the ART parameter menu turns the Smart BP feature off n on off cases the menu option label reflects the current state selecting it switches to the other state MAIN ART SCALES ART CLEAR ART CHANGE NAME ZERO MENU 160 CURSOR CURSOR LIMITS ART ART IABP SMART BP PULSE RATE DISCONNECT BP FILTER CALIBRATE SPEED OFF ON ON ALARM ON 12 Hz TRANSDUCER 25 527A SMART BP ON MAIN ART SCALES ART CLEAR ART CHANGE NAME ZERO MENU 160 CURSOR CURSOR LIMITS ART ART IABP SMART BP PULSE RATE DISCONNECT BP FILTER CALIBRATE SPEED OFF OFF ON ALARM ON 12 Hz TRANSDUCER 25 528A SMART BP OFF Some direct action menu options start a process For example selecting the RELEARN option from the ECG parameter menu tells the monitor to immediat
392. ts on when you admit a new patient Information displayed in the alarm window remains until it is manually cleared or the patient is discharged from the monitor To manually clear the information select the ALRM label to display the Alarm Control menu The CLEAR ALARMS option is already highlighted Select it to clear the data and exit the menu 8 10 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Alarm Control Alarm Window Alarm Histories NOTE This option is part of the Cardiac software package Any arrhythmia alarm set for the crisis warning or advisory level is stored in Alarm History ST references and ST alarms are also stored in Alarm History To view alarm histories select the ALRM label to display the Alarm Control menu Then select the ALARM HISTORY option to display a list of arrhythmia and ST events For more details refer to the Alarm History section in this chapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 8 11 2026265 001 Alarm Control Alarm Control Menu Alarm Control Menu There are two ways to access the Alarm Control menu 1 Select MORE MENUS from the main display then select ALARM CONTROL to display the Alarm Control menu OR Select the ALRM label in the alarm window to display the menu ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVEL ALARM HELP DISPLAY OFF MAIN ALL ALARM PAUSE MENU LIMITS PARAMETER ALARM VOL ALARM LEVEL 70 ALARM
393. tting to the NBP 13 8 NBP Menu Options 13 9 oo o Pe met rn rac na ale aerate heck gat lad 13 9 NBP Stati Pa M GAME rss 13 10 Review iai coa e nr Pa a caes 13 11 o Loses tette e enter n e 13 11 Cuff SIZe e bc E o cara Ca c s 13 12 Clear NBP Reading ix cres ers vara RE ad 13 12 Initial Inflation Pressure 222 13 13 Troubleshooting sees 13 14 NBP Status Messagas is Saar RAE CO EAD DAT ERR 13 14 1 4 SPO2 Ub d 14 1 Introduction 2 nixggiiieiRu gering riw annen tanden ka 14 2 Safety an ID RE 14 4 Meas tetmehls n et apte e a Cc t eam e a dt 14 6 Neoriates andilhfarits esi ERE A RO RPG er retos 14 6 Checklist zoe en Re eG wen aca ER ERE Re eR MEE 14 7 Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor vii 2026265 001 Masimo SET Module 14 8 Masimo SET Module PWR Indicator Light 14 8 SPO2 Monitoring Features 14 9 SP O2 Information sace ennen teres ce ade Y 14 9 Getting to the SPO2 14 11 SPO2 Menu Options 14 12 SIZE cer ene PACA E gend qt c n dore 14 12
394. tup Monitor Setup Menu Refer to the Selecting Options from Scroll Lists section in Chapter 1 The Basics for the procedure to change the alarm levels NOTE In the Basic software package only Asystole VFIB VTAC and V Tach appear Only V Tach can be moved to ancther level All other arrhythmia calls appear and are adjustable in the Cardiac software package NOTE Asystole and VFIB VTAC can only be moved to another level when in Operating Room mode Setup Default Parameter Alarm Levels You can set default alarm levels for most parameters supported by the monitor The POC alarm level cannot be changed from the message level Usethe Setup Default Parameter Alarm Levels menu option to view and adjust default alarm levels for parameters All parameters that can be monitored are listed in the information window Refer to the Selecting Options from Scroll Lists section in Chapter 1 The Basics for the procedure to change the alarm levels Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 5 15 2026265 001 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Setup Default Limits You can set default limits for all parameters 1 Select SETUP DEFAULT LIMITS from the Monitor Defaults menu A popup menu and information window are displayed SETUP DEFAULT LIMITS gt RETURN UNITS LOW HR BPM 50 150 PVC 1 min 6 ST ni 20 20 STA mm 2
395. tware Packages 21 33 Appendix Abbreviations and Symbols 21 37 AbbDreVIAHONS Oranda 21 37 Symbols rcr apre pent n Ear eg inter Ruf 21 49 OE Index 1 xii Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 1 The Basics Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 1 1 The Basics About This Manual About This Manual Manual Purpose This manual contains the instructions necessary to operate the Solar 8000 patient monitor safely and in accordance with its function and intended use Intended Audience This manual is geared for clinical professionals Clinical professionals are expected to have a working knowledge of medical procedures practices and terminology as required for monitoring of critically ill patients Revision History Each page of the document has the document part number and revision letter at the bottom of the page The revision letter changes whenever the document is updated Revision Comments A Initial release of this document Ordering Manuals To order additional copies of this manual call Accessories and Supplies and request part number 2026264 001 Refer to the How To Reach Us page for Accessories and Supplies contact information 1 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 The Basics Manual Conventions Manual Conventions Product References
396. ual display mode In this mode you can select up to five parameters for display Three parameters were chosen in this example NOTE CO2 and respiration can be displayed simultaneously in the individual mode Because CO2 has its own scale it can be displayed using any of its three units of measure mmHg kPa 5 N 250 HR 50 100 60 RR 2 milli on RUN AMMAN ende Ge Ge ATA 0 781A CRG Plus Individual Display Note the time scale at the bottom of each display example The 0 represents the current time Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 9 4 2026265 001 CRG Plus Display Parameters Displayed Turning on the CRG Plus Display Toturn on the CRG Plus display select MORE MENUS from the main display Select MONITOR SETUP then select DISPLAY to display the following popup menu DISPLAY INDV6WFS gt CRG FULL CRG FULL INDV 3 WFS CRG INDV FULL EEG SPECTRA FULL GRID BIS SPECTRA Display Mode Popup Menu 777D Select one of the CRG Plus choices Toturn the CRG Plus display off select another display mode from this popup menu Selecting Parameters for the CRG Plus Display To choose parameters for the CRG Plus display follow these steps 1 Select MORE MENUS from the main display 2 Select MONITOR SETUP 3 Select WAVEFORMS ON OFF 4 Select CRG PLUS WAVEFORMS to display the following popup menu WAVEFORMS HR SP02 IRR
397. ule and whenever CAL SENSOR TO ZERO CELL or NOT CALIBRATED is displayed The sensor cable has two cells as shown in the figure below One is marked 0 zero and the other is marked REF reference Capnostat Sensor This end must be connected to the module b 2 a M N P REF amp 0 Cel Cell 791A Zeroing the Sensor Tozerothe sensor 1 Removethe adapter from the sensor but be certain that the sensor cable is still connected to the module 2 Ensurethat the cell windows are dean and dry Refer tothe Capnostat Sensor and Adapter Cleaning section in this chapter Place the sensor on the cell marked O See the figure above Select the CAL SENSOR TO ZERO CELL option from the CO2 menu A popup menu opens with the options READY and ABORT 5 Select READY The message CALIBRATING is displayed in the CO2 parameter window When calibration is complete the popup menu clears and an EXP value of 0 is displayed in place of the message 6 Remove the sensor from the 0 cell and place it on the REF cell An EXP value of 38 mmHg 2 mmHg is displayed If the value is not within this range the sensor is out of tolerance and should be replaced For cleaning maintenance refer to the Capnostat Sensor and Adapter Cleaning section in this chapter 19 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 C02 Calibrate the Capnostat Adapter Calibrate the Capnostat Adapter An ad
398. ult settings when AC power to the monitor is turned off If the lithium battery charge becomes low during normal operation the following message appears near the middle of the screen SERVICE MONITOR BATTERY ERROR Contact service if this message appears refer to the How to Reach Us page If the lithium battery fails when AC power to the monitor is turned off the following message will appear on the display when the monitor is turned on again ERROR THE INTERNAL BATTERY THAT MAINTAINS THE MONITOR S DEFAULTS HAS FAILED SERVICE MAY BE REQUIRED The monitor cannot beused until the lithium battery is replaced Contact service if this message appears refer to the How to Reach Us page Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 4 7 2026265 001 Maintenance Technical Maintenance Technical Maintenance Specifications and other relevant technical information can be found in the service manuals supplied with this equipment Comply with the policies of your institution s biomedical department or the recommendations made within the Preventive Maintenance section of the product s service manual Technical Specifications Technical specifications are located in the service manual 4 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 D Monitor Setup Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 5 1 Monitor Setup Monitor Setup Menu Monitor Setup Menu The Monitor Setup m
399. uous 20 seconds etc NOTE A one millivolt ECG signal at normal size 1X equals 10 millimeters on the graph paper NOTE All waveforms on a graph strip begin with 10 seconds of delayed data The header information printed with the waveforms is real time data NOTE There is a continuous graph maximum of approximately 75 pages at 25 mm s speed for laser printers connected to the Solar 8000i monitor Once a manual graph is started it can only be stopped at the same source from which it was started or by the Graph Stop key on the writer This prevents two people at different sources from starting a graph at the sametime which would result in oneturning the graph on and the other turning it off 7 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Printing Graphing Alarm Graphs A graph strip is automatically printed when a crisis or warning alarm occurs An arrhythmia alarm graph runs until a normal sinus rhythm is detected or until you manually stop the graph Any other alarm graph runs for 20 seconds or until you manually stop the graph NOTE To convert an arrhythmia alarm graph to a manual graph you must stop the graph using the Graph Stop key on the writer then immediately restart the graph The graph on alarm default is On in Adult I CU mode but Off in Neonatal I CU and Operating Room modes The Alarm Graph menu option in the Graph Setup menu turns this feature on and off It can be saved as a monito
400. ur on Discharge m Takes down the viewed bed m Reverts to the default settings m Takes down the viewed bed m Reverts to the default set tings m All beds in the watch list that are NOT in the monitor s same care unit are removed All beds in the watch list that ARE in the monitor s same care unit return to the default View On Alarm alarm levels 6 22 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Revision A Admit View A Patient Viewing Other Patients How to Remove the View of the Alarming Bed VOA AVOA AutoView XM Must be manually Remove by one of the following Remove by one of the following removed by selecting methods methods MAIN MENU or m Manually removed by select m Manually removed by select RETURN ing MAIN MENU or RETURN ing MAIN MENU or RETURN m Automatically removed if the alarming bed is silenced locally or by a central station m Automatically removed if an alarm condition is removed m Automatically removed if the alarming bed is silenced locally or by a central station m Automatically removed if an alarm condition is removed for Warning System Warn for Warning System Warn ing and Advisory ONLY ing and Advisory ONLY m Automatically removed ifthe m Automatically removed if the viewing bed silences the viewing bed silences the remote alarm A newer alarm remote alarm and the default will not displace an older setting of AVOA SILENCE is alarm even if a h
401. urce of interference is removed WIRELESS LAN INTERFERENCE Capnostat sensors with a serial number of 26104 or greater require a separation distance of 10 inches 25 cm from the Wireless LAN adapter to minimize potential interference Capnostat sensors with a serial number less than 26104 require a separation distance of 8 2 feet 2 5 meters and are not recommended for use on monitoring equipment equipped with the Wireless LAN option 19 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 C02 Capnostat Modules The Capnostat modules must be used with a Capnostat sensor and airway adapter There is a Capnostat airway adapter for mainstream monitoring pictured below and there is also a Capnostat sidestream adapter with sample tubing for sidestream monitoring The sensor cable is equipped with two cells The 0 cell is used for zeroing calibration of the sensor and the REF cell is used for verifying sensor accuracy Capnostat Sensor Capnostat Airway lt Adapter b 4 or Capnostat Sensor 7 Cable to Module REF 0 Cell Cell 787A Capnostat Sensor Cable and Airway Adapter Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 19 9 2026265 001 C02 CO2 Menu Options Capnostat Modules CO2 Menu Options Capnostat Modules Getting to the CO2 Menu The menu options for both Capnostat modules are identical with the exception of the Pump option To display a CO2 menu select the CO2 parameter label
402. ure Monitor defaults are recalled upon ART Disconnect On discharge Refer to Chapter 5 Monitor Setup This Smart BP On table includes options available with all software Arterial Scale 160 packages Your institution may not have purchased all software packages PA Scale 60 CVP RA UVC Scale 30 Display Defaults LA Scale 30 Patient Age Adult ICP Scale 30 Display Mode INDV 6 WFS SP Scale 160 Color Format Transducer BP WF Speed 25 Primary ECG IT CO2 Scale 50 ECG Waveform 2 Vi C02 WF Speed 6 25 Min Arrhyth Level Off 02 Scale 15 100 Arrhythmia Full NBP Auto Off Lethal for Basic Adult Cuff Press 160 mmHg Detect Pace Off Ped Cuff Pressure 140 mmHg Arterial Rate On Neo Cuff Pressure 110 mmHg Lead Analysis Multi lead CO Catheter Edwards ST Analysis Off CO Inj Temp In Line ST Templates Off CO Size 75 ST V Lead V5 CO Inj Vol 1OCC ST Template 1 IT CO Auto Mode On ST Template 2 V5 N20 Compensation 0 40 N20 ST Template 3 I 02 Compensation 0 60 O2 Adjust ST Point 7 60 5 RR Parameter Off 12 LD on ST History Off RR Lead II ECG WF Speed 25 RR WF Speed 25 Graph Waveform 2 ART SPO2 WF Speed 25 Graph Waveform 3 Off View On Alarm Off Graph Waveform 4 Off VOA Broadcast Off Alarm Graph On VOA Alert Tone Off Timed Graph Continuous Remote Alarm Level Crisis Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 21 3 2026265 001 Appendices Appendix A Adult ICU Mode Defaults
403. ure to follow these rules may melt distort or dull the finish of the case blur lettering on the labels or cause equipment failures m Always dilute the solutions according to the manufacturer s suggestions m Always wipe off all the cleaning solution with a dry cloth after cleaning Never use a cleaning substance containing wax Never pour or spray water or any cleaning solution on the equipment m Never permit fluids to run behind switches into the connectors or into any ventilation openings in the equipment m Never use these cleaning agents abrasive cleaners or solvents of any kind acetone ketone alcohol based cleaning agents or Betadine 999 clean the display screen use a soft clean cloth dampened with a glass cleaner Never spray the glass cleaner directly onto the display and never use alcohol or hospital disinfectants like Cidex or Betadine 4 4 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Maintenance Cleaning the Touchscreen Cleaning the Touchscreen NOTE Turn the display power off before cleaning the touchscreen Clean the touchscreen with one of the following approved solutions m Household glass cleaner m Virex full strength m Cavicide diluted 1 2 oz per gallon of water To avoid damage to the equipment follow these rules CAUTION Failure to follow these rules may melt distort or dull the finish of the case blur lettering on the labels or ca
404. use equipment failures Always dampen the towel and then clean the touchscreen DoNOT spray cleaner directly on the touchscreen DoNOT use these chemicals on the touchscreen 999 Acetone Methylene chloride Methyl ethyl ketone Hexane Ammonia based glass cleaners Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 4 5 Maintenance Cleaning Applied Parts Cleaning Applied Parts Cables and Leadwires CAUTION Do not use acetone or ketone solvents for cleaning do not use an autoclave or steam cleaner Cables and leadwires can be cleaned with a warm damp cloth and mild soap or isopropyl alcohol wipes Refer to the previous page for safe cleaning techniques For more intensive disinfecting near sterile Ethylene Oxide ETO is acceptable but will reduce the useful lifetime of the cable or leadwire CAUTION The decision to sterilize must be made per your institution s requirements with an awareness of the effect on the integrity of the cable or leadwire Other For other applied parts such as temperature sensors catheters pulse oximetry probes etc you must consult the manufacturer for cleaning sterilization or disinfecting methods 4 6 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Maintenance Internal Lithium Battery Internal Lithium Battery The Solar 8000i processing unit contains a lithium battery This battery is used toretain factory defa
405. utes An apnea duration timeis printed only when the patient agerangeis set to 0 2 years The agerange selection is made in the admit menu Below is some general information to remember about all printed CRG Plus data CRG Plus data always prints tothe print window location Thelast two minutes of CRG Plus data are printed On the graph paper 1 millimeter equals 1 second Parameters are printed on individual scales HR prints on a scale of 50 250 SpO2prints on a scale of 60 100 Neonatal I CU mode MAP prints on a scale of 0 80 In Adult ICU and Operating Room modes MAP prints on a scale of 50 150 2 prints on a scale of 0 80 or 0 10 TcO2 prints on a scale of 0 750 or 0 100 TcCO2 prints a scale of 0 200 or 0 30 Grid paper is available for laser printers 9 8 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 CRG Plus Display CRG Trends CRG Trends CRG Trends Display CRG Trends is an optional feature that your institution may not have purchased Follow this procedure to view CRG trends Select MORE MENUS from the main display Select PATIENT DATA 3 Select CRG TRENDS The CRG Trends window and menu displayed The primary ECG lead continues to be displayed as well as all of the parameter windows on the right side of the screen Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 9 9 2026265 001 CRG Plus Display CRG Trends NOTE When the system is first c
406. uthorized representative of the manufacturer for information concerning the decommissioning of your equipment 3 14 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 4 Maintenance Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 4 1 Maintenance Biocompatibility Biocompatibility When used as intended the parts of the product described in this operator manual including accessories that come in contact with the patient during the intended use fulfill the biocompatibility requirements of the applicable standards If you have questions about this matter please contact GE Medical Systems nformation Technologies or its representatives 4 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Maintenance Inspection Inspection An effective maintenance schedule should be established for your monitoring equipment and reusable supplies This should include inspection as well as general cleaning on a regular basis The maintenance schedule must comply with the policies of your institution s infection control unit and or biomedical department WARNING Failure on the part of the responsible hospital or institution employing the use of this monitoring equipment to implement a satisfactory maintenance schedule may cause undue equipment failure and possible health hazards Check with your biomedical department to be sure preventive maintenance and calibration has been d
407. ver possible Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 11 43 2026265 001 ECG Troubleshooting Check ECG signal from patient 1 Check adjust lead placement 2 Check perform skin preparation 3 Check replace electrodes 11 44 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 12 Pressures Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 2026265 001 Pressures Introduction Introduction NOTE Refer to GE Medical Systems I nformation Technologies Critical Care Monitoring Clinical Reference and Troubleshooting Guide for the following information Assigned pressure names Intra aortic balloon pump IABP feature Smart BP Disconnect alarm Clinical level troubleshooting Invasive pressure monitoring can be done with the following acquisition modules m A Tram module that supports pressures m module m Dual BP module m BP Dual temperature module m BP CO module NOTE Waveforms from modules other than a Tram module are not stored in history These modules must be seated in one of the bottom two slots of a Tram rac 4A housing The BP CO module must be used with a Solar ECG Resp module 12 2 Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 Pressures Introduction A maximum of six invasive pressures can be monitored at any one time 3 BP Cable Connectors BP3 connector monitors 2 BPs with Y adapter cable BP Module Dual BP Module NOTE The signal input is a hig
408. viewed in Vital Signs This is equivalent to running Auto mode at 15 minute intervals for 24 hours Readings older than 24 hours are cleared from Vital Signs 1 Select the REVIEW NBPS option from the NBP menu The Vital Signs information window is displayed with the data sorted so NBP readings appear first in the list 2 Select the desired menu options Refer to the Vital Signs section in Chapter 10 Patient Data for more details NOTE The menu options TIME INTERVAL and SPECIFIC TIME do not work with episodic events such as NBP 3 Select PREVIOUS MENU to return to the NBP menu NBP Limits Select NBP LIMITS to open an information window and a new menu which allow you to adjust the following m Systolic SYS high and low limits m Diastolic DIA high and low limits m Mean high and low limits Refer to the Setting Alarm Limits section in Chapter 1 The Basics for information about how to adjust alarm limits Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 13 11 2026265 001 NBP NBP Menu Options Cuff Size Clear NBP Reading This option sets the monitor for the appropriate cuff inflation pressure Selecting CUFF SIZE fromthe NBP menu opens a popup menu with three choices ADULT PEDIATRIC and NEONATAL NOTE The initial cuff size is automatically set when you enter the patient s age in the Admit menu If you need to select a different size make a selection from the popup menu If you want to remove the valu
409. ws you to scroll through the other choices and select one if desired For example the Arrhythmia Alarm Levels information window uses scroll lists to set the alarm level for each arrhythmia call The steps below demonstrate how to select and change an option in the Arrhythmia Alarm Levels information window In this example V BRADY is changed from a Crisis level to a Warning level 1 Access the Arrhythmia Alarm Level popup menu and information window by selecting MORE MENUS from the main display Select ALARM CONTROL from the menu that appears then select ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVEL TheArrhythmia Alarm Level popup menu and information window open ARRHYTHMIA ALARM LEVELS gt RETURN ASYSTOLE CRISIS V FIB V TAC CRISIS V TACH CRISIS VT gt 2 CRISIS V BRADY CRISIS COUPLET MESSAGE BIGEMINY MESSAGE ACC VENT MESSAGE PAUSE MESSAGE TRIGEMINY MESSAGE RON T MESSAGE PVC MESSAGE TACHY MESSAGE BRADY MESSAGE IRREGULAR MESSAGE MAIN ALL ARRHYTHMIA ALARM DISPLAY OFF MENU LIMITS ALARM LEVEL HELP ALARM PAUSE PREVIOUS CLEAR MENU ALARMS Arrhythmia Alarm Level Popup Menu and Information Window 587B Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 1 25 2026265 001 The Basics Common Operations Rotate the Trim Knob control or use the touchscreen arrows to move the pointer gt next to V BRADY When the pointer is next to V BRADY push theTrim K nob control or touch the ARRHYTHMIA
410. y are CO CVP ICP LA RA RR SP SPO2 SVO2 TP UO UVC and VNT Solar 8000i Patient Monitor Revision A 2026265 001 The Basics Windows Information Windows Information windows are superimposed over the upper left portion of the display Six parameter windows and two seconds of all real time waveforms continue to be displayed Information windows are displayed when a help option is selected and with certain menu options such as limits Information windows can contain instructions or other information related to the parameter or menu Real time Information Window Waveforms c ES een VITAL SIGNS 25 FEB 2001 13 10 SICU BED5 25 FEB 25 FEB 25 FEB 25 FEB 25 FEB EL PX 12 00 12 15 12 30 12 45 13 00 68 68 68 68 70 PVC o o o o o ARIS 132 132 132 132 136 136 7 70 70 70 70 72 rate 70 94 ARIM 92 92 92 92 94 68 68 68 68 70 PA2ZS 31 31 31 31 38 PA2D 13 13 13 13 15 PAZM 20 20 20 20 23 8 s s 8 More RR 20 20 20 20 20 i BT 36 1 36 1 361 361 Information 5 2 99 99 99 99 99 SPOZR 68 68 68 68 68 CO 6 3L 1525 Indicator ee ALARMS OFF Y MAIN VIEW VIEW EEA SPECIFIC SORT DATA MENU OLDER NEWER 15 MINS TIME ALL DATA MENU DOWN UP PREVIOUS PAGE
411. y minute m 12 HRS updates every two minutes m 24HRS updates every four minutes Revision A Solar 8000i Patient Monitor 10 11 2026265 001 Patient Data Patient Data Menu Cardiac Calcs NOTE This option is part of the Cardiopulmonary software package Thecardiac calculations programis an integral part of the cardiac output function of the monitor Refer to Chapter 15 Cardiac Output for details on how to use the cardiac calculations program with cardiac output Having cardiac calculations available in the Patient Data menu allows you to use the cardiac calculations program if you are doing cardiac output measurements with a device other than the monitor Select CARDIAC CALCS from the Patient Data menu The cardiac calculations menu and information window are displayed CARDIAC CALCULATIONS MONITORED CO HR QUE Weight and height are PAM displayed if they were PAW entered previously in WEIGHT 70 0 KG HEIGHT 468 0 CM pulmonary calculations or CALCULATED BSA admit info Cl sv SVR SVRI PVR PVRI LVSWI RVSWI r _ MAIN CHANGE SAVE REVIEW WEIGHT HEIGHT MENU VALUE CALC CALCS KG CM 110 608 P I A A Cardiac Calcs Menu and Information Window NOTE If a set of calculations is displayed the last set of calculations was never saved A date and time is displayed at the top of the information window Use the SAVE CALC option t

- Frank`s Hospital Workshop

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents